' Questions Basic.txt   2025 07  Copyright VE2AAY.
'
' If you reproduce this without asking permission and giving due credit, may your CQ calls go forever unanswered.
'
' Sequence of questions is immaterial.  They have been regrouped here under arbitrary "Lessons" used by the author.
' This file is encoded in Windows-1252 (so called "ANSI"). Records end with <carriage return> + <line feed>.
'
' 2025 04 03  Adapt to 2025 version of the Basic Bank and V3 of ExHAMiner.
' 2025 07 13  Prepare for publication.
' 2025 08 16  Changes published by ISED: 3-13-7, 3-19-8, 6-4-6.
' 2026 01 13  Changes published by ISED: 7-4-11, 8-2-11.
' 2026 01 13  Missing first letter on second answer option.
'
' Header format:  ^ Qualification ^ Number of Questions ^ Pass Mark ^ Designation of first Answer presented on GUI ^ Layout Version ^
^ Basic Qualification ^ 100 ^ 70 ^A.   ^ V2 ^

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L01} Regulations, Part I: Radiocommunication Act and Radiocommunication Regulations.

B-001-001-001    1-1-1
Which document assigns the authority to make Canadian regulations governing radiocommunications?
The Radiocommunication Act
The Broadcasting Act
The Standards for the Operation of Radio Stations in the Amateur Radio Service
The International Telecommunication Union's Radio Regulations
> Key word:  AUTHORITY.  Countries administer radio within their borders and territorial waters.  The Canadian parliament enacted the 'Radiocommunication Act' (a law).  This law grants authority to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada to regulate radio communications.  That department then issues 'Radiocommunication Regulations' where services such as the "maritime service", the "aeronautical service" and the "amateur radio service" are defined.
B-001-001-002    1-1-2
Which document assigns the authority to publish Standards for the Operation of Radio Stations in the Amateur Radio Service in Canada?
The Radiocommunication Act
The Radiocommunication Regulations
The Broadcasting Act
The International Telecommunication Union's Radio Regulations
> Key word:  AUTHORITY.  Countries administer radio within their borders and territorial waters.  The Canadian parliament enacted the 'Radiocommunication Act' (a law).  This law grants authority to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada to regulate radio communications.  That department then issues 'Radiocommunication Regulations' where services such as the "maritime service", the "aeronautical service" and the "amateur radio service" are defined.
B-001-001-003    1-1-3
Which department is responsible for the administration of the Radiocommunication Act?
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
Transport Canada
Communications Security Establishment Canada
National Defence
> Transport-Canada [<1970] and Communications-Canada [1970-1993] HAVE looked after radio licences IN THE PAST.  Countries administer radio within their borders and territorial waters.  The Canadian parliament enacted the 'Radiocommunication Act' (a law).  This law grants authority to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (Industry Canada until 2015) to regulate radio communications.  That department then issues 'Radiocommunication Regulations' where services such as the "maritime service", the "aeronautical service" and the "amateur radio service" are defined.
B-001-001-004    1-1-4
Which document defines the Canadian "amateur radio service"?
The Radiocommunication Regulations
The Radiocommunication Act
The Standards for the Operation of Radio Stations in the Amateur Radio Service
The Radio Systems Policies
> Countries administer radio within their borders and territorial waters.  The Canadian parliament enacted the 'Radiocommunication Act' (a law).  This law grants authority to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (Industry Canada until 2015) to regulate radio communications.  That department then issues 'Radiocommunication Regulations' where services such as the "maritime service", the "aeronautical service" and the "amateur radio service" are defined.
B-001-002-001    1-2-1
What must you do within 30 days of a mailing address change?
Inform Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
Inform your local amateur radio club
Inform an accredited examiner
Inform Radio Amateurs of Canada (RAC)
> Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada must be notified WITHIN 30 DAYS of a change of address.  (RBR-4)
B-001-002-002    1-2-2
An Amateur Radio Operator Certificate is valid for:
life
five years
three years
one year
> Valid for life.  No annual renewal.  No yearly fees.  Allows operating anywhere in Canada.
B-001-002-003    1-2-3
Whenever a change of address is made:
you must notify Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada within 30 days of a change of mailing address
you must notify Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada within 14 days of operation at the new address
you must not operate until a change of address card is forwarded to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
within the same province, you do not need to notify Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
> Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada must be notified WITHIN 30 DAYS of a change of address.  (RBR-4)
B-001-002-004    1-2-4
The Amateur Radio Operator Certificate:
must be retained at the station
must be put on file
must be kept in a safe place
must be kept on the person to whom it is issued
> Prior to year 2000, station licenses were issued for a specific address.  Keeping the Certificate at the address supplied to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada is now the norm.
B-001-002-005    1-2-5
A radio inspector asks to see your Amateur Radio Operator Certificate, or a copy thereof. Per the regulations, how many hours are you given to comply?
48
12
24
72
> The holder of a radio authorization has 48 HOURS to fulfill the request of a radio inspector.  (Radio Regulations)
B-001-002-006    1-2-6
What is the fee for a first Amateur Radio Operator Certificate?
Free
$32
$10
$24
> The initial certificate is free.  There are no yearly renewals. A replacement due to a move to another province or territory is also free. However, changing a call sign costs $60.
B-001-002-007    1-2-7
The Amateur Radio Operator Certificate should be:
retained at the address provided to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
retained in a safety deposit box
retained on the holder's person
retained in the holder's vehicle
> Station licenses used to be issued for a specific address.  Keeping the Certificate at the address supplied to Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada is now the norm.
B-001-002-008    1-2-8
What is the fee to issue a replacement call sign with a new prefix, due to a change in address to a new province or territory?
Free
$25
$40
$60
>  The initial certificate is free.  There are no yearly renewals. A replacement due to a move to another province or territory is also free. However, changing a call sign costs $60.
B-001-002-009    1-2-9
What is the fee for changing an existing call sign (including changing to a two-letter call sign)?
$60
$55
$30
Free
>  The initial certificate is free.  There are no yearly renewals. A replacement due to a move to another province or territory is also free. However, changing a call sign costs $60.
B-001-003-001    1-3-1
Transmissions outside of amateur radio bands:
are prohibited and penalties could be assessed to the control operator
must be identified with your call sign
are permitted when using less than 1 watt
are permitted for short tests only
> Out of band transmissions contravene the regulations of the Amateur radio service.
B-001-003-002    1-3-2
What is the term in the regulations that defines if an amateur radio operator falsely transmits the word "MAYDAY" when there isn't an emergency?
A false or fraudulent message
An encrypted message
An emergency test transmission
A privileged communication
> Key word:  FALSELY.  This becomes a 'false or fraudulent' (distress) signal.  It is an offence punishable under the Radiocommunication Act.
B-001-003-003    1-3-3
Transmitting a false or fraudulent distress signal or message is prohibited. The person found guilty is liable to what penalty?
A fine, not exceeding $5 000, or a prison term not exceeding one year, or both
A fine of $10 000
A prison term of two years
A fine not exceeding $1 000
> Transmitting a false or fraudulent message, transmitting a false or fraudulent distress signal, interfering with or obstructing radiocommunication are all offences.  The penalty is a fine not exceeding 5 000 dollars or imprisonment not exceeding one year, or both.  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-003-004    1-3-4
Which government document states the offences and penalties relating to radiocommunications?
The Radiocommunication Act
The Broadcasting Act
The Radiocommunication Regulations
The Radio Systems Policies
> Key words: OFFENCES and PENALTIES.  Offences and their consequences are defined when a law is enacted by government; in this case, the Radiocommunication Act.
B-001-003-005    1-3-5
Which of the following is NOT correct? The Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry may suspend an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate:
with no notice, or opportunity to make representations thereto
where the holder has contravened the Radiocommunication Act, its regulations, or the terms and conditions of the certificate
where the certificate was obtained through misrepresentation
where the holder has failed to comply with a request to pay fees or interest due
> Key word:  NOT correct.  The holder is always notified of a suspension or revocation.  Except for failure to pay fees, license holders ARE given a chance to make representations.  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-003-006    1-3-6
Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
A radio inspector may enter a dwelling without the consent of the occupant and without a warrant
Where entry is refused, and is necessary to perform their duties under the Radiocommunication Act, a radio inspector may obtain a warrant
In executing a warrant, a radio inspector shall not use force, unless accompanied by a peace officer, and force is authorized
The person responsible for a dwelling entered by a radio inspector shall provide the inspector the requested information
> Key words:  DWELLING, NOT correct.  A radio inspector may NOT enter a dwelling (house) without consent AND without a warrant. (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-003-007    1-3-7
When is an amateur radio operator permitted to transmit false information?
Transmitting false information is never permitted
To play a practical joke, for example, giving incorrect location of an amateur radio event
To conceal their identity when responding to inappropriate on-air conduct
To exaggerate the scope of an emergency to obtain help more rapidly
> Transmitting a false or fraudulent message, transmitting a false or fraudulent distress signal, interfering with or obstructing radiocommunication are all offences.  The penalty is a fine not exceeding 5 000 dollars or imprisonment not exceeding one year, or both.  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-003-008    1-3-8
Interfering with, or obstructing any radio communication, without lawful cause, is prohibited. The person found guilty is liable to what penalty?
A fine, not exceeding $5 000, or a prison term not exceeding one year, or both
A fine of $10 000
A prison term of two years
A fine not exceeding $1 000
> Transmitting a false or fraudulent message, transmitting a false or fraudulent distress signal, interfering with or obstructing radiocommunication are all offences.  The penalty is a fine not exceeding 5 000 dollars or imprisonment not exceeding one year, or both.  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-004-001    1-4-1
How old must you be to hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification?
There are no age limits
70 years or younger
18 years or older
14 years or older
> "There are no age or nationality restrictions for candidates who wish to take the examinations. Candidates must provide adequate photo identification to examiners prior to the examination." (RIC-3, Age and Nationality)
B-001-004-002    1-4-2
Which examination must be passed before an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate is issued?
Basic Qualification
A practical test
Morse code
Advanced Qualification
> The Basic Qualification is the only examination needed to obtain a Certificate ( and a call sign ).
B-001-004-003    1-4-3
Holders of which one of the following certificates may be issued an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate?
Canadian Radiocommunication Operator General Certificate Maritime (RGMC)
Canadian Restricted Operator Certificate - Maritime (ROC-M)
Canadian Restricted Operator's Certificate - Maritime Commercial (ROC-MC)
Canadian Restricted Operator Certificate - Aeronautical (ROC-A)
> "Persons holding any of the following Canadian certificates may be issued an authorization to operate in the amateur radio service with the same operating privileges as the holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic, Morse code and Advanced Qualifications: Radiocommunication Operator General Certificate Maritime (RGMC), ..." (RIC-3, Certificate Equivalency and RIC-16)
B-001-004-004    1-4-4
After an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification is issued, the holder may be examined for additional qualifications in the following order:
any order
Morse code after passing the Advanced
Morse code after passing the Basic with Honours
Advanced after passing Morse code
> After obtaining the Basic, the Morse or Advanced qualifications can be obtained in any sequence.
B-001-004-005    1-4-5
What sending and receiving speed, in words per minute (wpm), must you achieve to be granted the Morse code Qualification?
5 wpm
12 wpm
7 wpm
15 wpm
> The 12 and 15 words per minute Morse tests have long been discontinued.  [ 15 wpm discontinued in the 1990 Restructuration, 12 wpm discontinued in May 2001. ]
B-001-004-006    1-4-6
You hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Advanced Qualification. Besides the amateur radio service, in what other service does this authorization allow you to operate a station?
No other service
Aeronautical service
Maritime service
Land mobile service
> The holder of a radio authorization must limit his activities to services specified in the license.  An Amateur Certificate is valid for Amateur bands only.
B-001-004-007    1-4-7
What conditions must candidates for amateur radio certification meet?
Have a valid address in Canada
Be a Canadian citizen
Be a Canadian citizen or permanent resident
Be at least 14 years of age and a Canadian citizen or permanent resident
> "There are no age or nationality restrictions for candidates who wish to take the examinations.  Candidates must provide adequate photo identification to examiners prior to the examination." (RIC-3, Age and Nationality)
B-001-005-001    1-5-1
Under what circumstances can an amateur radio operator with an Advanced Qualification install, place in operation, modify or repair radio apparatus on behalf of another person?
If the other person holds an authorization for this apparatus
Pending the granting of a radio authorization, if the apparatus covers amateur radio and commercial bands
Pending the granting of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate if the apparatus covers amateur radio bands only
Pending the granting of an authorization if the apparatus is certified and crystal controlled
> Key words:  ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON.  Allusion to the 'Advanced' qualification is a misleading clue.  Installing, modifying, repairing and permitting the operation of a radio station on behalf of someone else can only be done if the other person has an Amateur Certificate.  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-005-002    1-5-2
Under what circumstances can an amateur radio operator reprogram a land mobile transmitter on behalf of another person for use on 2 metres?
Only if the other person holds an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
Only if an amateur radio operator with an Advanced Qualification performs the modification
Only if the other person holds an Advanced Qualification
Only if the other person holds a Basic with Honours Qualification
> Key words:  ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON.  Installing, modifying, repairing and permitting the operation of a radio station on behalf of someone else can only be done if the other person has an Amateur Certificate.  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-005-003    1-5-3
What regulatory requirement must be met to allow you to install an amateur radio transmitter on behalf of another person?
Both you and the other person must hold Amateur Radio Operator Certificates
Only the other person must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
Only you must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
The other person must be enrolled in an amateur radio certification course
> Key words:  ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON.  Installing, modifying, repairing and permitting the operation of a radio station on behalf of someone else can only be done if the other person has an Amateur Certificate.  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-005-004    1-5-4
An amateur radio operator with Basic and Morse code qualifications may install an amateur radio station for another person:
only if the other person is the holder of a valid Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
only if the final power input does not exceed 100 watts
only if the station is for use on one of the VHF bands
only if the DC power input to the final stage does not exceed 200 watts
> Key words:  FOR ANOTHER PERSON.  Installing, modifying, repairing and permitting the operation of a radio station on behalf of someone else can only be done if the other person has an Amateur Certificate.  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-005-005    1-5-5
What regulatory requirement must be met to allow you to repair an amateur radio transmitter on behalf of another person?
Both you and the other person must hold Amateur Radio Operator Certificates
Only the other person must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
Only you must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
The other person must be enrolled in an amateur radio certification course
> Key words:  ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON.  Installing, modifying, repairing and permitting the operation of a radio station on behalf of someone else can only be done if the other person has an Amateur Certificate.  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-005-006    1-5-6
What regulatory requirement must be met to allow you to place an amateur radio transmitter in service on behalf of another person?
Both you and the other person must hold Amateur Radio Operator Certificates
Only the other person must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
Only you must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
The other person must be enrolled in an amateur radio certification course
> Key words:  ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON.  Installing, modifying, repairing and permitting the operation of a radio station on behalf of someone else can only be done if the other person has an Amateur Certificate.  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-022-001    1-22-1
Which of these statements is NOT correct?
The fee for taking an examination for an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate at an Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada office is $5 per qualification
An accredited examiner may recover the cost of administering an examination
An accredited examiner must hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic, Advanced, and Morse code qualifications
There are no fees for taking an examination for an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate at an Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada office
> Key words:  NOT CORRECT.  "Since December 2020, ISED has ceased charging fees for examinations conducted by ISED personnel. However, accredited examiners may charge an examination fee to candidates to recover the cost of administering an examination. There is no remittance, in whole or in part, of this fee to ISED. " (RIC-1, Examination Fees)
B-001-022-002    1-22-2
Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
A disabled candidate may be exempted from portions of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate examination
A disabled candidate, taking a Morse code sending test, may be allowed to recite the examination text in Morse code sounds
Examinations for disabled candidates may be given orally, or tailored to the candidate's ability to complete the examination
After passing the basic exam, a disabled candidate may take the other exams in any order
> Key words:  NOT CORRECT.  "Accredited examiners may not exempt a candidate from the requirement for an examination.  However, in the following specific cases, accredited examiners may provide accommodated testing when a candidate is unable to complete an examination due to a physical disability." (RIC-1, Persons with Disabilities)
B-001-022-003    1-22-3
What is the fee for taking an examination for an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate, administered by an accredited examiner?
The examiner may charge a fee to recover costs
$20 per qualification
No fee may be charged
$20 per examination sitting
> "Since December 2020, ISED has ceased charging fees for examinations conducted by ISED personnel. However, accredited examiners may charge an examination fee to candidates to recover the cost of administering an examination. There is no remittance, in whole or in part, of this fee to ISED. " (RIC-1, Examination Fees)
B-001-022-004    1-22-4
What is the fee for taking Amateur Radio Operator Certificate examinations at an Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada office?
No charge for qualification examinations
$20 per visit, regardless of the number of qualification examinations
$20 per qualification
$5 per qualification examination
> "Since December 2020, ISED has ceased charging fees for examinations conducted by ISED personnel. However, accredited examiners may charge an examination fee to candidates to recover the cost of administering an examination. There is no remittance, in whole or in part, of this fee to ISED. " (RIC-1, Examination Fees)
B-001-022-005    1-22-5
Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
A candidate with insufficient knowledge of English or French may be accompanied by an interpreter
A candidate who fails a written examination for lack of reading skills may be given an oral examination
A candidate who fails a written examination due to not usually speaking English or French may be given an oral examination
An examiner may request medical evidence from a practising medical physician before accommodating testing
> "Candidates who have a disability that prevents them from completing examinations in the normal manner should discuss their situation with their examiner to determine whether an accommodated testing procedure may be considered. The examiner may request an attestation from a medical practitioner. When a candidate fails a written examination because their normal language of use is neither English nor French, or because academic limitations restrict the ability to read the questions properly, the examiner may administer an oral examination."(RIC-3)

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L02} Basics Electricity.

B-003-016-001    3-16-1
What approximate voltage does a standard automobile starter battery usually supply?
12 volts
16 volts
28 volts
9 volts
> The common Lead-Acid battery has a nominal voltage of 12 volts  [ 12.6 to be exact ]
B-003-016-002    3-16-2
Which of the following has a positive terminal and a negative terminal?
A battery
A potentiometer
A fuse
A resistor
> Fuses, resistors and potentiometers are not 'polarized' (current can flow through them either way).  The battery, however, has a positive terminal and a negative terminal.
B-003-016-003    3-16-3
A battery, that can be repeatedly recharged by supplying it with electrical energy, is known as a:
storage battery
low leakage battery
memory battery
primary battery
> A battery is built with a number of cells. A 'storage cell' can be recharged repeatedly.  A 'primary cell', such as a 'conventional' zinc-carbon or alkaline flashlight cell, can only be used once.
B-003-016-004    3-16-4
Which of the following is a source of electromotive force (EMF)?
Lithium-ion battery
Germanium diode
P-channel FET
Metal-film resistor
> EMF = Electromotive Force, synonym for voltage.  Lithium-ion batteries are common in modern portable equipment.
B-003-016-005    3-16-5
Why is the NiMH battery often preferred over a conventional alkaline battery?
It can be repeatedly recharged
It provides a higher voltage
It can be discarded without precautions
It contains a liquid electrolyte
> The 'conventional' zinc-carbon or alkaline flashlight battery CANNOT be recharged, while a 'storage cell' like the NiMH battery or lithium-ion battery can be recharged numerous times.
B-003-016-006    3-16-6
The voltage at a battery's terminals will drop when it supplies current. What is the cause of the drop?
Internal resistance
Electrolyte becoming dry
Current capacity
Voltage capacity
> An ideal battery would supply precisely the same voltage regardless of the current drawn.  Real-life batteries exhibit 'internal resistance' which causes a drop in voltage when current is drawn.  Ever noticed the headlights dim when the starter is cranked on a cold winter day ?
B-003-016-007    3-16-7
For portable operation, what is the primary advantage of lithium-based batteries over lead-acid batteries?
High battery capacity per kilogram
Simple charging methods
Lower voltage per cell
High tolerance to overcharge
> Key word:  PORTABLE. The lithium battery will be lighter than a lead one for a given capacity.
B-003-016-008    3-16-8
Battery capacity is commonly stated as a value of current delivered over a specified period of time. What is the effect of exceeding that specified current?
The battery will discharge more rapidly than specified
One or more cells may become short-circuited
The battery will accept the subsequent charge in a shorter time
The voltage delivered will be higher
> One important specification of rechargeable batteries is the 'capacity' expressed in milliampere-hour (or ampere-hour), a certain amount of current that can be delivered for a given period of time (typically, 20 hours).  Exceeding the capacity reduces operating time, the battery is depleted more rapidly.
B-003-016-009    3-16-9
What voltage and capacity will you achieve by connecting two 12 volts, 20 ampere-hour batteries in parallel?
12 volts, 40 ampere-hours
6 volts, 80 ampere-hours
24 volts, 20 ampere-hours
24 volts, 40 ampere-hours
> Key word:  PARALLEL.  A parallel combination of batteries will permit supplying more current at a given voltage.
B-003-016-010    3-16-10
What voltage and capacity will you achieve by connecting two 12 volts, 20 ampere-hour batteries in series?
24 volts, 20 ampere-hours
24 volts, 40 ampere-hours
12 volts, 40 ampere-hours
6 volts, 80 ampere-hours
> Key word:  SERIES.  Adding batteries in series brings up the available voltage.  However, the total current available from the string remains limited to what a single battery can supply.
B-003-016-011    3-16-11
A lithium-ion battery should never be:
short-circuited
recharged
left disconnected
left overnight at room temperature
> Lithium-ion batteries have very low 'internal resistance'.  Hence, they can supply potentially dangerous currents in a short-circuit.
B-004-006-001    4-6-1
On resistors with four colour bands, which colour band specifies the tolerance?
Fourth
Third
Second
First
> The last band in a resistor's colour code identifies 'tolerance':  an allowed variance in percentage from the rated value.  For example, a GOLD band means 5%.
B-004-006-002    4-6-2
On a resistor with four colour bands, what do the first three colour bands indicate?
The value of the resistor in ohms
The resistance material
The power rating in watts
The resistance tolerance in percent
> The first two bands are significant digits, the third band is a multiplier.  The fourth band is tolerance.
B-004-006-003    4-6-3
On a resistor with four colour bands, what does the fourth colour band indicate?
The resistance tolerance in percent
The value of the resistor in ohms
The power rating in watts
The resistance material
> The last band in a resistor's colour code identifies 'tolerance':  an allowed variance in percentage from the rated value.  For example, a GOLD band means 5%.
B-004-006-004    4-6-4
What are the possible values of a 100-ohm resistor with a 10% tolerance?
90 ohms to 110 ohms
90 ohms to 100 ohms
10 ohms to 100 ohms
80 ohms to 120 ohms
> 100 ohms minus 10% is 90 ohms, 100 ohms plus 10 % is 110 ohms.
B-004-006-005    4-6-5
On resistors with four colour bands, which colour band differentiates two resistors rated at 33 ohms and 39 ohms respectively?
Second
Third
Fourth
First
> The first two bands are significant digits, the third band is a multiplier.  The last band is tolerance.
B-004-006-006    4-6-6
Out of the list of resistor tolerances below, which has the highest precision?
0.1%
5%
10%
20%
> Key words:  HIGHEST PRECISION.  The smallest possible "tolerance" will ensure that the actual value of the resistor falls within a narrow range of its rated value.
B-004-006-007    4-6-7
Out of the list of resistor tolerances below, which has the lowest precision?
20%
0.1%
5%
10%
> Key words:  LOWEST PRECISION.  A wide tolerance indicates that the actual value could differ more significantly from the rated value.
B-004-006-008    4-6-8
How does the resistance of a resistor change with rising ambient temperature?
It depends on its temperature coefficient
It increases
It remains constant
It decreases
> Temperature affects all components and conductors.  A coefficient indicates a change as a percentage per degree Celsius.  The change can be positive or negative, depending on the material.
B-004-006-009    4-6-9
Which resistor rating is specified as a given fraction per degree Celsius?
Temperature coefficient
Tolerance
Power rating
Ohmic value
> Temperature affects all components and conductors.  A coefficient indicates a change as a percentage per degree Celsius.  The change can be positive or negative, depending on the material.
B-004-006-010    4-6-10
On resistors with four colour bands, which colour band differentiates two resistors rated at 120 ohms and 1200 ohms respectively?
Third
First
Second
Fourth
> The first two bands are significant digits, the third band is a multiplier.  The fourth band is tolerance.  In this example, both first bands read '1', both second bands read '2'.  The third band multiplies by 10 or 100, as the case may be.
B-004-006-011    4-6-11
Given that red=2, violet=7 and yellow=4, what is the nominal value of a resistor whose colour code reads "red," "violet" and "yellow"?
270 kilohms
274 ohms
72 kilohms
27 megohms
> The first two bands are significant digits, the third band is a multiplier.  The fourth band is tolerance.  In this example, the first two digits are '27' and the multiplier adds four zeroes (or multiplies by 10 000).  Result = 270 000 ohms or 270 kilohms.
B-005-001-002    5-1-2
If an ammeter marked in amperes is used to measure a 3000-milliampere current, what reading would it show?
3 amperes
0.003 amperes
0.3 amperes
0.03 amperes
> Milli is a thousandth.  A thousand milliamperes is one ampere.  Converting from milliamperes to amperes:  from small units to larger units, requires fewer digits, the decimal point moves to the left by three positions, a thousand times less.
B-005-001-003    5-1-3
How many hertz is 1 kHz?
1 000 Hz
10 Hz
100 Hz
10 000 Hz
> "k" is the abbreviation of kilo.  Kilo is a thousand.  Converting from kilohertz to hertz:  from large units to smaller units, requires more digits, the decimal point moves to the right by three positions, a thousand times more.
B-005-001-006    5-1-6
A kilohm is:
1000 ohms
0.1 ohms
0.001 ohms
10 ohms
> Kilohm is a thousand ohms.  Converting from kilohm to ohms:  from large units to smaller units, requires more digits, the decimal point moves to the right by three positions, a thousand times more.
B-005-001-007    5-1-7
How many megahertz is 7040 kHz?
7.040 MHz
0.740 MHz
70.40 MHz
0.074 MHz
> Mega = million. "k" is the abbreviation of kilo. Kilo is a thousand.  Converting from mega to kilo:  from large units to smaller units, requires more digits, the decimal point moves to the right by three positions, a thousand times more.
B-005-001-008    5-1-8
A current of one quarter ampere may be written as:
250 milliamperes
2.5 milliamperes
0.25 milliamperes
250 microamperes
> One quarter ampere is 0.25 amperes.  Milli is one thousandth.  One ampere is a thousand milliamperes.  Converting from ampere to milliampere:  from large units to smaller units, requires more digits, the decimal point moves to the right by three positions, a thousand times more.
B-005-001-009    5-1-9
How many millivolts equal two volts?
2 000 mV
0.000 002 mV
2 000 000 mV
0.002 mV
> A millivolt is a thousandth of a volt.  A volt is one thousand millivolts.  Converting from volts to millivolts:  from large units to smaller units, requires more digits, the decimal point moves to the right by three positions, a thousand times more.
B-005-002-001    5-2-1
Which of these groups lists three good electrical conductors?
Gold, silver and aluminum
Gold, silver and wood
Copper, aluminum and paper
Copper, gold and mica
> Wood, paper and mica do NOT conduct electricity.  The best conductors, in descending order, are silver, copper, gold and aluminum.
B-005-002-002    5-2-2
Which of these groups lists three good electrical insulators?
Glass, air and porcelain
Plastic, wood and carbon
Teflon, mica and aluminum
Wood, copper and porcelain
> Copper and aluminum are CONDUCTORS.  Carbon is a poor conductor, it is used to fabricate resistors.
B-005-002-003    5-2-3
What do we call the flow of electric charge in a circuit?
Current
Voltage
Resistance
Capacitance
> Current is the flow of electrons (charged particles) in a circuit.  Voltage is the force that pushes the electrons.  Resistance is the opposition encountered.
B-005-002-004    5-2-4
What is the best conductor among the following materials?
Copper
Carbon
Silicon
Aluminum
> The best conductors, in descending order, are silver, copper, gold and aluminum.  Carbon is a poor conductor, it is used to fabricate resistors.  Silicon is used to make 'semiconductors'.
B-005-002-005    5-2-5
Which of these types of materials readily allows the flow of electric current?
Conductor
Insulator
Semiconductor
Dielectric
> As the name implies, a 'conductor' readily passes electrical current.  An Insulator ( synonym = dielectric ) does not let current flow.  A resistor conducts but badly.
B-005-002-006    5-2-6
What electrical property causes an object to conduct electricity very well?
Low resistance
Low reluctance
Low capacitance
Low admittance
> Conductors have LOW resistance.  They do not oppose current flow.
B-005-002-007    5-2-7
The letter "R" is the symbol for:
resistance
impedance
reluctance
reactance
> R = Resistance, Z = Impedance, X = Reactance.
B-005-002-008    5-2-8
What is the inverse of resistance?
Conductance
Reactance
Reluctance
Permeability
> Reciprocal = 'the inverse of something'.  1 over resistance yields CONDUCTANCE.  Low resistance implies high conductance.  High resistance implies little conductance.
B-005-002-009    5-2-9
What is a voltage drop?
The loss of voltage caused by the flow of current through a circuit
Any point in a circuit that has zero voltage
The difference in voltage at the output terminals of a transformer
The voltage output of a step-down transformer
> As current flows through electronic components, some voltage is 'lost'.  Remember voltage as 'pressure',  there is more 'pressure' before a resistor than after it:  this represents a 'voltage drop'.
B-005-002-010    5-2-10
The resistance of a conductor changes with:
temperature
voltage
current
humidity
> Temperature affects components and conductors.
B-005-002-011    5-2-11
Which term describes the direction of current in a DC circuit?
Polarity
Polarization
Directivity
Phase
> When connecting an electronic circuit to a source of DC voltage, you must respect the polarity: i.e., positive terminals together and negative terminals together.
B-005-003-004    5-3-4
A circuit consists of a battery and load resistor. What circuit malfunction would cause no current to be drawn from the battery?
An open circuit
A short circuit
A reactive circuit
A closed circuit
> 'Open' circuit = no current ( a loop from one side of the voltage source to the other side does NOT exist, the loop is open ).  'Closed' circuit = current ( a path exists from one side of the voltage source to the other side, current flows, the loop is closed ).  'Short-circuit' = heavy current ( a very low resistance path exists between from one side of the voltage source to the other side, large current ensues ).
B-005-003-005    5-3-5
Which electrical circuit draws too much current?
A short circuit
A dead circuit
A closed circuit
An open circuit
> 'Open' circuit = no current ( a loop from one side of the voltage source to the other side does NOT exist, the loop is open ).  'Closed' circuit = current ( a path exists from one side of the voltage source to the other side, current flows, the loop is closed ).  'Short-circuit' = heavy current ( a very low resistance path exists between from one side of the voltage source to the other side, large current ensues ).
B-005-003-010    5-3-10
When speaking of electrical circuits, what does the term "continuity" mean?
The circuit is a closed circuit
The circuit is designed for direct current (DC)
The circuit is supplied with backup power
The circuit is rated for continuous operation
> When an electrical circuit exhibits CONTINUITY, it implies a complete loop is formed through which current can flow.  The loop forms a closed circuit.
B-005-003-011    5-3-11
You have acquired a transceiver and connected it to a power supply. When you switch on the power supply, its fuse blows immediately. What circuit malfunction caused the fuse to blow?
A short circuit
An open circuit
A resonant circuit
A closed circuit
> A fuse is a protection against excessive current.  A short-circuit is a likely cause.
B-005-007-001    5-7-1
What is the term for the number of times per second an alternating current completes a positive to negative cycle?
Frequency
Speed
Pulse rate
Phase
> Frequency is the number of cycles per second of an Alternating Current (AC).  Frequency is expressed in hertz (Hz).  One hertz is one cycle per second.
B-005-007-002    5-7-2
What approximate range of frequencies can most humans hear?
20 Hz to 20 000 Hz
20 Hz to 30 000 Hz
200 Hz to 200 000 Hz
300 Hz to 3 000 Hz
> Hz = hertz = cycles per second.  Frequencies audible to humans range from 20 Hz to 20 000 Hz.  Speech frequencies important for intelligibility in communications range from 300 Hz to 3000 Hz.
B-005-007-003    5-7-3
Why is the range of frequencies from 20 Hz to 20 kHz termed audio frequencies?
Because the human ear can sense sound in this range
Because this is the speaker response range of a modern SSB receiver
Because sound can be in this range but it's too low for RF signals
Because RF signals in this range can be directly converted to sound
> Hz = hertz = cycles per second.  Frequencies audible to humans range from 20 Hz to 20 000 Hz.  Speech frequencies important for intelligibility in communications range from 300 Hz to 3000 Hz.
B-005-007-008    5-7-8
What does 60 hertz (Hz) mean?
60 cycles per second
6000 metres per second
60 metres per second
6000 cycles per second
> Hz = hertz = cycles per second.  Frequency is the number of cycles per second of an Alternating Current (AC).  Frequency is expressed in hertz (Hz).  One hertz is one cycle per second.
B-005-007-009    5-7-9
Two AC waveforms have the same frequency, but their cycles do not begin at the same instant. What term describes that timing difference?
Phase
Polarity
Offset
Delta
> Periodic signals, such as sine waves, of identical frequency that do not align time-wise are said to be "out of phase".  A phase shift exists between them.
B-005-007-010    5-7-10
What is the shape of the waveform of the electricity supplied from a household receptacle?
Sine wave (sinusoidal)
Complex wave
Modified square wave
Pulse wave
> The voltage, typically generated by alternators, follows a repeating (periodic) sinusoidal curve.
B-005-007-011    5-7-11
A signal is composed of a fundamental frequency of 2 kHz and another of 4 kHz. What name is given to the 4 kHz signal?
Harmonic
Alias
Sub-harmonic
Intermodulation
> 'Harmonics' are integer MULTIPLES (e.g., 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x,...) of a given frequency.  The base frequency is referred to as the 'fundamental'.
B-005-011-010    5-11-10
A permanent magnet would most likely be made from:
steel
copper
aluminum
brass
> Copper, aluminum and brass are impervious to magnetic fields.
B-005-013-001    5-13-1
How is a voltmeter usually connected to a circuit under test?
In parallel with the circuit
In series with the circuit
In quadrature with the circuit
In phase with the circuit
> Key word:  VOLTMETER.  An instrument to measure voltage.  The voltmeter is always connected in parallel to measure a difference of potential between two points, across a component, etc. The voltmeter must have high resistance not to affect the circuit.
B-005-013-002    5-13-2
How is an ammeter usually connected to a circuit under test?
In series with the circuit
In quadrature with the circuit
In phase with the circuit
In parallel with the circuit
> Key word: AMMETER.  Ammeter comes from the words ampere + meter, it is used to measure current.  Current flows THROUGH a circuit.  The circuit must be 'broken' and the ammeter inserted in series with the circuit to measure current.  Ammeters have very low resistance and, thus, have little effect once inserted in the circuit.
B-005-013-003    5-13-3
What does a multimeter measure?
Voltage, current and resistance
Resistance, capacitance and inductance
Resistance and reactance
SWR and power
> Common multimeters can measure the three basic electrical units:  voltage (E), current (I) and resistance (R).
B-005-013-004    5-13-4
What is the correct instrument to measure the final power amplifier current?
An ammeter
An ohmmeter
A wattmeter
A voltmeter
> Key word:  CURRENT.  Ammeter comes from the words ampere + meter, it is used to measure current.
B-005-013-005    5-13-5
When measuring the voltage across a circuit component, what does the voltmeter appear to be in the circuit?
A high value resistance
A low value resistance
An open circuit
A perfect conductor
> Key word:  VOLTAGE.  The voltmeter must have high resistance not to affect the circuit.
B-005-013-006    5-13-6
When measuring current drawn from a DC power supply, what does the ammeter placed in the circuit appear as?
A low value resistance
A perfect conductor
An additional load
A high value resistance
> This is a bit of a catch.  A PERFECT conductor would exhibit ZERO resistance.  An ammeter actually has very low resistance.  [ For example, a 10 A ammeter can have a resistance of 0.005 ohms, a 1 A ammeter can have 0.05 ohms and a 500 mA ammeter can introduce 0.2 ohms of resistance in the circuit. ]
B-005-013-008    5-13-8
Potential difference is measured by means of:
a voltmeter
a wattmeter
an ohmmeter
an ammeter
> The voltmeter is always connected in parallel to measure a difference of potential between two points, across a component, etc. The voltmeter must have high resistance not to affect the circuit.
B-005-013-009    5-13-9
What instrument is used to measure electrical current?
Ammeter
Wavemeter
Wattmeter
Voltmeter
> Ammeter comes from the words ampere + meter, it is used to measure current.  Current flows THROUGH a circuit.  The circuit must be 'broken' and the ammeter inserted in series with the circuit to measure current.  Ammeters have very low resistance and, thus, have little effect once inserted in the circuit.
B-005-013-010    5-13-10
What term describes the ability of an instrument to display values that are true to reality?
Accuracy
Precision
Resolution
Stability
> Accuracy = agreement between measured value and true value.  Precision = agreement between measured values on repeated measurements.  Resolution = smallest change that can be measured.  Stability = consistency in measurements over time.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L03a} Ohm's Law and Power.

B-005-001-005    5-1-5
If you have a hand-held transceiver that puts out 500 milliwatts, how many watts would this be?
0.5 watts
5 watts
50 watts
0.05 watts
> A thousand milliwatts is one watt.  Converting from milliwatts to watts:  from small units to larger units, requires fewer digits, the decimal point moves to the left by three positions, a thousand times less.
B-005-003-001    5-3-1
What term describes the rate at which electrical energy is used?
Power
Current
Voltage
Resistance
> The watt is the unit used to measure the rate of energy use.
B-005-003-002    5-3-2
If you have light bulbs marked 40 watts, 50 watts, 60 watts and 100 watts, which one will consume electrical energy at the highest rate?
The 100-watt bulb
The 60-watt bulb
The 50-watt bulb
The 40-watt bulb
> How fast does each one make the electrical utility meter on the side of your house spin ?  The device with the highest wattage spins it the fastest.
B-005-003-003    5-3-3
What is the basic unit of electrical power?
The watt
The ampere
The volt
The ohm
> Power, expressed in watts = voltage, in volts, TIMES current, in amperes.  P = E * I.  Watts = volts * amperes.  The watt describes how fast electrical energy is used.
B-005-003-006    5-3-6
Power is expressed in:
watts
volts
amperes
ohms
> Power, expressed in watts = voltage, in volts, TIMES current, in amperes.  P = E * I.  Watts = volts * amperes.  The watt describes how fast electrical energy is used.
B-005-003-007    5-3-7
Which of the following two quantities should be multiplied together to find power?
Voltage and current
Inductance and capacitance
Voltage and inductance
Resistance and capacitance
> Power, expressed in watts = voltage, in volts, TIMES current, in amperes.  P = E * I.  Watts = volts * amperes.  The watt describes how fast electrical energy is used.
B-005-003-008    5-3-8
Which two electrical units multiplied together give the unit "watts"?
Volts and amperes
Volts and farads
Farads and henries
Amperes and henries
> Power, expressed in watts = voltage, in volts, TIMES current, in amperes.  P = E * I.  Watts = volts * amperes.  The watt describes how fast electrical energy is used.
B-005-003-009    5-3-9
A resistor in a circuit becomes very hot and starts to burn. This is because the resistor is dissipating too much:
power
voltage
resistance
current
> Power is voltage times current, P = E * I.  When current flows through a resistor, a 'voltage drop' ensues.  Volts times amperes become watts.  Power is dissipated as heat.
B-005-004-001    5-4-1
What is the voltage across a 2-ohm resistor if a current of 0.5 amperes flows through it?
1.0 volts
0.25 volts
2.5 volts
1.5 volts
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes E = R*I when solving for E.  Voltage = resistance times current.  Volts = ohms * amperes.  2 ohms * 0.5 amperes = 1.0 volts.
B-005-004-002    5-4-2
How is the current in a DC circuit calculated when the voltage and resistance are known?
Current equals voltage divided by resistance
Current equals resistance multiplied by voltage
Current equals resistance divided by voltage
Current equals power divided by voltage
> Ohm's Law is I = E / R, current is voltage divided by resistance.  Amperes = volts / ohms.
B-005-004-003    5-4-3
How is the resistance in a DC circuit calculated when the voltage and current are known?
Resistance equals voltage divided by current
Resistance equals current multiplied by voltage
Resistance equals power divided by voltage
Resistance equals current divided by voltage
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes R = E / I when solving for R.  Resistance is voltage divided by current.  Ohms = volts / amperes.
B-005-004-004    5-4-4
How is the voltage in a DC circuit calculated when the current and resistance are known?
Voltage equals current multiplied by resistance
Voltage equals current divided by resistance
Voltage equals resistance divided by current
Voltage equals power divided by current
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes E = R*I when solving for E.  Voltage is resistance times current.  Volts = ohms * amperes.
B-005-004-005    5-4-5
What is the resistance of a circuit that draws 0.25 amperes from a 12-volt source?
48 ohms
3 ohms
12 ohms
0.25 ohms
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes R = E / I when solving for R.  Resistance is voltage divided by current.  Ohms = volts / amperes.  12 volts / 0.25 amperes = 48 ohms.
B-005-004-006    5-4-6
What value of resistance is required to drop 9 volts with a current of 10 milliamperes?
900 ohms
90 ohms
9 ohms
9000 ohms
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes R = E / I when solving for R.  Resistance is voltage divided by current.  Ohms = volts / amperes.  100 volts / 0.0008 amperes = 125 000 ohms = 125 kilohms. [ Note that volts divided by milliamperes is kilohms ]
B-005-004-007    5-4-7
If the current flowing through a 50-ohm resistor is 0.44 amperes, what voltage would you measure across the resistor?
22 volts
222 volts
2.2 volts
0.22 volts
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes E = R*I when solving for E.  Voltage is resistance times current.  Volts = ohms * amperes.  50 ohms * 0.44 amperes = 22 volts.
B-005-004-008    5-4-8
A 30-ohm resistor is connected across a 6-volt battery. What current does it draw?
0.2 amperes
2 amperes
0.5 amperes
0.005 amperes
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ).  Current is voltage divided by resistance.  Amperes = volts / ohms.  6 volts / 30 ohms = 0.2 amperes.
B-005-004-009    5-4-9
What voltage is needed to supply a current of 200 milliamperes to operate a relay that has a resistance of 25 ohms?
5 volts
8 volts
0.5 volts
50 volts
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes E = R*I when solving for E.  Voltage is resistance times current.  Volts = ohms * amperes.  25 ohms * 0.200 amperes = 5 volts.
B-005-004-010    5-4-10
What formula calculates the resistance of a circuit when the voltage and current are known?
R = E / I
R = I / E
R = E squared / I
R = E x I
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes R = E / I when solving for R.  Resistance is voltage divided by current.  Ohms = volts / amperes.
B-005-004-011    5-4-11
What is the resistance of a circuit if it draws 300 milliamperes from a 3-volt battery?
10 ohms
9 ohms
5 ohms
3 ohms
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) becomes R = E / I when solving for R.  Resistance is voltage divided by current.  Ohms = volts / amperes.  3 volts / 0.300 amperes = 10 ohms.
B-005-005-001    5-5-1
In a parallel circuit with a voltage source and several branch resistors, how is the total current related to the current in the branch resistors?
It equals the sum of the branch current through each resistor
It equals the average of the branch current through each resistor
It decreases as more parallel resistors are added to the circuit
It is the sum of each resistor's voltage drop multiplied by the total number of resistors
> Each resistor added in parallel to the source draws some current ( in accordance with Ohm's Law, I = E / R ).  The total current that the source must supply becomes the SUM of all these individual currents.  Just like in your house, the total current drawn from the utility company is the sum of all the devices turned on.
B-005-005-002    5-5-2
You connect four 100-ohm resistors in parallel across a 12-volt battery. How many milliamperes of current are drawn from the battery?
480 mA
48 mA
120 mA
240 mA
> Key word:  PARALLEL.  In a parallel circuit, the total current is the sum of the currents.  All resistors are subjected to the same voltage in a PARALLEL circuit.  Total current is four times the current through a single resistor, 4 * ( 12 / 100 ).  Total current can also be seen as the current through a resistor with one fourth the value of a single resistor, 12 / 25.
B-005-005-003    5-5-3
Several resistors of various values are connected in parallel. How does the total resistance of the combination compare to the individual resistors?
It is less than the smallest resistor
It is greater than the largest resistor
It equals the average of the resistors
It equals the square root of the sum of the resistors
> Key word:  PARALLEL.  In a parallel circuit, each added resistor adds to the current drawn from the source.  If more and more current is drawn, the total resistance must be going down.  In PARALLEL, the total resistance is less than the smallest.
B-005-005-004    5-5-4
Two 1000-ohm resistors are connected in parallel across a 12-volt battery. What is the total current?
24 milliamperes
12 milliamperes
60 milliamperes
120 milliamperes
> Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ).  Each resistor draws this much current:  12 volts divided by 1000 ohms = 0.012 amperes = 12 milliamperes.  In PARALLEL, total current is the sum of the currents.  Method B:  identical resistors in parallel, total resistance is value divided by number.  In this case, 1000 / 2 = 500 ohms.  12 volts / 500 ohms = 0.024 amperes = 24 milliamperes.
B-005-005-005    5-5-5
The total resistance of resistors connected in series is:
greater than the resistance of any one resistor
less than the resistance of any one resistor
equal to the highest resistance present
equal to the lowest resistance present
> Key word: SERIES.  In a series circuit, there is only one current.  This current must wrestle with each resistor one after the other.  In SERIES, total resistance is the sum of the resistance values.  The same current flows through all of them.
B-005-005-006    5-5-6
What is the total resistance of five 10-ohm resistors in series?
50 ohms
5 ohms
10 ohms
2 ohms
> Key word: SERIES.  In SERIES, total resistance is the sum of the resistance values.
B-005-005-007    5-5-7
Which of these series combination of resistors would replace a single 120-ohm resistor?
Five 24-ohm resistors
Six 22-ohm resistors
Two 240-ohm resistors
Five 100-ohm resistors
> Key word: SERIES.  In SERIES, total resistance is the sum of the resistance values.  Five times twenty-four = 120.
B-005-005-008    5-5-8
If ten resistors of equal value "R" are wired in parallel, what formula yields the total resistance?
R / 10
10 / R
10 x R
10 + R
> Key word: PARALLEL.  In a parallel circuit with IDENTICAL resistors, total resistance is value divided by number.  In this example, the value of one R divided by 10.
B-005-005-009    5-5-9
What is the total resistance of four 68-ohm resistors wired in parallel?
17 ohms
12 ohms
34 ohms
272 ohms
> Key word: PARALLEL.  In a parallel circuit with IDENTICAL resistors, total resistance is value divided by number.  In this example, 68 / 4 yields 17.
B-005-005-010    5-5-10
Two resistors are in parallel. Resistor "A" carries twice the current of resistor "B," which means that:
"A" has half the resistance of "B"
the voltage across "B" is twice that across "A"
the voltage across "A" is twice that across "B"
"B" has half the resistance of "A"
> Key word: PARALLEL.  All resistors in a parallel circuit are subjected to the same voltage.  Per Ohm's Law ( I = E / R, current = voltage divided by resistance ), if resistor A draws twice the current of resistor B, it must have half the resistance of Resistor B.
B-005-005-011    5-5-11
The total current in a parallel circuit is equal to the:
sum of the currents through all the parallel branches
source voltage divided by the value of one of the resistive elements
source voltage divided by the sum of the resistive elements
current in any one of the parallel branches
> Key word:  PARALLEL.  In a parallel circuit, the total current is the sum of the currents.  Each branch is subjected to the same voltage and draws a current in accordance with Ohm's Law ( I = E / R, current = voltage divided by resistance ).
B-005-006-001    5-6-1
Why would a large size resistor be used instead of a smaller one of the same resistance?
For greater power dissipation
For better response time
For higher conductance
For less impedance in the circuit
> Remember that power is voltage times current, P = E * I.  A resistor dissipates power into heat.  A resistor can only dissipate so much power without burning up: i.e., its power rating.  Larger resistors can dissipate more heat.
B-005-006-002    5-6-2
A load requires 12 volts DC at 5 amperes. What is the minimum required power transformer rating?
60 watts
17 watts
2.4 watts
6 watts
> P = E * I, power is voltage times current, watts = volts * amperes.  12 volts * 5 amperes = 60 watts  [ V DC = volts in a Direct Current circuit ]
B-005-006-003    5-6-3
What is the DC input power of a transmitter operating at 12 volts and drawing 500 milliamperes?
6 watts
24 watts
60 watts
600 watts
> P = E * I, power is voltage times current, watts = volts * amperes.  12 volts * 0.5 amperes = 6 watts.
B-005-006-004    5-6-4
When two 500-ohm 1-watt resistors are connected in series, the maximum total power that can be dissipated by the resistors is:
2 watts
1 watt
0.5 watts
4 watts
> This is about POWER RATING, not resistance.  Two identical resistors can safely dissipate TWICE as much power as only one.  [ Yes, total resistance will be twice as much, but that is immaterial here ]
B-005-006-005    5-6-5
When two 500-ohm 1-watt resistors are connected in parallel, they can dissipate a maximum total power of:
2 watts
0.5 watts
1 watt
4 watts
> This is about POWER RATING, not resistance.  Two identical resistors can safely dissipate TWICE as much power as only one.  [ Yes, total resistance will be half, but that is immaterial here ]
B-005-006-006    5-6-6
If the voltage applied to two resistors in series is doubled, how much will the total power change?
Increase four times
Decrease to half
Double
Decrease to one quarter
> P = E * I, power is voltage times current, watts = volts * amperes.  Given the proportional relation of current versus voltage stated by Ohm's Law, if you double voltage in a circuit, current will double.  Power is voltage times current, if both double, power has quadrupled ( 4 times more ).
B-005-006-007    5-6-7
Which of these combinations of resistors could make up a 50-ohm dummy load capable of safely dissipating 5 watts?
Four 2-watt 200-ohm resistors in parallel
Two 5-watt 100-ohm resistors in series
Two 2-watt 25-ohm resistors in series
Ten quarter-watt 500-ohm resistors in parallel
> Four 200 ohms at 2 watts in parallel = 50 ohms at 8 watts.  Two 25 ohms at 2 watts in series = 50 ohms at 4 watts.  Ten 500 ohms at 0.25 watts in parallel = 50 ohms at 2.5 watts.  Two 100 ohms at 5 watts in series = 200 ohms at 10 watts.
B-005-006-008    5-6-8
How much current is drawn by a 12-volt, 30-watt light bulb?
2.5 amperes
18 amperes
4.8 amperes
0.4 amperes
> The Power Law:  P = E * I, power is voltage times current.  Transformed to solve for I, it becomes I = P / E.  In this example, I = 30 watts / 12 volts.
B-005-006-009    5-6-9
What is the power consumption of two 10-ohm resistors connected in series with a 10-volt battery?
5 watts
2 watts
20 watts
0.5 watts
> Two 10-ohm resistors in series present a total resistance of 20 ohms.  Use Ohm's Law ( I = E / R ) to compute current as 10 volts divided by 20 ohms = 0.5 amperes.  The Power Law:  P = E * I, power is voltage times current.  Power, for this example, becomes 10 volts times 0.5 amperes = 5 watts.
B-005-006-010    5-6-10
What is the advantage of replacing a 50-ohm resistor with a parallel combination of two 100-ohm resistors of the same power rating?
Same resistance but greater power rating
Same resistance but lesser power rating
Greater resistance and same power rating
Lesser resistance and same power rating
> This is about POWER RATING, not resistance.  Two identical resistors can safely dissipate TWICE as much power as only one.  Two resistors of 100 ohms in PARALLEL yield a total resistance of 50 ohms ( In a parallel circuit with IDENTICAL resistors, total resistance is value divided by number ).
B-005-006-011    5-6-11
Resistor wattage ratings are:
determined by heat dissipation qualities
calculated according to physical size and tolerance rating
expressed in joules
variable in steps of one hundred
> Materials, shape and construction all interact to determine heat dissipation capabilities.  Tolerance is a misleading clue.
B-005-013-007    5-13-7
What instrument can provide a direct measurement of power at the output of a transmitter?
RF wattmeter
Wavemeter
Field-strength meter
Ammeter
> Power is expressed in watts. The transmitter produces an electrical signal called "radiofrequency" (RF).

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L03b} Waves, Wavelength, Frequency and Bands.

B-005-001-001    5-1-1
If a dial marked in megahertz shows a reading of 3.525 MHz, what would it show if it were marked in kilohertz?
3 525 kHz
35.25 kHz
3 525 000 kHz
352.5 kHz
> Mega is a million, kilo is a thousand.  A megahertz is a thousand kilohertz.  Converting from megahertz to kilohertz, from large units to smaller, requires more digits, the decimal point moves to the right by three positions, a thousand times more.
B-005-001-010    5-1-10
How can a frequency in megahertz be stated in gigahertz?
Divide by 1 000
Multiply by 1 000
Divide by 1 000 000
Multiply by 1 000 000
> Mega is a million, giga is a thousand millions.  Converting from megahertz to gigahertz: from units to larger units, requires fewer digits, the decimal point moves to the left by three positions, a thousand times less.
B-005-007-004    5-7-4
Electrical energy at a frequency of 7125 kHz is in what frequency range?
High Frequency (HF)
Low Frequency (LF)
Medium frequency (MF)
Very High Frequency (VHF)
> Frequencies audible to humans range from 20 Hz to 20 000 Hz (AUDIO).  Speech frequencies important for intelligibility in communications range from 300 Hz to 3000 Hz.  Radio frequencies can reach up to 300 GHz ( 300 000 MHz ):  Medium Frequencies 300 kHz to 3000 kHz, High Frequencies 3 MHz to 30 MHz, Very High Frequencies 30 MHz to 300 MHz, Ultra High Frequencies 300 MHz to 3000 MHz, Super High Frequencies 3 GHz to 30 GHz, Extremely High Frequencies 30 GHz to 300 GHz.
B-005-007-005    5-7-5
What is the name for the distance an AC signal travels during one complete cycle?
Wavelength
Wave speed
Waveform
Wave spread
> Wavelength:  the distance between successive points of equal amplitude and phase on a wave (for example, crest to crest or trough to trough).
B-005-007-006    5-7-6
What happens to a signal's wavelength as its frequency increases?
It decreases
It increases
It decreases proportionally to frequency squared
It increases proportionally to frequency squared
> Wavelength (lambda) in metres is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz ( i.e., the speed of light divided by the frequency in hertz ).  Wavelength and frequency have an inverse relationship.
B-005-007-007    5-7-7
What happens to a signal's frequency as its wavelength gets shorter?
It increases
It decreases
It decreases proportionally to frequency squared
It increases proportionally to frequency squared
> Wavelength (lambda) in metres is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz ( i.e., the speed of light divided by the frequency in hertz ).  Wavelength and frequency have an inverse relationship.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L04} Inductors and Capacitors.

B-005-001-004    5-1-4
How many microfarads is 1 000 000 picofarads?
1 microfarad
10 microfarads
0.01 microfarads
0.001 microfarads
> Pico is a millionth of a millionth, micro is a millionth.  Converting from picofarads to microfarads:  from small units to larger units, requires fewer digits, the decimal point moves to the left by SIX positions, a MILLION times less.
B-005-001-011    5-1-11
How many millihenries equal 10 000 microhenries?
10 millihenries
100 millihenries
1 millihenry
1000 millihenries
> Micro is a millionth, milli is a thousandth.  Converting from microhenries to millihenries:  from small units to larger units, requires fewer digits, the decimal point moves to the left by three positions, a thousand times less.
B-005-009-001    5-9-1
If two equal-value inductors are connected in series, what is their total inductance?
Twice the value of one inductor
Half the value of one inductor
The value of one inductor times 4
The value of one inductor divided by 4
> Key words:  SERIES INDUCTORS.  Inductors (coils) in combinations obey rules similar to resistors.  In SERIES, the total value is the sum of the values.  In PARALLEL combination with components of IDENTICAL values, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.
B-005-009-002    5-9-2
If two equal-value inductors are connected in parallel, what is their total inductance?
Half the value of one inductor
Twice the value of one inductor
The value of one inductor times 4
The value of one inductor divided by 4
> Key words:  PARALLEL INDUCTORS.  Inductors (coils) in combinations obey rules similar to resistors.  In PARALLEL combination with components of IDENTICAL values, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.  In SERIES, the total value is the sum of the values.
B-005-009-003    5-9-3
If two equal-value capacitors are connected in series, what is their total capacitance?
Half the value of either capacitor
Twice the value of one capacitor
The value of one capacitor times 4
The value of one capacitor divided by 4
> Key words:  SERIES CAPACITORS.  Capacitors behave OPPOSITE TO INDUCTORS.  Capacitors add up in parallel combinations BUT the total value is less than the smallest in a series combination.  With identical CAPACITORS in SERIES, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.
B-005-009-004    5-9-4
If two equal-value capacitors are connected in parallel, what is their total capacitance?
Twice the value of one capacitor
Half the value of either capacitor
The value of one capacitor times 4
The value of one capacitor divided by 4
> Key words:  PARALLEL CAPACITORS.  Capacitors behave OPPOSITE TO INDUCTORS.  With CAPACITORS in PARALLEL, the total value is the sum of the values.  Picture in your head, the area of the plates growing as more and more capacitors are added in parallel.  More plate area, more capacity.
B-005-009-005    5-9-5
You are constructing an air-core inductor using a coil of wire. What parameters determine its inductance?
Coil diameter, coil length and number of turns of wire
Coil diameter, coil length and operating frequency
Type of wire, coil length and number of turns of wire
Coil diameter, coil orientation and number of turns of wire
> Inductance in a coil is due to the interaction of the magnetic fields from one turn to the others.  The ease of setting up a magnetic field through a suitable core material, the relative position of the turns (diameter and length) and the number of turns all contribute to inductance.
B-005-009-006    5-9-6
A capacitor is made of two identical metal plates separated by air. What parameters determine its capacitance?
Surface area of the plates and spacing between the plates
Operating frequency and spacing between the plates
Type of metal and spacing between the plates
Surface area of the plates and applied voltage
> A simple capacitor is two plates next to one another.  The material used as a dielectric to insulate the two plates and the distance between the plates influence the importance of the electric field that can be set up.  The area and number of plates multiply the capacitance effect.
B-005-009-007    5-9-7
What precaution must you take when using polarized electrolytic capacitors?
Never apply a reverse voltage
Do not parallel with capacitors other than electrolytics
Use them exclusively at radio frequencies
Do not use them in series combinations
> Key words:  POLARIZED CAPACITORS.  The construction of polarized capacitors requires that the positive and negative terminals of the capacitor be correctly connected to a source of voltage of the same polarity, otherwise the capacitor may be damaged.
B-005-009-008    5-9-8
If you wire two 12-millihenry chokes in series, what is the inductance of the combination?
24 millihenries
6 millihenries
48 millihenries
3 millihenries
> Key words:  SERIES INDUCTORS.  Inductors (coils) in combinations obey rules similar to resistors.  In SERIES, the total value is the sum of the values. In PARALLEL with identical values, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.
B-005-009-009    5-9-9
If you wire two 20-millihenry inductors in parallel, what is the inductance of the combination?
10 millihenries
40 millihenries
80 millihenries
5 millihenries
> Key words:  PARALLEL INDUCTORS.  Inductors (coils) in combinations obey rules similar to resistors.  In SERIES, the total value is the sum of the values. In PARALLEL with identical values, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.
B-005-009-010    5-9-10
If you wire two 20-microfarad capacitors in series, what is the capacity of the combination?
10 microfarads
40 microfarads
80 microfarads
5 microfarads
> Key words:  SERIES CAPACITORS.  Capacitors behave OPPOSITE TO INDUCTORS.  Capacitors add up in parallel combinations BUT the total value is less than the smallest in a series combination.  With identical CAPACITORS in SERIES, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.  [ capacitors in series might be useful to augment the overall voltage rating ]
B-005-009-011    5-9-11
If you wire two 24-microfarad capacitors in parallel, what is the capacity of the combination?
48 microfarads
12 microfarads
96 microfarads
4 microfarads
> Key words:  SERIES CAPACITORS.  Capacitors behave OPPOSITE TO INDUCTORS.  Capacitors add up in parallel combinations BUT the total value is less than the smallest in a series combination.  With identical CAPACITORS in SERIES, the total value is the value of one component divided by the number in the circuit.
B-005-010-001    5-10-1
How does an inductor react to AC?
As the frequency of the applied AC increases, the reactance increases
As the amplitude of the applied AC increases, the reactance decreases
As the amplitude of the applied AC increases, the reactance increases
As the frequency of the applied AC increases, the reactance decreases
> Reactance is opposition.  XL = 2 * PI * f * L.  Inductive reactance = two times PI (i.e., 3.14) times frequency in hertz times inductance in henries.  Reactance (opposition) is not influenced by the amplitude of the applied voltage.  If frequency goes up, inductive reactance goes up.  Intuitively, the higher the frequency (i.e., rate of change), the more significant become the counter-currents induced in adjacent turns.
B-005-010-002    5-10-2
How does a capacitor react to AC?
As the frequency of the applied AC increases, the reactance decreases
As the frequency of the applied AC increases, the reactance increases
As the amplitude of the applied AC increases, the reactance increases
As the amplitude of the applied AC increases, the reactance decreases
> Reactance is opposition.  XC = 1 over ( 2 * PI * f * C ).  Capacitive Reactance = 1 over the product of 'two times PI (i.e., 3.14) times frequency in hertz times capacitance in farads'.  A behaviour opposite to inductors.  Reactance (opposition) is not influenced by the amplitude of the applied voltage.  If frequency goes up, capacitive reactance goes down.  Intuitively, the more frequent the change of polarity (AC changes polarity every half-cycle), the more incessant becomes the charge/discharge current, current never seems to stop, less apparent opposition to current flow.
B-005-010-003    5-10-3
The reactance of capacitors increases as:
frequency decreases
applied voltage increases
applied voltage decreases
frequency increases
> Reactance is opposition.  XC = 1 over ( 2 * PI * f * C ).  Capacitive Reactance = 1 over the product of 'two times PI (i.e., 3.14) times frequency in hertz times capacitance in farads'.  A behaviour opposite to inductors.  Reactance (opposition) is not influenced by the amplitude of the applied voltage.  If frequency goes up, capacitive reactance goes down.  Intuitively, the more frequent the change in polarity (AC changes polarity every half-cycle), the more incessant becomes the charge/discharge current, current never seems to stop, less apparent opposition to current flow.
B-005-010-004    5-10-4
What is the term for the opposition to alternating current caused by the combined effect of reactance and resistance?
Impedance
Reluctance
Admittance
Conductance
> Impedance (Z) is measured in ohms.  It is the combined effect of reactance(s) and resistance.  Resistance affects DC and AC equally.  Reactance is a property only present under AC. [ DC = direct current, AC = alternating current ].  Impedance (Z) can also be seen as the ratio of voltage to current in AC circuits: Z = E / I.  Generally, high impedance circuits function at high voltages and low currents, while low impedance circuits use low voltages at high currents.
B-005-010-005    5-10-5
What term equals the ratio of AC voltage to AC current in a system or circuit?
Impedance
Resistance
Reactance
Conductance
> Impedance (Z) is measured in ohms.  It is the combined effect of reactance(s) and resistance.  Resistance affects DC and AC equally.  Reactance is a property only present under AC. [ DC = direct current, AC = alternating current ].  Impedance (Z) can also be seen as the ratio of voltage to current in AC circuits: Z = E / I.  Generally, high impedance circuits function at high voltages and low currents, while low impedance circuits use low voltages at high currents.
B-005-010-006    5-10-6
What circuit parameter change causes an inductor's reactance to increase?
An increase in frequency
A decrease in frequency
An increase in current
An increase in voltage
> Reactance is opposition.  XL = 2 * PI * f * L.  Inductive reactance = two times PI (i.e., 3.14) times frequency in hertz times inductance in henries.  Reactance (opposition) is not influenced by the amplitude of the applied voltage.  If frequency goes up, inductive reactance goes up.  Intuitively, the higher the frequency (i.e., rate of change), the more significant become the counter-currents induced in adjacent turns.
B-005-010-007    5-10-7
What property allows a coil wound on a ferrite core to mitigate the effects of an offending radio signal?
High reactance at radio frequencies
Low reactance at radio frequencies
Low reactance at audio frequencies
High reactance at audio frequencies
> The coil (inductor) when dealing with an offending radio signal: chokes off radio frequency (high reactance), but passes audio frequencies (low reactance).  Recall that the opposition of a coil to AC current flow (inductive reactance) grows as frequency increases.
B-005-010-008    5-10-8
What property allows a bypass capacitor in an audio circuit to divert an interfering RF signal?
Low reactance at radio frequencies
High reactance at radio frequencies
Low reactance at audio frequencies
High reactance at audio frequencies
> The bypass capacitor must provide a low impedance path for an offending signal without affecting lower frequency signals: low reactance for radio frequency, high reactance for audio.  Recall that the opposition of a capacitor to AC current flow (capacitive reactance) decreases as frequency goes up.
B-005-010-009    5-10-9
What property allows an RF bypass capacitor to have little effect on an audio circuit?
High reactance at audio frequencies
Low reactance at radio frequencies
High reactance at radio frequencies
Low reactance at audio frequencies
> The bypass capacitor must provide a low impedance path for an offending signal without affecting lower frequency signals: low reactance for radio frequency, high reactance for audio.  Recall that the opposition of a capacitor to AC current flow (capacitive reactance) decreases as frequency goes up.
B-005-010-010    5-10-10
What property allows an RF choke coil to have little effect on signals meant to flow through the coil?
Low reactance at low frequencies
High reactance at low frequencies
Low reactance at high frequencies
High reactance at high frequencies
> The coil (inductor) when dealing with an offending radio signal: chokes off radio frequency (high reactance), but passes audio frequencies (low reactance).  Recall that the opposition of a coil to AC current flow (inductive reactance) grows as frequency increases.
B-005-010-011    5-10-11
In general, the reactance of inductors increases with:
increasing AC frequency
decreasing AC frequency
decreasing applied voltage
increasing applied voltage
> Reactance is opposition.  XL = 2 * PI * f * L.  Inductive reactance = two times PI (i.e., 3.14) times frequency in hertz times inductance in henries.  Reactance (opposition) is not influenced by the amplitude of the applied voltage.  If frequency goes up, inductive reactance goes up.  Intuitively, the higher the frequency (i.e., rate of change), the more significant become the counter-currents induced in adjacent turns.
B-005-011-001    5-11-1
A transformer with a 120-volt primary voltage supplies 250 watts to a transmitter. Neglecting losses, what is the approximate primary current?
2.1 amperes
0.48 amperes
1.4 amperes
3.1 amperes
> The power needed by the primary is the power delivered by the secondary plus the losses in the transformer.  The 250 watts must be drawn from the source where the primary is connected.  The Power Law:  P = E * I, power is voltage times current.  Transformed to solve for I, it becomes I = P / E.  In this example, I = 250 watts / 120 volts.
B-005-011-002    5-11-2
How can a transformer with two windings change impedance?
By carrying different voltages and currents in each winding
By using the correct magnetic coupling between windings
By allowing the difference to be dissipated in core losses
By matching winding resistance to impedance
> Impedance (Z) can be seen as the ratio of voltage to current in AC circuits: Z = E / I.  While functioning with different ratios of voltage to current, the primary and secondary windings of a transformer can operate at different impedances.
B-005-011-003    5-11-3
A transformer with a single 12-volt secondary draws 0.5 amperes through its 120-volt primary. Assuming no losses, what current is drawn from the secondary?
5 amperes
2.5 amperes
25 amperes
50 amperes
> As work is performed at a lower voltage on the secondary side, current on the secondary is larger.  The turns ratio is '10 to 1' ( 120 volts to 12 volts ), the current ratio follows the inverse of that ratio:  10 * 0.5 amperes = 5 amperes.  Method B:  Primary consumes 60 watts  ( 120 volts * 0.5 amperes ),  secondary must draw that same power (discounting losses).  What is the secondary current for 60 watts at 12 volts ?  I = P / E (derived from P = E * I), I = 60 watts / 12 volts = 5 amperes.
B-005-011-004    5-11-4
The primary winding of a transformer has 250 turns, and the secondary has 500 turns. If the input voltage is 120 volts, what is the secondary voltage?
240 V
480 V
620 V
60 V
> A 'step-up' transformer, the secondary uses twice as many turns as the primary, voltage is doubled ( exactly per the turns ratio ).
B-005-011-005    5-11-5
The strength of the magnetic field around a conductor in air is:
directly proportional to the current in the conductor
inversely proportional to the diameter of the conductor
directly proportional to the diameter of the conductor
inversely proportional to the voltage on the conductor
> Current and magnetism are closely related:  current in a conductor sets up a magnetic field, dropping a conductor through magnetic lines of force creates a current.  The voltage would only be of concern for an electrical field.  Reference to the conductor's diameter is a useless clue.
B-005-011-006    5-11-6
Maximum induced voltage in a coil occurs when:
current is going through its greatest rate of change
the current through the coil is DC
current is going through its least rate of change
the magnetic field around the coil is not changing
> For induction to take place in a wire, a conductor must be subjected to a moving magnetic field (no movement, no induction).  Either the conductor must move in the magnetic field  OR  the magnetic field must move if the conductor is immobile.  If current changes drastically within a short period of time ('rate of change'), the magnetic field around the conductor changes rapidly, induction is maximized.
B-005-011-007    5-11-7
A transformer primary winding consumes 10 watts. Neglecting losses, if the secondary voltage is 5 volts, what is the secondary current?
2 amperes
0.5 amperes
1 ampere
5 amperes
> Excluding losses, the power consumed by the primary equals the power required of the secondary.  The Power Law:  P = E * I, power is voltage times current.  Transformed to solve for I, it becomes I = P / E.  In this example, I = 10 watts / 5 volts.
B-005-011-008    5-11-8
A step-up transformer with a primary to secondary turns ratio of 1:5 delivers 50 milliamperes to a load. Assuming 100% efficiency, what is the primary current?
250 mA
2500 mA
10 mA
0.25 mA
> A turns ratio of '1 to 5' indicates a 'step-up' transformer, primary current will be larger than the secondary current by the inverse of that ratio.  In this example, primary current is 5 * times 50 mA = 250 milliamperes = 0.25 amperes.  Transformers do not "create" power out of nothing, the power ( E * I ) flowing into the primary equals the power drawn by the secondary plus losses (which are ignored for the sake of simplicity).  For power to remain "comparable" on both sides of the transformer, current goes up if voltage increases  and  vice versa.
B-005-011-009    5-11-9
When is coupling (induction) between two wires maximum?
When the wires are close and parallel
When the wires are close and at right angles
When the wires are separated and parallel
When the wires are separated and at right angles
> Proximity maximizes capacitive coupling. Parallel conductors ensure maximum magnetic coupling.
B-005-011-011    5-11-11
What confirms the fact that the transfer of energy from the primary to the secondary of a transformer is not perfect?
Warm iron laminations
Noisy operation
Large secondary current
High primary voltage
> Heating of the core laminations is a symptom of one of the losses in a real-life transformer.
B-005-012-001    5-12-1
Resonance is the condition that exists when:
inductive reactance and capacitive reactance are equal
inductive reactance is the only opposition in the circuit
the circuit contains no resistance
resistance is equal to the reactance
> Resonance is the condition where Inductive Reactance (XL) is equal in value to Capacitive Reactance (XC).  For a given Inductance (L, a coil or inductor) and Capacitance (C, a capacitor), resonance happens at one frequency:  the resonant frequency.  At resonance, the two reactances cancel each other, only resistance is left in the circuit.
B-005-012-002    5-12-2
At resonance, what impedance does a parallel tuned circuit exhibit?
High impedance
Low impedance
Impedance equal to reactance of the circuit
Impedance equal to resistance of the circuit
> Key words:  PARALLEL, TUNED.  The question refers to Resonance.  The one frequency at which Inductive Reactance cancels Capacitive Reactance.  In a PARALLEL circuit, Impedance (Z) at resonance is HIGH ( series circuit will be the opposite ).  As a memory aid, try to visualize the PARALLEL circuit as a tub or tank, signals get trapped at resonance.  Try to visualize the SERIES circuit as a slim tube, signals slip right through at resonance.
B-005-012-003    5-12-3
While the resonant frequency of a tuned circuit is a single frequency, the effect of resonance is significant over a certain range of frequencies. What is this range called?
Bandwidth
Quality factor
Shape factor
Response curve
> The bandwidth of a tuned circuit is the range of frequencies over which its response remains within a certain percentage of its response at the resonant frequency.  Bandwidth is related to the Q (quality) factor of the tuned circuit.
B-005-012-004    5-12-4
What two components are required to form a tuned circuit?
Inductor and capacitor
Resistor and transistor
Capacitor and resistor
Diode and transistor
> A 'tuned' circuit is a synonym for a 'resonant' circuit.  Resonance is the condition where Inductive Reactance (XL) is equal in value to Capacitive Reactance (XC).  Inductors and Capacitors alone determine the resonant frequency of a circuit.
B-005-012-005    5-12-5
When a parallel coil-capacitor combination is supplied with AC of different frequencies, there will be one frequency where the impedance will be highest. This is the:
resonant frequency
maximum frequency
inductive frequency
reactive frequency
> Key words:  COIL, CAPACITOR.  A 'tuned' circuit.  The question refers to Resonance.  The one frequency at which Inductive Reactance cancels Capacitive Reactance.  In a PARALLEL circuit, Impedance (Z) at resonance is HIGH ( series circuit will be the opposite ).  As a memory aid, try to visualize the PARALLEL circuit as a tub or tank, signals get trapped at resonance.  Try to visualize the SERIES circuit as a slim tube, signals slip right through at resonance.
B-005-012-006    5-12-6
In a parallel-resonant circuit at resonance, the circuit has:
high impedance
low impedance
low mutual inductance
high mutual inductance
> Key words:  PARALLEL, RESONANT.  The question refers to Resonance.  The one frequency at which Inductive Reactance cancels Capacitive Reactance.  In a PARALLEL circuit, Impedance (Z) at resonance is HIGH ( series circuit will be the opposite ).  As a memory aid, try to visualize the PARALLEL circuit as a tub or tank, signals get trapped at resonance.  Try to visualize the SERIES circuit as a slim tube, signals slip right through at resonance.
B-005-012-007    5-12-7
In a series resonant circuit at resonance, the circuit has:
low impedance
high impedance
low mutual inductance
high mutual inductance
> Key words:  SERIES, RESONANT.  The question refers to Resonance.  The one frequency at which Inductive Reactance cancels Capacitive Reactance.  In a SERIES circuit, Impedance (Z) at resonance is LOW ( parallel circuit will be the opposite ).  If Impedance is low (little total opposition), current will be high.  As a memory aid, try to visualize the SERIES circuit as a slim tube, signals slip right through at resonance.  Try to visualize the PARALLEL circuit as a tub or tank, signals get trapped at resonance.
B-005-012-008    5-12-8
A coil and an air-spaced capacitor are arranged to form a resonant circuit. The resonant frequency will remain the same if we:
add a resistor to the circuit
increase the area of plates in the capacitor
insert Mylar sheets between the plates of the capacitor
wind more turns on the coil
> Resonance is affected exclusively by Inductance (L in henries for inductors) and Capacitance ( C in farads for capacitors ).  Capacitance is affected by the area of the plates and the choice of dielectric.  Inductance is affected by the number of turns in a coil.
B-005-012-009    5-12-9
Resonant circuits in a receiver are used to:
select the desired signal frequencies
filter direct current
amplify audio signals
adjust voltage levels
> Resonance is about choosing a frequency (or narrow range of frequencies) over others, either to eliminate it or favour it.
B-005-012-010    5-12-10
Resonance is the condition that exists when:
inductive reactance and capacitive reactance are equal and opposite in sign
inductive reactance is the only opposition in the circuit
the circuit contains no resistance
resistance is equal to the reactance
> Resonance is the condition where Inductive Reactance (XL) is equal in value to Capacitive Reactance (XC).  For a given Inductance (L, a coil or inductor) and Capacitance (C, a capacitor), resonance happens at one frequency:  the resonant frequency.  At resonance, the two reactances cancel each other, only resistance is left in the circuit.
B-005-012-011    5-12-11
What happens to current when a series RLC circuit is tuned to the frequency of the source?
It reaches maximum
It is limited by inductive reactance
It is limited by capacitive reactance
It reaches minimum
> Key words:  SERIES, TUNED.    The question refers to Resonance.  The one frequency at which Inductive Reactance cancels Capacitive Reactance.  In a SERIES circuit, Impedance (Z) at resonance is LOW ( parallel circuit will be the opposite ).  If Impedance is low (little total opposition), current will be high.  As a memory aid, try to visualize the SERIES circuit as a slim tube, signals slip right through at resonance.  Try to visualize the PARALLEL circuit as a tub or tank, signals get trapped at resonance.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L05} Regulations, Part II: Standards, Restrictions, Identification.

B-001-006-001    1-6-1
An amateur radio station with a maximum power output of 2 watts:
must be under the supervision of a person holding an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate and call sign
need not be authorized by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
need not be authorized in isolated areas only
is exempt from regulatory control
> Reference to power is misleading.  ALL Amateur stations must be duly authorized.
B-001-006-002    1-6-2
An amateur radio station may be used to communicate with:
stations operated under similar authorizations
any stations which are identified for special contests
Armed Forces stations during contests and exercises
any station transmitting in amateur radio bands
> This is a catch.  "Any station transmitting in the amateur radio bands" seems reasonable until you think that this other station may be operating unlawfully without a certificate.  "Stations operated under similar authorizations" is a much better answer.  Amateur radio operators are not allowed to knowingly conduct conversations with unauthorized stations ("bootleggers").
B-001-006-003    1-6-3
Under what circumstances is an amateur radio operator permitted to use an amplifier to amplify the output of a licence-exempt transmitter?
This is not permitted
When emissions will be outside amateur radio frequency allocations
Only for short test transmissions
When other users will not be interfered with
> Using an amplifier on what is normally a licence-exempt transmitter is illegal: e.g., a Citizens Band radio.  Article 31 of the Radiocommunication Regulations states, "A person may operate or permit the operation of radio apparatus only where the apparatus is maintained within the tolerances set out in the applicable standards."
B-001-006-004    1-6-4
When is it permissible to use amateur radio equipment, with or without modification, to transmit outside amateur radio bands?
Never, amateur radio equipment is not certified for operation outside amateur radio bands
When the control operator holds an Advanced Qualification
When the operator already owns licensed equipment for such frequencies
When transmissions are limited to licence-exempt frequencies
> Equipment used to transmit on a band other than within the amateur radio service must be certified for such use and the station owner must possess a suitable authorization when required.
B-001-006-005    1-6-5
Which of the following statements is NOT correct? A person may operate radio apparatus, authorized in the amateur radio service:
on aeronautical, marine or land mobile frequencies
only if the person complies with the Standards for the Operation of Radio Stations in the Amateur Radio Service
only if the apparatus is maintained to the performance standards set by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada regulations and policies
except for the amplification of the output power of licence-exempt radio apparatus operating outside authorized amateur radio service allocations
> Key words:  NOT CORRECT.  Amateur radio operators are only allowed on bands assigned to the Amateur radio service.
B-001-006-006    1-6-6
Some VHF and UHF FM radios purchased for use in the amateur radio service can also be programmed to communicate on frequencies used for the land mobile service. Under what conditions is this permissible?
The radio is certified and licensed for use in the land mobile service
The radio operator has a Restricted Operator's Certificate
The equipment has an RF power output of 2 watts or less
The equipment is used in remote areas north of 60 degrees latitude
> Article 31 of the Radiocommunication Regulations states, "A person may operate or permit the operation of radio apparatus only where the apparatus is maintained within the tolerances set out in the applicable standards."  The Radiocommunication Act states, "4. (1) No person shall, except under and in accordance with a radio authorization, install, operate or possess radio apparatus, other than (a) radio apparatus exempted by or under regulations...".
B-001-007-001    1-7-1
Which of the following topics is prohibited on an amateur radio club net?
Business planning
Recreation planning
Code practice planning
Emergency planning
> Key word:  CANNOT.  Business-related communications are NOT allowed on amateur bands (except for relief operations in a disaster, while regular services are overloaded or unavailable).
B-001-007-002    1-7-2
When is an amateur radio operator allowed to broadcast information to the general public?
An amateur radio operator may never broadcast to the general public
Only when the amateur radio operator is being paid
Only when the broadcasts last less than 1 hour
Only when the broadcasts are of broad public interest
> Key word:  BROADCAST.  Amateurs are not allowed to broadcast to the general public.
B-001-007-003    1-7-3
Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
An amateur radio operator may conduct occasional business on the air
A considerate amateur radio operator does not transmit unnecessary signals
A courteous amateur radio operator refrains from using offensive language
An amateur radio operator does not obscure the meaning of their transmissions
> The Radiocommunication Regulations define the amateur radio service as "a radiocommunication service in which radio apparatus are used for the purpose of self-training, intercommunication or technical investigation by individuals who are interested in radio technique solely with a personal aim and without pecuniary interest."  Article 32 of the Radiocommunication Regulations, which said "A person may operate radio apparatus only to transmit a non-superfluous signal or a signal containing non-profane or non-obscene radiocommunications " was repealed in 2011.  Hopefully, amateur radio operators will continue to abide by that rule.
B-001-007-004    1-7-4
Which of the following one-way communications may NOT be transmitted in the amateur radio service?
Broadcasts intended for the general public
Radio control commands to model craft
Brief transmissions to make adjustments to the station
Morse code practice
> Key words:  MAY NOT.  Amateurs are not allowed to broadcast to the general public.  Remote control, brief tests and code practice are allowed activities.
B-001-007-005    1-7-5
Under what condition are you permitted to use a new digital encoding technique that you developed to transmit data over amateur radio bands?
When it is published in the public domain
When it is used for music streaming content
When it is used for commercial traffic
When it includes sending the amateur radio station's call sign
> Article 47 of the Radiocommunication Regulations states, "A person who operates radio apparatus in the amateur radio service may only (b) use a code or cipher that is not secret."
B-001-007-006    1-7-6
When may an amateur radio station transmit an encoded message?
Only when the encoding or cipher is not secret
Only during a declared communications emergency
Only during contests
Only when transmitting above 450 MHz
> Article 47 of the Radiocommunication Regulations states, "A person who operates radio apparatus in the amateur radio service may only (b) use a code or cipher that is not secret."
B-001-007-007    1-7-7
What are the restrictions on the use of abbreviations or procedural signals in the amateur radio service?
They may be used if the signals or codes are not secret
There are no restrictions
They are not permitted because they obscure the meaning of a message to government monitoring stations
Only "10 codes" are permitted
> Key words:  SECRET, OBSCURE.  Specifically prohibited in the Radiocommunication Regulations.
B-001-007-008    1-7-8
What should you do to keep your amateur radio station from retransmitting music or signals from a non-amateur radio station?
Turn down the volume of background audio
Turn up the volume of your transmitter
Speak closer to the microphone to increase your signal strength
Adjust your transceiver noise blanker
> Retransmitting programming that originates from a broadcasting undertaking is specifically prohibited in the Radiocommunication Regulations.
B-001-007-009    1-7-9
The transmission of a secret code by the operator of an amateur radio station:
is not permitted
is permitted for contests
must be approved by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
is permitted for third-party traffic
> Key words:  SECRET, OBSCURE.  Specifically prohibited in the Radiocommunication Regulations.
B-001-007-010    1-7-10
An amateur radio operator may be engaged in communications including the transmission of:
Q codes
programming that originates from a broadcasting undertaking
radiocommunication in support of industrial, business, or professional activities
commercially recorded material
> Key words:  BROADCASTING, BUSINESS, COMMERCIALLY.  Support of business/professional activities OR the retransmission of broadcasts are specifically prohibited in the Radiocommunication Regulations.  "Q codes" are internationally recognized abbreviations used by Amateurs.
B-001-007-011    1-7-11
In the amateur radio service, business communications:
are not permitted under any circumstance
are permitted on some bands
are only permitted if they are for the safety of life or immediate protection of property
are not prohibited by regulation
> Business-related communications are NOT allowed on amateur bands.  The Radiocommunication Regulations state, "47. A person who operates radio apparatus in the amateur radio service may only (a) communicate with a radio station that operates in the amateur radio service; (b) use a code or cipher that is not secret; and (c) be engaged in communication that does not include the transmission of (i) music, (ii) commercially recorded material, (iii) programming that originates from a broadcasting undertaking, or (iv) radiocommunications in support of industrial, business or professional activities."
B-001-008-001    1-8-1
Where may holders of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate operate an amateur radio station in Canada?
Anywhere in Canada
Anywhere in Canada only during times of emergency
Only at the address shown on Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada records
Only within their province or territory
> Yes, ANYWHERE in Canada but if you change your address permanently, you must notify Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada within 30 DAYS.
B-001-008-002    1-8-2
Which type of station may transmit one-way communications?
Beacon station
Repeater station
HF station
VHF station
> Only three types of one-way communications are allowed:  1) Beacons (automated one-way stations used to assess propagation conditions), 2) remote control of model craft and 3) brief test transmissions.
B-001-008-003    1-8-3
What minimum qualifications must an amateur radio operator hold to assemble commercially available transmitter kits of professional design?
Basic
Basic with Honours
Basic and Morse code
Basic and Advanced
> Other than bands and power limitations, the Basic Qualification grants these privileges: building commercially available transmitter kits, re-programming of radio equipment to operate in the amateur bands and operation of cross-band repeaters.  However, the Basic Qualification does NOT permit: building and operating "home-made" transmitters and the remote control of fixed stations.
B-001-008-004    1-8-4
What minimum qualifications must an amateur radio operator hold to install a repeater operating on a single band in a voice mode?
Basic and Advanced
Basic and Morse code
Basic with Honours
Basic
> Key word:  REPEATER.  The Advanced Qualification grants these privileges:  1) install repeaters, 2) install club stations, 3) build transmitters or amplifiers from scratch, 4) more output power, 5) remote control of fixed stations.  Morse has nothing to do with such privileges.
B-001-008-005    1-8-5
What minimum qualifications must an amateur radio operator hold to install an amateur radio club station?
Basic and Advanced
Basic, Advanced and Morse code
Basic
Basic with Honours
> Key words:  CLUB STATION.  The Advanced Qualification grants these privileges:  1) install repeaters, 2) install club stations, 3) build transmitters or amplifiers from scratch, 4) more output power, 5) remote control of fixed stations.  Morse has nothing to do with such privileges.
B-001-008-006    1-8-6
What minimum qualifications must an amateur radio operator hold to install or operate a transmitter or RF amplifier that is neither professionally designed nor commercially manufactured for use in the amateur radio service?
Basic and Advanced
Basic with Honours
Basic and Morse code
Basic, Advanced and Morse code
> The Advanced Qualification grants these privileges:  1) install repeaters, 2) install club stations, 3) build transmitters or amplifiers from scratch, 4) more output power, 5) remote control of fixed stations.  Morse has nothing to do with such privileges.
B-001-008-007    1-8-7
What minimum qualifications must an amateur radio operator hold to operate cross-band repeaters?
Basic
Basic with Honours
Basic and Morse code
Basic and Advanced
> Other than bands and power limitations, the Basic Qualification grants these privileges: building commercially available transmitter kits, re-programming of radio equipment to operate in the amateur bands and operation of cross-band repeaters.  However, the Basic Qualification does NOT permit: building and operating "home-made" transmitters and the remote control of fixed stations.
B-001-008-008    1-8-8
What minimum qualifications must an amateur radio operator hold to remotely operate a transmitter, including changing frequency, emission mode or output power?
Basic and Advanced
Basic and Morse code
Basic with Honours
Basic
> Key words:  REMOTELY OPERATE.  The Advanced Qualification grants these privileges:  1) install repeaters, 2) install club stations, 3) build transmitters or amplifiers from scratch, 4) more output power, 5) remote control of fixed stations.  Morse has nothing to do with such privileges.
B-001-009-001    1-9-1
Who is responsible for the operation of an amateur radio station?
Both the control operator and the station owner
Only the station owner who is the holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
The person who owns the station equipment
Only the control operator
> Both the licensee and the control operator ( a person other than the licensee whom the owner may have left in charge of the station ) are responsible for proper operation of the station.
B-001-009-002    1-9-2
If you transmit from another amateur radio station, who is responsible for its operation?
Both of you
You
The station owner, unless the station logbook shows you as the control operator
The station owner
> Both the licensee and the control operator ( a person other than the licensee whom the owner may have left in charge of the station ) are responsible for proper operation of the station.
B-001-009-003    1-9-3
What is your responsibility as a station owner?
You are responsible for the operation of the station in accordance with the regulations
You must allow another amateur radio operator to operate your station upon request
You must be present whenever the station is operated
You must notify Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada if another amateur radio operator acts as the control operator
> Both the licensee and the control operator ( a person other than the licensee whom the owner may have left in charge of the station ) are responsible for proper operation of the station.
B-001-009-004    1-9-4
Who may be the control operator of an amateur radio station?
Any qualified amateur radio operator chosen by the station owner
Any person over 21 years of age with a Basic Qualification
Any person over 21 years of age with Basic and Morse code qualifications
Any person over 21 years of age
> The Control Operator must hold an Amateur certificate.
B-001-009-005    1-9-5
When must an amateur radio station have a control operator?
Whenever the station is transmitting
A control operator is not needed
Whenever the station receiver is operated
Only when training another amateur radio operator
> The holder of an Amateur certificate, the 'Control Operator', must be in charge of the station whenever it is on the air.
B-001-009-006    1-9-6
When an amateur radio station is transmitting, where must its control operator be?
At the station's control point
Anywhere in the same building as the transmitter
At the station's entrance, to control entry to the room
Anywhere within 50 km of the station location
> The holder of an Amateur certificate, the 'Control Operator', must be in charge of the station whenever it is on the air.
B-001-009-007    1-9-7
Why can't family members without qualifications transmit using your amateur radio station if they are alone with your equipment?
They must hold suitable amateur radio qualifications before they are allowed to be control operators
They must not use your equipment without your permission
They must first know how to use the right abbreviations and Q signals
They must first know the right frequencies and emission modes for transmitting
> The holder of an Amateur certificate, the 'Control Operator', must be in charge of the station whenever it is on the air.  Your certificate does not grant spouses, siblings or relatives privileges to be 'Control Operators' ( i.e., use the station in your absence ).
B-001-009-008    1-9-8
The owner of an amateur radio station may:
permit any person to operate the station under the supervision and in the presence of the holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate
permit anyone to take part in communications only if prior written permission is received from Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
permit anyone to use the station without restrictions
permit anyone to use the station and take part in communications
> The holder of an Amateur certificate, the 'Control Operator', must be in charge of the station whenever it is on the air.
B-001-009-009    1-9-9
Under what circumstances can a person who does NOT have an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate operate an amateur radio station?
When the person is under supervision, and in the presence of, a person holding appropriate qualifications
When the person has been briefed over the telephone by a person holding appropriate qualifications
When the person is actively enrolled in an amateur radio course
When the person holds a valid licence in the land mobile or maritime services
> A Basic Qualification alone does not grant privileges below 30 MHz.  A 'Control Operator' must hold an amateur certificate and supervise the station.
B-001-010-001    1-10-1
What is a transmission that disturbs other communications called?
Harmful interference
Interrupted CW
Transponder signals
Unidentified transmissions
> "Harmful Interference":  "Adverse effect of electromagnetic energy...that endangers the use of a safety-related radiocommunication system... OR significantly degrades, or obstructs or repeatedly interrupts the use of radio apparatus or radio-sensitive equipment."  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-010-002    1-10-2
When may you deliberately interfere with another amateur radio station's communications?
Deliberate interference is never acceptable
Only if the station is operating illegally
Only if the station begins transmitting on a frequency you are using
Only when you are operating within crowded band conditions
> Deliberate harmful interference is ALWAYS prohibited.
B-001-010-003    1-10-3
If the regulations say that the amateur radio service is a secondary user of a frequency band, and another service is a primary user, what does this mean?
Amateur radio operators are allowed to use the frequency band only if they do not cause interference to primary users
Nothing special: all users of a frequency band have equal rights to operate
Amateur radio operators are only allowed to use the frequency band during emergencies
Amateur radio operators can only use the band briefly for radio testing and adjustment purposes
> Primary User and Secondary User are statuses assigned to different services when frequency bands are allocated by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada.  "Stations of a secondary service:  a) shall not cause harmful interference to stations of primary service, b) cannot claim protection from harmful interference from stations of a primary service".  For example, on 430-450 MHz and 902-928 MHz, the Amateur Radio Service has secondary status behind other services.
B-001-010-004    1-10-4
What rule applies if two amateur radio operators want to use the same frequency?
Both station operators have an equal right to operate on the frequency
The station operator with a lesser qualification must yield the frequency to an operator of higher qualification
The station operator with a lower power output must yield the frequency to the station with a higher power output
Station operators in regions 1 and 3 of the International Telecommunication Union must yield the frequency to stations in region 2
> Common sense and respect are expected out of amateurs in sharing radio spectrum.  No organization, qualification or activity can claim exclusive and priority use of a given frequency.
B-001-010-005    1-10-5
What name is given to a form of interference that seriously degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts a radiocommunication service?
Harmful interference
Intentional interference
Adjacent interference
Disruptive interference
> "Harmful Interference":  "Adverse effect of electromagnetic energy...that endangers the use of a safety-related radiocommunication system... OR significantly degrades, or obstructs or repeatedly interrupts the use of radio apparatus or radio-sensitive equipment."  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-010-006    1-10-6
In the event the Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry determines that an amateur radio station causes harmful interference, what are the Minister's powers?
Order the station's operation to cease or change
Revoke the amateur radio operator's certificate without giving written notice
Delegate the matter to the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission
Convene the parties to arrive at a compromise solution
> "The Department shall order the persons in control of the equipment to cease or modify operation until such time it can be operated without causing interference".  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-010-007    1-10-7
Amateur radio operation must not cause interference to other radio services operating in which of the following bands?
430.0 MHz to 450.0 MHz
7.0 MHz to 7.1 MHz
144.0 MHz to 148.0 MHz
14.0 MHz to 14.2 MHz
> Primary User and Secondary User are statuses assigned to different services when frequency bands are allocated by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada.  "Stations of a secondary service:  a) shall not cause harmful interference to stations of primary service, b) cannot claim protection from harmful interference from stations of a primary service".  For example, on 430-450 MHz and 902-928 MHz, the Amateur Radio Service has secondary status behind other services.
B-001-010-008    1-10-8
Amateur radio operations are NOT protected from interference caused by another service operating in which of the following frequency bands?
902 MHz to 928 MHz
144 MHz to 148 MHz
222 MHz to 225 MHz
50 MHz to 54 MHz
> Primary User and Secondary User are statuses assigned to different services when frequency bands are allocated by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada.  "Stations of a secondary service:  a) shall not cause harmful interference to stations of primary service, b) cannot claim protection from harmful interference from stations of a primary service".  For example, on 430-450 MHz and 902-928 MHz, the Amateur Radio Service has secondary status behind other services.
B-001-010-009    1-10-9
Under what circumstances may the operator of an amateur radio station conduct test transmissions?
When the transmission will not cause interference to stations in the amateur radio service or other services
When transmitting in designated sub-bands
Only between the hours of midnight and 8:00 AM
After warning other stations who might be interfered with
> Conducting tests which may result in 'harmful interference' is prohibited.
B-001-010-010    1-10-10
Which of these amateur radio bands may be heavily occupied by licence-exempt devices?
902 MHz to 928 MHz
3.5 MHz to 4.0 MHz
430 MHz to 450 MHz
135.7 kHz to 137.8 kHz
> 135.7 to 137.8 kHz Fixed (primary), Maritime mobile (primary), Amateur (secondary).  3.5 to 4.0 MHz Amateur (primary).  144 to 148 MHz Amateur (primary).  430 to 450 MHz Radiolocation (primary), Amateur (secondary).  902 to 928 MHz Fixed (primary), Radiolocation (primary), Amateur (secondary), also designated for industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications.  1240 to 1300 MHz Radiolocation (primary), Amateur (secondary).  2300 to 2450 MHz Fixed (primary), Radiolocation (primary), Amateur (secondary), also designated for industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) applications. (Canadian Table of Frequency Allocations)
B-001-011-001    1-11-1
Amateur radio stations may communicate:
only with other amateur radio stations
with anyone who uses international Morse code
with non-amateur radio stations
with any station involved in a real or simulated emergency
> Article 47 of the Radiocommunication Regulations states, "A person who operates radio apparatus in the amateur radio service may only (a) communicate with a radio station that operates in the amateur radio service."  Article 48 further states, "In a real or simulated emergency, a person operating radio apparatus in the amateur radio service may only communicate with a radio station that is in the amateur radio service in order to transmit a message that relates to the real or simulated emergency on behalf of a person, government or relief organization."  A notice published in February 2000 invalidated this statement: "In a real or simulated emergency, the operator of an amateur station may communicate any message that relates to that emergency on behalf of any person, government or relief organization."
B-001-011-002    1-11-2
During relief operations in the days following a disaster, when may you use your amateur radio equipment to communicate on frequencies outside amateur radio bands?
Using frequencies outside amateur radio bands is never permitted
When relaying messages on behalf of government agencies
When messages are destined to agencies without amateur radio support
When normal communication systems are overloaded, damaged or disrupted
> "An operator of an amateur station may operate within the frequency bands set out in the attached Schedules I, II and III in accordance with the operator's qualifications identified for the specified band". (RBR-4, Frequency Bands and Qualifications)
B-001-011-003    1-11-3
If you hear an unanswered distress signal on an amateur radio band where you do NOT have privileges to communicate:
you may respond and offer assistance
you may respond and offer assistance using international Morse code only
you may respond and offer assistance after obtaining permission from Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
you may not respond nor offer assistance
> Key word:  UNANSWERED.  You may exceed your normal privileges to help a station in distress.
B-001-011-004    1-11-4
In the amateur radio service, it is permissible to broadcast:
radio communications required for the safety of life and property
music that is picked up by your microphone
commercially recorded material
programming that originates from a broadcast undertaking
> Music, commercially recorded material and broadcasts are not permitted.  Amateur radio can be used for distress communications.
B-001-011-005    1-11-5
An amateur radio operator in distress may:
use any means of radiocommunication
only use bands for which the operator is authorized
use any means of radiocommunication, but only on internationally recognized emergency channels
only use Morse code communications on internationally recognized emergency channels
> You may exceed your normal privileges if you are in distress.
B-001-011-006    1-11-6
During a disaster, when may an amateur radio station make transmissions necessary to meet essential communication needs and assist relief operations?
When normal communication systems are overloaded, damaged or disrupted
Never, only official emergency stations may transmit in a disaster
When normal communication systems are working but are not convenient
Only when the local emergency net is activated
> Amateurs have a long history of handling communication when normal systems (e.g., telephone) are unavailable.  When communications systems are restored, amateurs must return to the "no business" rule.
B-001-011-007    1-11-7
What transmitter power limitations must be observed by an amateur radio operator in distress?
No limitations
2250 watts PEP
750 watts carrier power
1000 watts DC input
> You may exceed your normal privileges if you are in distress.
B-001-011-008    1-11-8
What is expected of operators NOT directly involved in a disaster relief net?
Avoid needless transmissions on or near the net frequency
Defer communications until net activity is less intense
Limit operation to narrow bandwidth digital modes
Choose another band with a shorter distance reach
> A 'net' (short for network) is a time and frequency where a given activity is conducted.  Traffic is directed by a 'net control station'.
B-001-011-009    1-11-9
When may amateur radio operators handle messages from recognized public service agencies?
During peace time, civil emergencies and exercises
When data modes are used exclusively
When special authorization has been obtained from Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
When operators have an Advanced Qualification
> Messages from organizations such as the Red Cross or Civil Protection can be handled by amateur radio operators at all times.
B-001-011-010    1-11-10
When are you permitted to interfere with another station's transmissions?
When your station is directly involved with a distress situation
When the other station is not operating in accordance with the Radiocommunication Regulations
When you both wish to contact the same station
When the other station is interfering with your transmission
> Key words:  DIRECTLY INVOLVED with distress.  This is the only acceptable excuse for interference.
B-001-012-001    1-12-1
What kind of payment is allowed for third-party messages sent by an amateur radio station?
No payment of any kind is allowed
Donation of amateur radio equipment
Donation of equipment repairs
Any amount agreed upon in advance
> "A person who operates in the Amateur Radio service shall do so without demanding or accepting remuneration in any form".  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-012-002    1-12-2
Radiocommunications transmitted by stations other than a broadcasting station may be divulged or used:
if it is transmitted by an amateur radio station
if the other station is using digital means
if transmitted in English or French
during peacetime civil emergencies
> "No person shall make use of  or  divulge a radio-based communication" except if it originates from a broadcaster ( e.g., the CBC) or an Amateur Radio station.  (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-012-003    1-12-3
When may an amateur radio operator demand or accept remuneration for exchanging messages?
Never, it is expressly prohibited
When a gift or gratuity replaces remuneration
When a non-governmental organization is involved
When the messages are exchanged outside a real emergency
> "A person who operates in the Amateur Radio service shall do so without demanding or accepting remuneration in any form".  (Radiocommunication Regulations)
B-001-012-004    1-12-4
With regard to divulging the content of radiocommunications other than broadcasting, which of the following is an offence?
Where it is for the purpose of answering questions from a media organization
Where it is for the purpose of protecting property or preventing harm
Where it is for the purpose of giving evidence in a criminal or civil court
Where it is on behalf of Canada, for the purpose of national defence or security
> Key words:  OFFENCE.  Protecting property, preventing harm, giving evidence and national security are valid exceptions to the privacy of communications.
B-001-013-001    1-13-1
Which of the following call signs is a valid Canadian amateur radio call sign?
VA3RAC
SM2CAN
BY7HY
KA9OLS
> Valid Canadian prefixes include VA, VE, VO (letter o) and VY.   [ VO1 = Newfoundland, VO2 = Labrador, VY1 = Yukon, VY2 = Nunavut ]
B-001-013-002    1-13-2
How often must an amateur radio station be identified?
At least every thirty minutes, and at the beginning and at the end of a contact
At the beginning of a contact and at least every thirty minutes after that
At least once during each transmission
At the beginning and end of each transmission
> Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-003    1-13-3
What do you transmit to identify your amateur radio station?
Your call sign
Your "handle"
Your first name and your location
Your full name
> Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-004    1-13-4
What identification, if any, is required when two amateur radio stations begin communications?
Each station must transmit its own call sign
No identification is required
Both stations must transmit both call signs
One of the stations must give both stations' call signs
> Each station is required to identify itself.  Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-005    1-13-5
What identification, if any, is required when two amateur radio stations end communications?
Each station must transmit its own call sign
No identification is required
One of the stations must transmit both stations' call signs
Both stations must transmit both call signs
> Each station is required to identify itself.  Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-006    1-13-6
What is the longest period of time an amateur radio station can transmit, without identifying by call sign?
30 minutes
20 minutes
15 minutes
10 minutes
> Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-007    1-13-7
When may an amateur radio operator transmit unidentified communications?
Only to control a model craft
Only for brief tests not meant as messages
Only if it does not interfere with others
Only for two-way or third-party communications
> Key word:  UNIDENTIFIED.  Any test transmission must include station identification.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.  Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.
B-001-013-008    1-13-8
What language may you use when identifying your station?
English or French
Any language being used for a contact
Any language being used for a contact, providing Canada has a third-party communications agreement with that country
Any language of a country that is a member of the International Telecommunication Union
> Key word:  IDENTIFYING.  Contact may be conducted in any language but identification must be in one of the two official languages.  Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-009    1-13-9
The call sign of an amateur radio station must be transmitted:
at the beginning and at the end of each contact and at intervals not greater than 30 minutes
at intervals not greater than three minutes when using voice communications
at intervals not greater than ten minutes when using digital modes
when requested to do so by the station being called
> Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-010    1-13-10
What are the station identification requirements for a test transmission?
The rules are the same for a test or a radio contact
Brief test transmissions need not be identified
Identification shall be transmitted at five-minute intervals
Identification is only needed on voice modes
> Station identification:  your call sign in English or French, at the START and the END of a contact or test transmission and  every 30 minutes at the most.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.  Only Remote-Control transmissions to model craft need not include station identification.
B-001-013-011    1-13-11
The call sign of a Canadian amateur radio station would normally start with the letters:
VA, VE, VO or VY
GA, GE, MO or VQ
A, K, N or W
EA, EI, RO or UY
> Valid Canadian prefixes include VA, VE, VO (letter o) and VY.   [ VO1 = Newfoundland, VO2 = Labrador, VY1 = Yukon, VY2 = Nunavut ]

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L06a} Decibels.

B-005-008-001    5-8-1
A two-times increase in power results in a change of how many dB?
3 dB higher
6 dB higher
12 dB higher
1 dB higher
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-002    5-8-2
What change in transmitter power results in a 3 dB decrease?
Divide the original power by 2
Divide the original power by 1.5
Divide the original power by 3
Divide the original power by 4
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-003    5-8-3
What change in transmitter power results in a 6 dB increase?
Multiply the original power by 4
Multiply the original power by 3
Multiply the original power by 2
Multiply the original power by 1.5
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-004    5-8-4
If a signal transmitted with a power of 200 watts is received with an S-meter reading of "10 dB over S9," what would be the new reading if power was reduced to 20 watts?
S9
S9 plus 3 dB
S9 minus 10 dB
S9 plus 5 dB
> A reduction at the transmitting station from 200 watts to 20 watts is a drop of -10 dB (one tenth).  The received signal strength which reads '10 dB OVER Nine S units' will drop -10 dB to simply 'Nine S units'.
B-005-008-005    5-8-5
If a signal transmitted with a power of 150 watts is received with an S-meter reading of "20 dB over S9," what would be the new reading if power was reduced to 15 watts?
S9 plus 10 dB
S9 plus 5 dB
S9 plus 3 dB
S9
> A reduction at the transmitting station from 150 watts to 15 watts is a drop of -10 dB (one tenth).  The received signal strength which reads '20 dB OVER Nine S units' will drop -10 dB to simply '10 dB over Nine S units'.
B-005-008-006    5-8-6
What is the "decibel" used for?
To measure the ratio of two signals
To describe a waveform on an oscilloscope
To describe very high frequency radio waves
To measure a single side band signal
> The DECIBEL:  "A unit used in the COMPARISON of two power levels relating to electrical signals".  GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-007    5-8-7
The power output from a transmitter increases from 1 watt to 2 watts. How many decibels does that increase represent?
3 dB
10 dB
6 dB
1 dB
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-008    5-8-8
The power of a transmitter is increased from 5 watts to 50 watts by a linear amplifier. The power gain, expressed in dB, is:
10 dB
30 dB
45 dB
20 dB
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-009    5-8-9
You add a 9 dB gain amplifier to your 2-watt hand-held. What is the power output of the combination?
16 watts
11 watts
20 watts
18 watts
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-010    5-8-10
The power of your transmitter is 100 watts and your transmission line introduces a loss of 6 dB. How much power is delivered to the antenna?
25 watts
50 watts
17 watts
33 watts
> GAINS in power:  +3 dB = twice, +6 dB = four times (2*2), +9 dB = eight times (2*2*2),  +10 dB = ten times, +20 dB = one hundred times (10*10), +30 dB = one thousand times (10*10*10).  LOSSES: -3 dB = half, -6 dB = one quarter (0.5 * 0.5), -9 dB = one eighth (0.5 * 0.5 * 0.5), -10 dB = one tenth, -20 dB = one hundredth (0.1 * 0.1), -30 dB = one thousandth (0.1 * 0.1 * 0.1).
B-005-008-011    5-8-11
A local amateur radio operator reports receiving your 100-watt 2-metre simplex transmission with an S-meter reading of "30 dB over S9." What power could you use to reduce that reading to S9?
0.1 W
1 W
10 W
33.3 W
> To bring a received signal strength of '30 dB OVER Nine S units' down to 'Nine S units' supposes a drop of -30 dB, i.e., one thousandth of the original power.  In this example, 100 watts would need to be brought down to 0.1 watts.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L06b} Transmission Lines.

B-006-001-001    6-1-1
What connects your transceiver to your antenna?
A transmission line
A counterpoise wire
A ground wire
A radial wire
> A "transmission line" carries radio frequency signals from the station to the antenna and between the various pieces of equipment in the station.
B-006-001-002    6-1-2
The characteristic impedance of a transmission line is determined by the:
physical dimensions and relative positions of the conductors
length of the line
frequency at which the line is operated
load placed at the end of the line
> Characteristic Impedance is determined mainly by the physical dimensions of the line.  Length, frequency or load have nothing to do with it.
B-006-001-003    6-1-3
The characteristic impedance of a 20-metre piece of transmission line is 52 ohms. What would the impedance be if 10 metres were cut off?
52 ohms
26 ohms
104 ohms
13 ohms
> This is a catch.  Characteristic Impedance does NOT change with line length.  Length, frequency or load have nothing to do with it.
B-006-001-004    6-1-4
Why can coaxial cables of different diameters have the same characteristic impedance?
Their characteristic impedance depends on the ratio of conductor diameters
Characteristic impedance is independent of line diameter
Characteristic impedance is set by the choice of conducting material
Their characteristic impedance depends on operating frequency
> The Characteristic Impedance of coaxial cable is determined mainly by the ratio of the outer conductor to the inner conductor.  Different diameters of lines can have the same Characteristic Impedance as long as the RATIO is preserved.
B-006-001-005    6-1-5
What commonly available transmission line can be buried directly in the ground for some distance without adverse effects?
Coaxial cable
300-ohm window line
600-ohm open-wire line
75-ohm twin-lead
> Because the outer conductor of a coaxial cable is operated at ground potential, it can be buried.  Parallel lines operate differently with both conductors at some voltage above ground.
B-006-001-006    6-1-6
A transmitter is delivering radio frequency (RF) energy into a coaxial cable with a characteristic impedance of 50 ohms. The cable is terminated by a purely resistive load. What value of load resistance will absorb all the RF energy it receives?
50 ohms
25 ohms
100 ohms
200 ohms
> If a resistor of the same value as the Characteristic Impedance of a given line is placed at the end of that line, no energy is reflected.  100% of the incoming energy is dissipated in the terminating load.
B-006-001-007    6-1-7
What is the major factor influencing the velocity factor of a coaxial cable?
Dielectric material
Center conductor material
Size and spacing of the conductors
Use of a solid or braided shield
> Radio signals propagate (travel) slower in a transmission line than they do in space.  The velocity factor is the relative speed of a wave in a line when compared to free space.  The type of type of dielectric between the conductors determines that factor.
B-006-001-008    6-1-8
The characteristic impedance of an open-wire transmission line depends, in part, on the diameter of its conductors. What other dimension determines its characteristic impedance?
Spacing of the conductors
Length of the line
Height above ground
Distance to metal structures
> Physical dimensions (radius and centre to centre distance) determine Characteristic Impedance.  The speed at which waves travel on the line (velocity) is another characteristic altogether.
B-006-001-009    6-1-9
A transmission line is terminated by an impedance that differs significantly from the characteristic impedance of the line. What impedance will be measured at the input of the line?
A value of impedance influenced by line length
An infinite impedance
A zero impedance
An impedance nearly equal to the characteristic impedance
> A transmission line offers an input impedance similar to the terminating impedance when the impedance placed at the end of the line matches the characteristic impedance of the line: in short, a 50 ohms impedance at the end of a line with a characteristic impedance of 50 ohms will present a 50 ohms impedance to the transmitter, regardless of line length.  If the terminating impedance is mismatched, the impedance seen at the input of the line will depend on terminating impedance AND line length: the line acts as an impedance transformer.
B-006-001-010    6-1-10
What factors determine the characteristic impedance of an open-wire transmission line?
The distance between the centres of the conductors and the diameter of the conductors
The distance between the centres of the conductors and the length of the line
The radius of the conductors and the frequency of the signal
The frequency of the signal and the length of the line
> Physical dimensions (radius and centre to centre distance) influence Characteristic Impedance.  It is independent of line length or operating frequency.
B-006-001-011    6-1-11
What factors determine the characteristic impedance of a coaxial transmission line?
The ratio of the diameter of the outer shield to the diameter of the inner conductor
The diameter of the shield and the length of the line
The diameter of the shield and the frequency of the signal
The frequency of the signal and the length of the line
> The Characteristic Impedance of coaxial cable is determined mainly by the ratio of the outer conductor to the inner conductor.  It is independent of line length or operating frequency.
B-006-002-001    6-2-1
What kind of transmission line has a centre wire inside an insulating material that is covered by a metal shield or sleeve?
Coaxial cable
Window line
Open-wire line
Waveguide
> Coaxial:  two concentric conductors, an inner conductor, a dielectric (insulator) and an outer conductor (braided or solid).  'Window line' (a type of parallel line) looks like a ribbon.  'Open wire line' or 'ladder line' (a type of parallel line) uses insulating rods.  [ 'Twisted pair' is very rarely used in radio work. ]
B-006-002-002    6-2-2
What kind of transmission line has two wires side-by-side embedded in insulating material?
Window line
Coaxial cable
Waveguide
Open-wire line
> "Two wires held apart by insulating rods (spacers or 'spreaders')" is also known as 'open wire line' or 'ladder line'.
B-006-002-003    6-2-3
What kind of transmission line is made of two conductors held apart by insulated rods?
Open-wire line
Coaxial cable
Window line
Twisted pair
> "Two wires held apart by insulating rods (spacers or 'spreaders')" is also known as 'open wire line' or 'ladder line'.
B-006-002-004    6-2-4
What is the purpose of a balun?
Connect balanced and unbalanced systems
Increase antenna gain
Shunt common-mode current to ground
Balance antenna impedance
> "Balun" is the contraction of "BALanced to UNbalanced".  Dipole antennas and parallel lines operate in a BALanced mode (two conductors float above ground potential).  A quarter-wave antenna, a ground-plane antenna and coaxial cable operate in an UNbalanced mode (with one side grounded).  A BALUN interfaces balanced antenna to unbalanced transmission line  OR  balanced line to unbalanced line.  A BALUN can also include impedance transformation.
B-006-002-005    6-2-5
Where would you install a balun to feed a dipole antenna with 50-ohm coaxial cable?
Between the coaxial cable and the antenna
Between the transmitter and the coaxial cable
Between the antenna and the ground
Between the coaxial cable and the ground
> "Balun" is the contraction of "BALanced to UNbalanced".  Dipole antennas and parallel lines operate in a BALanced mode (two conductors float above ground potential.  A quarter-wave antenna, a ground-plane antenna and coaxial cable operate in an UNbalanced mode (with one side grounded).  A BALUN interfaces balanced antenna to unbalanced transmission line  OR  balanced line to unbalanced line.  A BALUN can also include impedance transformation.
B-006-002-006    6-2-6
What causes a transmission line to be unbalanced?
One conductor is connected to ground
The conductors are twisted together
One conductor has a poor connection at the antenna
The conductors have deteriorated insulation
> Key word:  UNBALANCED.  An 'UNbalanced' transmission line functions with one conductor connected to ground (like coaxial cable or 'coax' for short).  A 'balanced' transmission line operates with both conductors floating above ground potential (like all types of parallel lines: window line, open-wire line).
B-006-002-007    6-2-7
What device can be installed to feed a balanced antenna with an unbalanced transmission line?
A balun
A triaxial transformer
A wave trap
A loading coil
> "Balun" is the contraction of "BALanced to UNbalanced".  Dipole antennas and parallel lines operate in a BALanced mode (two conductors float above ground potential.  A quarter-wave antenna, a ground-plane antenna and coaxial cable operate in an UNbalanced mode (with one side grounded).  A BALUN interfaces balanced antenna to unbalanced transmission line  OR  balanced line to unbalanced line.  A BALUN can also include impedance transformation.
B-006-002-008    6-2-8
What device should you use to connect a coaxial cable to window line?
A balun
A surge suppressor
A phasing harness
A tuning stub
> "Balun" is the contraction of "BALanced to UNbalanced".  Dipole antennas and parallel lines operate in a BALanced mode (two conductors float above ground potential).  A quarter-wave antenna, a ground-plane antenna and coaxial cable operate in an UNbalanced mode (with one side grounded).  A BALUN interfaces balanced antenna to unbalanced transmission line  OR  balanced line to unbalanced line.  A BALUN can also include impedance transformation.
B-006-002-009    6-2-9
A balanced transmission line:
is made of two parallel wires
has one conductor inside the other
carries RF current on one wire only
is made of one conductor only
> Key word:  BALANCED.  A 'balanced' transmission line operates with both conductors floating above ground potential (like all types of parallel lines: window line, open-wire line).  An 'UNbalanced' transmission line functions with one conductor connected to ground (like coaxial cable or 'coax' for short).
B-006-002-010    6-2-10
Your antenna tuner does not have a balanced output and you wish to use window line to feed an HF antenna. What device should you use between the tuner and the transmission line?
Balun
Transmission line stub
Quarter-wave transformer
Autotransformer
> "Balun" is the contraction of "BALanced to UNbalanced".  Dipole antennas and parallel lines operate in a BALanced mode (two conductors float above ground potential).  A quarter-wave antenna, a ground-plane antenna and coaxial cable operate in an UNbalanced mode (with one side grounded).  A BALUN interfaces balanced antenna to unbalanced transmission line  OR  balanced line to unbalanced line.  A BALUN can also include impedance transformation.
B-006-002-011    6-2-11
What kind of transmission line has two conductors maintained side by side, a constant distance apart, using insulated spreaders?
Open-wire line
Coaxial cable
Twin-lead
Twisted pair
> "Two wires held apart by insulating rods (spacers or 'spreaders')" is also known as 'open wire line' or 'ladder line'.  'Window line' is two conductors held apart in a plastic ribbon.  Coaxial cable is two concentric conductors, an inner conductor, a dielectric (insulator) and an outer conductor (braided or solid).
B-006-003-001    6-3-1
A transmission line must be supported for several metres by attaching it to a metal fence. What type of transmission line will NOT be adversely affected by proximity to the fence?
Coaxial cable
Twin-lead
Open-wire line
Window line
> Coaxial cable, with its shielded and grounded outer conductor, is not affected by nearby metallic objects.
B-006-003-002    6-3-2
A common-mode current choke can be made by winding coaxial cable on a ferrite toroid. Why is cable with solid dielectric preferred over foam dielectric?
Less risk of a short due to centre conductor movement
Less impedance inserted in the signal path
More flexible and easier to handle
More impedance to common-mode current
> A centre conductor enclosed in foam could easily move, especially with a small bending radius.
B-006-003-003    6-3-3
Why do most amateur radio antenna systems use coaxial cable, rather than other types of transmission line?
More usable in a wide variety of settings
Less loss
More power handling capability
Less expensive
> Despite higher losses than parallel lines, the characteristic impedance of coaxial cable is suitable for most antennas and its outside shielding makes it simple to use.
B-006-003-004    6-3-4
What type of connector is commonly installed on RG-213 coaxial cable for connection to an HF transceiver?
A PL-259 connector
An F-type connector
An SMA connector
A BNC connector
> 'RG-213' is the catalogue designation of common 10 mm (0.405 in.) coaxial cable.  'PL-259' is the catalogue designation of the male connector, which matches the output connector found on MF/HF (Medium Frequency/High Frequency) transceivers.  The 'SMA' connector is found on modern compact handheld transceivers.  The 'Type-N' connector is moisture resistant and the connector of choice above 300 MHz.  The 'BNC' connector is commonly used for low-power transceivers and test instruments.
B-006-003-005    6-3-5
What type of connector usually joins a modern hand-held transceiver to its antenna?
An SMA connector
A PL-259 connector
An F-type connector
An RCA connector
> The 'SMA' connector is found on modern compact handheld transceivers.  The 'BNC' connector is commonly used for low-power transceivers and test instruments.  'PL-259' is the catalogue designation of the male connector, which matches the output connector found on MF/HF (Medium Frequency/High Frequency) transceivers.  The PL-259 connector fits on 10 mm (0.405 in.) coaxial cable such as RG-213.  The 'Type-N' is moisture resistant and the connector of choice above 300 MHz.
B-006-003-006    6-3-6
Which popular RF connector is designed to be moisture resistant?
N
UHF
BNC
SMA
> The 'Type-N' connector is moisture resistant and the connector of choice above 300 MHz.  The 'BNC' connector is commonly used for low-power transceivers and test instruments.  'PL-259' is the catalogue designation of the male connector, which matches the output connector found on MF/HF (Medium Frequency/High Frequency) transceivers.  The 'SMA' connector is found on modern compact handheld transceivers.
B-006-003-007    6-3-7
What type of RF connector is commonly used for low-power transceivers and test instruments?
BNC
N
UHF
RCA
> 'RG-213' is the coaxial with the largest diameter (10 mm or 0.405 in.) in this group.  It has the lowest loss per 30 m length.
B-006-003-008    6-3-8
Why should you regularly clean and tighten all antenna connectors?
To help keep their contact resistance at a minimum
To minimize dielectric losses
To maintain lightning protection
To prevent static electricity buildup
> Poor connections can also lead to intermittent electrical contact (evidenced by an erratic or 'jumpy' Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) reading at the station).
B-006-003-009    6-3-9
What type of coaxial outer conductor offers the best shielding?
Solid shield
Aluminum foil
Single braided shield
Double braided shield
> Unsurprisingly, a more or less flexible metallic tube makes for the best shielding.
B-006-003-010    6-3-10
If your location is frequently affected by icing conditions, which type of transmission line would be the most suitable?
Coaxial cable
Open-wire line
Window line
Twin-lead
> Coaxial cable, with its grounded outer conductor, is not affected by nearby metallic objects or atmospheric conditions.
B-006-003-011    6-3-11
What is the primary advantage of choosing a coaxial cable with a foam dielectric instead of a solid dielectric?
Lower loss
Higher power handling
Lower velocity factor
Better mechanical stability
> Foam dielectric is created by the injection of microscopic air bubbles.  For a given outside diameter, using a dielectric with less density permits a larger diameter of the centre conductor.  This results in lower losses.
B-006-004-001    6-4-1
What is the major adverse consequence of using RG-58 coaxial cable for a transmission line operating on the 70 cm band?
Excess RF loss in the transmission line
Excess reflections at the antenna feed point
Excess RF radiation from the transmission line
Excess transmission line heating
> Losses in transmission lines increase with length and operating frequencies.  RG-58 has a diameter of 5 mm. Its losses are more significant than a larger cable, such as RG-213 with a diameter of 10 mm.
B-006-004-002    6-4-2
What is the major advantage of open-wire transmission line?
It can be operated at high SWR without excessive loss
It can be located near metal objects without problems
It has low impedance, which facilitates matching to a transceiver
It does not radiate RF energy, which could cause interference to nearby equipment
> The high Characteristic Impedances and greater separation of the conductors in parallel lines DO permit high power and high Standing Wave Ratio (SWR)  BUT  nearby metallic objects can affect them and impedance matching is most often necessary at the transmitter end.  Their high Characteristic Impedance permits carrying power with less current (P = R * I squared), less current implies less loss due to resistance.
B-006-004-003    6-4-3
If your transmitter and antenna are 15 metres apart, but are connected by 60 metres of RG-58 coaxial cable, what should be done to reduce transmission line loss?
Shorten the excess cable
Install a balun at the antenna feed point
Roll the excess cable into a coil
Install a low-pass filter at the transceiver
> Key words:  60 METRES of RG-58.  Forty-five extra metres (150 ft.) of unnecessary RG-58 (diameter = 5 mm or 0.195 in.) introduce 4 dB of loss at 30 MHz, that's the problem here.
B-006-004-004    6-4-4
As the length of a transmission line is changed, what happens to signal loss?
Signal loss increases as the length increases
Signal loss decreases as the length increases
Signal loss is the least when the length is the same as the signal's wavelength
Signal loss is the same for any length of transmission line
> Signal loss in a given transmission line goes up with increased length or increased operating frequency.  For example, 30 m of RG-58 introduce a loss of -3 dB at 50 MHz.  Doubling the length, double the loss:  60 m of RG-58 lose -6 dB at 50 MHz.  The original 30 m of RG-58 wastes -10 dB at 450 MHz.
B-006-004-005    6-4-5
As the frequency of a signal is changed, what happens to signal loss in a transmission line?
Signal loss increases with increasing frequency
Signal loss increases with decreasing frequency
Signal loss increases as the square of frequency
Signal loss is the same for any frequency
> Signal loss in a given transmission line goes up with increased length or increased operating frequency.  For example, 30 m of RG-58 introduce a loss of -3 dB at 50 MHz.  Doubling the length, double the loss:  60 m of RG-58 lose -6 dB at 50 MHz.  The original 30 m of RG-58 wastes -10 dB at 450 MHz.
B-006-004-006    6-4-6
Assuming the same transmitter and RF output power are used, what is the effect of changing the transmission line from RG-213 coaxial cable to RG-58?
Less RF power is radiated from the antenna
More RF power is radiated from the antenna
SWR at the antenna increases
SWR at the antenna decreases
> Losses in transmission lines increase with length and operating frequencies.  RG-58 has a diameter of 5 mm. Its losses are more significant than a larger cable, such as RG-213 with a diameter of 10 mm.
B-006-004-007    6-4-7
The lowest loss transmission line on HF is:
open-wire line
75-ohm twin-lead
coaxial cable
300-ohm twin-lead
> Open-wire line has the highest characteristic impedance.  The high Characteristic Impedances and greater separation of the conductors in parallel lines DO permit high power and high Standing Wave Ratio (SWR)  BUT  nearby metallic objects can affect them and impedance matching is most often necessary at the transmitter end.  Their high Characteristic Impedance permits carrying power with less current (P = R * I squared), less current implies less loss due to resistance.
B-006-004-008    6-4-8
In what values are RF transmission line losses expressed?
Decibel per unit length
Ohms per MHz
Decibel per MHz
Ohms per metre
> "Decibels per unit length".  In North America, typically 'dB per 100 ft.' or 'dB per 30 m' at a given frequency.  Loss rises proportionally with length.  Loss goes up as frequency goes up.
B-006-004-009    6-4-9
If the length of a coaxial transmission line is increased from 20 metres to 40 metres, how would this affect the line loss?
It would be increased by 100%
It would be increased by 50%
It would be increased by 10%
It would be increased by 20%
> If line length is doubled, the incurred signal loss is doubled.  Loss for transmission lines is specified as "decibels per 100 feet (30 m)" at a certain frequency.  Signal loss in a given transmission line goes up with increased length or increased operating frequency.  For example, 30 m of RG-58 introduce a loss of -3 dB at 50 MHz.  Doubling the length, double the loss:  60 m of RG-58 lose -6 dB at 50 MHz.  The original 30 m of RG-58 wastes -10 dB at 450 MHz.
B-006-004-010    6-4-10
If the operating frequency is increased, how does the transmission line loss change?
Loss increases, due to internal line losses
Loss increases, due to increased wave velocity
Loss decreases, due to skin effect
Loss decreases, due to decreased SWR
> The higher the frequency, the higher the loss.  Larger diameter coaxial cables are recommended at VHF (Very High Frequency) and UHF (Ultra High Frequency) to minimize losses.  Signal loss in a given transmission line goes up with increased length or increased operating frequency.  For example, 30 m of RG-58 introduce a loss of -3 dB at 50 MHz.  Doubling the length, double the loss:  60 m of RG-58 lose -6 dB at 50 MHz.  The original 30 m of RG-58 wastes -10 dB at 450 MHz.
B-006-005-001    6-5-1
What does an SWR reading of 1:1 mean?
The best impedance match has been attained
Reflected power equals forward power
An impedance transformer is needed at the antenna feed point
An antenna tuner is needed at the transmitter
> SWR is a measure of the impedance match in the antenna system.  A Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) of '1 to 1' is an ideal condition indicating no reflected energy.  The impedance of the load at the end of the transmission line matches the Characteristic Impedance of the line.  Impedance Match has been achieved.  A Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) of '1.5 to 1' would indicate a fairly good match, while a very high SWR would indicate a short-circuit or an open circuit somewhere along the transmission line.
B-006-005-002    6-5-2
What does an SWR reading of less than 1.5:1 mean?
A fairly good impedance match
An impedance match that is too low
A serious impedance mismatch, something may be wrong with the antenna system
An antenna gain of 1.5
> SWR is a measure of the impedance match in the antenna system.  A Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) of '1.5 to 1' is a totally acceptable condition indicating little reflected energy.  A '1 to 1' ratio would indicate a perfect match, while a very high SWR would indicate a short-circuit or an open circuit somewhere along the transmission line.
B-006-005-003    6-5-3
What is the most likely cause of erratic readings on an SWR meter?
Intermittent connection in the antenna system
Transmitting into the wrong antenna
Interference from electrical power lines
Lack of a balun at the antenna feed point
> SWR is a measure of the impedance match in the antenna system.  A 'jumpy' (erratic) reading resulting from the sometimes on, sometimes off electrical contact, would indicate a loose connection in the antenna system.
B-006-005-004    6-5-4
Which of the following can cause a high SWR reading?
An open or short circuit in the antenna system
Grounding the shield of the coaxial cable at the building entrance
Using a very long transmission line
Replacing RG-213 coaxial cable with RG-58
> SWR is a measure of the impedance match in the antenna system.  A very high SWR, indicating that most if not all energy sent up the line is reflected back, could indicate that a short-circuit or open circuit exists somewhere along the line.  Alternatively, it might simply mean that the antenna is cut for a totally different frequency.
B-006-005-005    6-5-5
What is the main adverse effect due to operating with high SWR?
Increased transmission line loss
Increased receive noise level
Increased transmission line radiation
Increased common-mode current
> 'Standing Waves' result from the interaction of the forward power sent from the transmitter towards the antenna  and  the reverse power reflected back by an improper impedance match.  The interaction produces a repeating pattern of voltage (and current) peaks and troughs along the line.  Peaks in voltage and current result in additional losses.  SWR is also known as 'Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR)':  it is a measure of the peak voltage to the minimum voltage on the standing wave.
B-006-005-006    6-5-6
What instrument is useful in adjusting the physical length of an antenna?
Antenna analyzer
Multimeter
Capacitance meter
Frequency meter
> An "antenna analyzer" measures the impedance and the standing wave ratio of an antenna system.  All such instruments can do so at a specific frequency, many can present graphical data over a range of frequencies. 
B-006-005-007    6-5-7
If the characteristic impedance of the transmission line does not match the antenna input impedance then:
standing waves are produced in the transmission line
heat is produced at the junction
the SWR reading falls to 1:1
the antenna will not radiate any signal
> 'Standing Waves' result from the interaction of the forward power sent from the transmitter towards the antenna  and  the reverse power reflected back by an improper impedance match.  The interaction produces a repeating pattern of voltage peaks and troughs along the line.  SWR is also known as 'Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR)':  it is a measure of the peak voltage to the minimum voltage on the standing wave.
B-006-005-008    6-5-8
The result of the presence of standing waves on a transmission line is:
reduced transfer of RF energy to the antenna
perfect impedance match between transmitter and transmission line
maximum transfer of energy to the antenna from the transmitter
lack of radiation from the transmission line
> High SWR adds to line losses and leads to energy wasted as heat.
B-006-005-009    6-5-9
What does an SWR meter measure to determine the SWR?
Forward and reflected voltage
Radiated RF energy
Conductor temperature
Common-mode current
> 'Standing Waves' result from the interaction of the forward power sent from the transmitter towards the antenna  and  the reverse power reflected back by an improper impedance match.  The standing wave ratio can be determined from measurements of the forward and reflected voltages.  If the reflected energy suffered a significant loss along the line, an SWR reading taken at the station will appear lower.
B-006-005-010    6-5-10
What information can be obtained with an antenna analyzer?
SWR of the antenna system over a range of frequencies
Radiation pattern of the antenna
Gain of the antenna
Front-to-back ratio of the antenna
> An "antenna analyzer" measures the impedance and the standing wave ratio of an antenna system.  All such instruments can do so at a specific frequency, many can present graphical data over a range of frequencies. 
B-006-005-011    6-5-11
What is the effect of line loss on the SWR reading at the station?
It decreases the SWR, because reflected energy is attenuated
It decreases the SWR, because less power reaches the antenna
It has no effect, because SWR compares voltages
It has no effect, because forward and reflected power are both affected
> 'Standing Waves' result from the interaction of the forward power sent from the transmitter towards the antenna  and  the reverse power reflected back by an improper impedance match.  The standing wave ratio can be determined from measurements of the forward and reflected voltages.  If the reflected energy suffered a significant loss along the line, an SWR reading taken at the station will appear lower.
B-006-006-003    6-6-3
An end-fed half-wave antenna (EFHW) has a very high feed point impedance. What device could be used to provide a good match to 50-ohm coaxial cable?
A transformer
A quarter-wave stub
A counterpoise
A good ground on the coax shield
> Impedance (Z) can be seen as the ratio of voltage to current in AC circuits: Z = E / I.  While functioning with different ratios of voltage to current, the primary and secondary windings of a transformer can operate at different impedances. For example, a transformer with a turns ratio of 1:7 could accept 71 volts at 1.4 amperes on its primary (100 watts at Z = 50 ohms) and deliver 495 volts at 0.2 amperes on its secondary (100 watts at Z = 2450 ohms).  Losses in the transformer are neglected and numbers are rounded in this example.
B-006-006-004    6-6-4
If both source and load impedances are purely resistive, what value of load impedance will result in maximum power delivery to the load?
Load impedance equal to the source impedance
Load impedance equal to half of the source impedance
Load impedance equal to twice the source impedance
Load impedance equal to the square root of source impedance
> Impedance Match:  maximum power transfer occurs when the impedance of the load matches the internal impedance of the source.  For example, a transmitter designed to work with an impedance of 50 ohms will deliver maximum power if the antenna system offers an impedance of 50 ohms.
B-006-006-005    6-6-5
What is the advantage of locating an antenna tuner near the antenna feed point, over locating it near the transceiver?
Less transmission line loss
More harmonic suppression
Less atmospheric noise pickup
More usable bandwidth
> An impedance mismatch at the far end of a line adds to the normal losses of the line.  If these are already significant, it is advisable not to add to them by ensuring an impedance match at the far end.
B-006-006-006    6-6-6
How does an antenna tuner compensate for an impedance mismatch in an antenna system?
By adding capacitive or inductive reactance
By diverting reflections to a dummy load
By increasing the conductance of the transmission line
By adjusting the resonant frequency of the antenna
> An antenna tuner typically contains variable inductors and capacitors to build an impedance matching network.  Different settings permit compensating or cancelling the effects of an impedance mismatch.
B-006-006-007    6-6-7
What advantage does a transformer present when used for impedance matching at radio frequencies?
It can be designed to do so over a wide bandwidth
It supports larger power than reactive components
It provides constant voltage to the load
It isolates the source from reflections
> Unlike a matching network built with inductors and capacitors, components whose behaviour depends on the operating frequency, the transformer is less susceptible to such effects.
B-006-006-008    6-6-8
Where does impedance matching need to be done to minimize transmission line losses in an antenna system?
At the junction between the transmission line and antenna
At the junction between the transmitter and the transmission line
Anywhere along the transmission line
At a quarter wavelength from the transmitter
> An impedance mismatch at the far end of a line adds to the normal losses of the line.  If these are already significant, it is advisable not to add to them by ensuring an impedance match at the far end.
B-006-006-009    6-6-9
If an antenna is correctly matched to a transmission line, the length of the transmission line:
will have no effect on the matching
must be a full wavelength long
must be an odd number of quarter-wavelengths
must be an even number of half-wavelengths
> IF a mismatch is present at the end of the transmission lines, certain lengths may introduce an 'impedance transformation' effect.  With a correctly matched antenna, line length is immaterial except for line losses if the line is unnecessarily long.  [ References to multiples of the wavelength only tap into urban legends. ]
B-006-006-010    6-6-10
Why is an antenna tuner (external or internal) frequently used with modern solid-state transceivers?
It enables the transceivers to deliver rated power to a mismatched antenna system
It reduces losses in the line to the antenna
It reduces common-mode noise pickup
It absorbs the reflected energy from a mismatched antenna system
> Modern power amplifiers are designed to deliver their rated power with a minimum of distortion over a limited range of load impedances at their outputs.  An antenna tuner can transform an unsuitable antenna system impedance to an adequate value for the power amplifier.
B-006-006-011    6-6-11
If a transmission line with a characteristic impedance of 50 ohms feeds a folded dipole with a feed point impedance close to 300 ohms, what impedance transformation ratio is needed to match the two?
6:1
2:1
4:1
9:1
> Impedance transformation of 300 to 50 ohms is required.  300 / 50 = '6 to 1'.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L07} Active Devices: Diodes, Transistors and Tubes.

B-004-001-001    4-1-1
What term describes a circuit designed to increase the amplitude of a signal?
Amplifier
Modulator
Oscillator
Multiplier
> Key word:  INCREASE.  An amplifier reproduces its input signal into a larger output signal ( more voltage, more current or more power).
B-004-001-002    4-1-2
If an amplifier becomes non-linear, the output signal would:
become distorted
be reduced to zero
cause oscillations
overload the power supply
> If an amplifier is 'linear', amplification, as a ratio of output versus input, will be constant regardless of frequency or amplitude of the input signal.  Linearity is a synonym for 'absence of distortion'.  'Non-linear' implies distortion.
B-004-001-003    4-1-3
To increase the level of very weak radio signals from an antenna, you would use:
an RF amplifier
an RF oscillator
an audio oscillator
an audio amplifier
> Key words:  INCREASE WEAK RADIO signals.  A radio frequency (RF) amplifier must be used.
B-004-001-004    4-1-4
To increase the level of very weak signals from a microphone you would use:
an audio amplifier
an RF oscillator
an RF amplifier
an audio oscillator
> Key words:  INCREASE WEAK microphone signal.  An 'audio amplifier'.  Frequently called a 'speech amplifier' or 'microphone amplifier' for this particular application.
B-004-001-005    4-1-5
What range of frequencies does the speech amplifier of an amateur radio transceiver typically process?
300 Hz to 3 000 Hz
3 Hz to 300 Hz
300 Hz to 1 000 Hz
40 Hz to 40 000 Hz
> Frequencies audible to humans range from 20 Hz to 20 000 Hz.  Speech frequencies important for intelligibility in communications range from 300 Hz to 3000 Hz.
B-004-001-006    4-1-6
Apart from power and current, which signal property can amplifiers be specifically designed to increase?
Voltage
Phase
Frequency
Linearity
> Amplifiers work on voltage, current and power.
B-004-001-007    4-1-7
The increase in signal level by an amplifier is called:
gain
attenuation
amplitude
modulation
> Gain (synonymous with amplification) is an increase in signal voltage/current/power.  'Attenuation' is a loss (opposite to gain).  'Amplitude' is the instantaneous value of a signal.  'Modulation' is the impression of a message onto another signal.
B-004-001-008    4-1-8
A device with gain has the property of:
amplification
attenuation
oscillation
modulation
> Gain and Amplification are synonymous.  'Attenuation' is a loss (opposite to gain).  'Oscillation' is the production of an Alternating Current (AC) signal.  'Modulation' is the impression of a message onto another signal.
B-004-001-009    4-1-9
A device labelled "Gain = 10 dB" is likely to be an:
amplifier
attenuator
oscillator
audio fader
> Gain and Amplification are synonymous.  'Attenuation' is a loss (opposite to gain).  'Oscillation' is the production of an Alternating Current (AC) signal.  'Modulation' is the impression of a message onto another signal.
B-004-001-010    4-1-10
What term describes the ratio of output power to DC input power of an amplifier?
Efficiency
Current gain
Dynamic range
Loss factor
> Efficiency compares the output power and the input power of a device.  If there were no losses, they would be identical.  In real life, every device wastes some of the input power as heat and the output power is lower.  For example, a transmitter consumes 150 watts of direct current to produce 90 watts of RF, its efficiency is 60% (90 / 150).
B-004-001-011    4-1-11
What is the result of excessive positive feedback in an amplifier stage?
Oscillations appear
Distortion is minimized
Frequency response is flattened
Voltage gain is reduced
> For an oscillation to be produced in a circuit, gain (an amplifier) is required and a feedback with the correct phase from output to input must be present.  If positive feedback appears in an amplifier, it becomes an oscillator.
B-004-002-001    4-2-1
A diode is in series in the positive power lead to a transceiver. What is its purpose?
Reverse polarity protection
Protect against voltage transients
Permit AC operation
Overcurrent protection
> The ability of diodes to conduct in one direction only makes them suitable to protect equipment against incorrect polarity at the DC input.
B-004-002-002    4-2-2
One important application for diodes is recovering information from transmitted signals. This is referred to as:
detection
regeneration
conversion
biasing
> Detection = DEmodulation = Recovery of the message carried on a radio signal.
B-004-002-003    4-2-3
The primary purpose of a Zener diode is to:
regulate or maintain a constant voltage
provide a voltage phase shift
boost the power supply voltage
provide a path through which current can flow
> ZENER diodes maintain a constant voltage across their terminals.  Hence, they are used for voltage regulation.
B-004-002-004    4-2-4
The action of changing alternating current to direct current is called:
rectification
amplification
transformation
modulation
> Changing AC to DC is called 'Rectification'.  AC is turned into 'pulsating DC' (it flows in one direction only) after going through a diode.  In Power Supply circuits, diodes are called 'Rectifiers'.  Diodes have two electrodes:  Cathode and Anode.  Electrons flow from Cathode to Anode in a forward-biased (i.e., a diode subjected to a voltage polarity that permits conduction) diode.
B-004-002-005    4-2-5
The electrodes of a semiconductor diode are known as:
anode and cathode
gate and source
collector and base
cathode and drain
> A DIODE, vacuum tube or semiconductor, has two electrodes:  Anode and Cathode.  Electrons flow from Cathode to Anode in a forward-biased (i.e., a diode subjected to a voltage polarity that permits conduction) diode.  Cathode / Grid / Anode (plate) are electrodes in a vacuum triode.  Source / Gate / Drain are electrodes in a Field Effect Transistor (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel).  Emitter / Base / Collector are electrodes in a Bipolar Transistor ( type PNP or NPN ).
B-004-002-006    4-2-6
If alternating current is applied to the anode of a diode, what would you expect to see at the cathode?
Pulsating direct current
No signal
Steady direct current
Pulsating alternating current
> Changing AC to DC is called 'Rectification'.  AC is turned into 'pulsating DC' (it flows in one direction only) after going through a diode.  In Power Supply circuits, diodes are called 'Rectifiers'.  Diodes have two electrodes:  Cathode and Anode.  Electrons flow from Cathode to Anode in a forward-biased (i.e., a diode subjected to a voltage polarity that permits conduction) diode.
B-004-002-007    4-2-7
In a semiconductor diode, electrons flow from:
cathode to anode
anode to cathode
source to drain
base to collector
> A DIODE, vacuum tube or semiconductor, has two electrodes:  Anode and Cathode.  Electrons flow from Cathode to Anode in a forward-biased (i.e., a diode subjected to a voltage polarity that permits conduction) diode.  Cathode / Grid / Anode (plate) are electrodes in a vacuum triode.  Source / Gate / Drain are electrodes in a Field Effect Transistor (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel).  Emitter / Base / Collector are electrodes in a Bipolar Transistor ( type PNP or NPN ).
B-004-002-008    4-2-8
What semiconductor device glows different colours, depending upon its chemical composition?
A light-emitting diode
A fluorescent bulb
A neon bulb
A vacuum diode
> Key word:  SEMICONDUCTOR.  "LED", a Light-Emitting Diode.
B-004-002-009    4-2-9
Which property of a semiconductor diode permits its use for reverse-polarity protection?
It conducts in one direction only
It has a high response speed
Its peak inverse voltage is below 1 volt
It has high forward resistance
> The ability of diodes to conduct in one direction only makes them suitable to protect equipment against incorrect polarity at the DC input.
B-004-002-010    4-2-10
In order for a diode to conduct, it must be:
forward biased
close coupled
enhanced
reverse biased
> A DIODE, vacuum tube or semiconductor, has two electrodes:  Anode and Cathode.  Electrons flow from Cathode to Anode in a forward-biased (i.e., a diode subjected to a voltage polarity that permits conduction) diode.  Cathode / Grid / Anode (plate) are electrodes in a vacuum triode.  Source / Gate / Drain are electrodes in a Field Effect Transistor (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel).  Emitter / Base / Collector are electrodes in a Bipolar Transistor ( type PNP or NPN ).
B-004-003-001    4-3-1
Which of these components can amplify a small signal using low voltages?
Bipolar transistor
Variable resistor
Thyristor
Silicon-controlled rectifier
> Key words:  AMPLIFY, LOW VOLTAGE.  A transistor amplifies signals and can work at a low voltage.  Bipolar Transistors ( type PNP or NPN ) as well as Field-Effect Transistors (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel) can amplify signals.
B-004-003-002    4-3-2
What term describes the most basic semiconductor component used to amplify?
Transistor
Varactor
P-N junction
Diode
> Key words:  SEMICONDUCTOR, AMPLIFY.  A transistor amplifies signals.  Bipolar Transistors ( type PNP or NPN ) as well as Field-Effect Transistors (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel) can amplify signals.  A 'single P-N junction' is a diode.  Diodes have two main uses:  'Rectification' and 'Detection'.
B-004-003-003    4-3-3
What are the three electrodes of a bipolar transistor?
Collector, emitter and base
Drain, base and source
Collector, source and drain
Gate, source and drain
> Emitter / Base / Collector are electrodes in a Bipolar Transistor ( type PNP or NPN ).  Source / Gate / Drain are electrodes in a Field Effect Transistor (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel).  Cathode / Grid / Anode (plate) are electrodes in a vacuum triode.
B-004-003-004    4-3-4
If a low-level signal is placed at the input to a transistor and a higher level of the signal is produced at the output, what is this effect called?
Amplification
Detection
Modulation
Rectification
> Detection = DEmodulation = Recovery of the message carried on a radio signal.  'Modulation' is the impression of a message onto another signal.  'Rectification' turns AC into 'pulsating DC' (it flows in one direction only) after going through a diode.
B-004-003-005    4-3-5
What prevents the substitution of a PNP transistor with an NPN transistor?
The polarities are reversed
The current gain would be too low
The electrodes are labelled differently
The frequency response would be limited
> While the two types of bipolar transistors (PNP or NPN) have the same electrodes, their semiconductor materials are interchanged.  The DC voltages feeding their respective circuits are thus opposite.
B-004-003-006    4-3-6
A semiconductor device is labelled as a "general purpose audio NPN device." What is it?
Bipolar transistor
Field-effect transistor
Triac
Thyristor
> Key word: NPN.  The only choice in the group comprising a sandwich of N semiconductor and P semiconductor is the 'Bipolar Transistor'.
B-004-003-007    4-3-7
What are the two basic types of bipolar transistors?
NPN and PNP
Diode and triode
Varicap and varistor
P channel and N channel
> Key word:  BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR.  It is constructed with a sandwich of N semiconductor and P semiconductor:  NPN or PNP type.
B-004-003-008    4-3-8
Which of these operating conditions is most likely to cause a transistor to fail?
Excessive heat
Excessive light
Saturation
Cut-off
> Extreme operating temperatures can rapidly destroy transistors.
B-004-003-009    4-3-9
Which electrode of the bipolar transistor controls the output current?
Base
Emitter
Collector
Source
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-003-010    4-3-10
When a bipolar transistor is used as a switch, which electrode controls its state?
Base
Emitter
Collector
Gate
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-003-011    4-3-11
If a transistor is alternatively driven into saturation and cut-off, what does it behave like?
A switch
An inverter
An amplifier
A timer
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-001    4-4-1
When considering the material between source and drain, what are two basic types of field-effect transistors (FET)?
N channel and P channel
NPN and PNP
Silicon and germanium
Gallium and arsenide
> In a field-effect transistor, Source and Drain are the two extremities of a 'channel' made of a single semiconductor type.  NPN and PNP are the two types of BIPOLAR Transistors.
B-004-004-002    4-4-2
Which semiconductor device has a gate, a drain and a source?
Field-effect transistor
Point-contact transistor
Bipolar transistor
Unijunction transistor
> Source / Gate / Drain are electrodes in a Field Effect Transistor (FET, N-Channel or P-Channel).  Emitter / Base / Collector are electrodes in a Bipolar Transistor ( type PNP or NPN ).  Cathode / Grid / Anode (plate) are electrodes in a vacuum triode.
B-004-004-003    4-4-3
In a field-effect transistor, which electrode controls the resistance of the device's channel?
Gate
Drain
Source
Collector
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-004    4-4-4
In a field-effect transistor, from which electrode do charge carriers enter the channel?
Source
Gate
Drain
Emitter
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-005    4-4-5
In a field-effect transistor, from which electrode do charge carriers leave the channel?
Drain
Collector
Source
Gate
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-006    4-4-6
Why is a field-effect transistor considered a high impedance device?
The gate never conducts current
It uses high resistance semiconductors
It functions at low voltage
It functions at high current
> Unlike the bipolar transistor where a current through the Base is required, the gate of the field-effect transistor is under reverse polarization and no current flows through it.  A circuit that does not allow current has a high impedance.
B-004-004-007    4-4-7
What is the control electrode in a field-effect transistor?
Gate
Source
Drain
Base
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-008    4-4-8
In a field-effect transistor, what circuit parameter change causes the current to increase?
The reverse bias is decreased
The reverse bias is increased
A forward bias is applied
A forward bias is removed
> The triode and the FET both rely on a reverse voltage on their control electrodes to affect the current through the device.  A reduced reverse polarization on that electrode allows more current through the device.
B-004-004-009    4-4-9
Which electrode of a bipolar transistor corresponds to the source of a field-effect transistor?
Emitter
Base
Drain
Collector
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-010    4-4-10
Which electrode of a bipolar transistor corresponds to the drain of a field-effect transistor?
Collector
Base
Source
Emitter
> Comparing Triode / Bipolar Transistor / FET in terms of their RESPECTIVE electrodes:  Origin of charge carriers = Cathode / Emitter / Source.  Control electrode = Grid / Base / Gate.  Destination of charge carriers = Anode (plate) / Collector / Drain.
B-004-004-011    4-4-11
In a field-effect transistor, which two electrodes are connected to the ends of the channel?
Source and drain
Source and gate
Gate and drain
Source and base
> Source and Drain are the two ends of the same block of semiconductor material, the 'Channel'.  Only the control electrode, the Gate, is made of the opposite type of material.
B-004-005-001    4-5-1
What is one reason a triode vacuum tube might be used instead of a transistor in a circuit?
It may be able to handle higher power
It uses less current
It is much smaller
It uses lower voltages
> Vacuum triodes are larger, use current just to heat the filament and require higher voltages than transistors BUT they remain simpler to use in HIGH-POWER amplifiers.
B-004-005-002    4-5-2
Which two elements of a triode carry the output current?
Cathode and plate
Cathode and grid
Emitter and collector
Source and drain
> The triode has three elements: a control grid, a cathode and a plate (or anode).  The current between cathode and plate is what the control grid can affect.
B-004-005-003    4-5-3
A feature common to triode tubes and transistors is that both:
can amplify signals
have electrons drifting through a vacuum
dissipate heat when not conducting
use heat to cause electron movement
> Only vacuum tubes use heat to facilitate electron movement within an envelope free of air.
B-004-005-004    4-5-4
Which electrode on a vacuum tube is operated with the highest positive voltage?
Plate
Collector
Cathode
Grid
> The 'Plate' (or Anode) attracts electrons with a high positive voltage.  The Cathode emits electrons.  The Grid encircles the Cathode and controls the flow of electrons.
B-004-005-005    4-5-5
Which semiconductor device has characteristics most similar to a triode vacuum tube?
Field-effect transistor
Triac
Thyristor
Bipolar transistor
> The field-effect transistor and the triode both use a reverse voltage on their control electrode to affect current through the device.
B-004-005-006    4-5-6
Which electrode of a vacuum triode is the control element?
Grid
Emitter
Cathode
Plate
> The 'Plate' (or Anode) attracts electrons with a high positive voltage.  The Cathode emits electrons.  The Grid encircles the Cathode and controls the flow of electrons.
B-004-005-007    4-5-7
In a vacuum tube, which electrode emits electrons?
Cathode
Grid
Collector
Plate
> The 'Plate' (or Anode) attracts electrons with a high positive voltage.  The Cathode emits electrons.  The Grid encircles the Cathode and controls the flow of electrons.
B-004-005-008    4-5-8
What is inside the envelope of a triode tube?
A vacuum
Argon
Air
Neon
> A 'vacuum' is the absence of air.  Air is pumped out of vacuum tubes (like light bulbs) to prevent the filament from burning up.
B-004-005-009    4-5-9
What term describes a vacuum tube with a cathode, a single grid and a plate?
Triode
Diode
Tetrode
Pentode
> The prefix "tri" inherited from Latin and Greek means "three".  A triode is a 3-electrode device:  a cathode, a control grid and a plate (or anode).

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L08} Antennas.

B-003-009-001    3-9-1
Which component of a 3-element Yagi antenna is primarily for mechanical support?
The boom
The reflector
The driven element
The director
> The 'boom' supports the elements of the Yagi.
B-003-009-002    3-9-2
In a 3-element Yagi antenna, what is the longest radiating element?
The reflector
The boom
The director
The driven element
> The 'boom' supports the elements of the Yagi.  Element dimensions on a Yagi;  the 'Driven' = a half-wave dipole, 95% of a half-wavelength in free space = (300 / MHz / 2) * 95%.  The 'Reflector', in the back of the 'driven' = 5% longer than the 'driven'.  The 'Director', in front of the 'driven, = 5% shorter than the 'driven'.
B-003-009-003    3-9-3
In a 3-element Yagi antenna, which is the shortest radiating element?
The director
The reflector
The boom
The driven element
> The 'boom' supports the elements of the Yagi.  Element dimensions on a Yagi;  the 'Driven' = a half-wave dipole, 95% of a half-wavelength in free space = (300 / MHz / 2) * 95%.  The 'Reflector', in the back of the 'driven' = 5% longer than the 'driven'.  The 'Director', in front of the 'driven, = 5% shorter than the 'driven'.
B-003-009-004    3-9-4
In a 3-element Yagi antenna, which element is connected to the transmission line?
The driven element
The reflector
The boom
The director
> The 'boom' supports the elements of the Yagi.  Element dimensions on a Yagi;  the 'Driven' = a half-wave dipole, 95% of a half-wavelength in free space = (300 / MHz / 2) * 95%.  The 'Reflector' (in the back of the 'driven') = 5% longer than the 'driven'.  The 'Director' (in front of the 'driven) = 5% shorter than the 'driven'.
B-006-007-001    6-7-1
What does horizontal wave polarization mean?
The electric lines of force of a radio wave are parallel to the Earth's surface
The electric and magnetic lines of force of a radio wave are perpendicular to the Earth's surface
The electric lines of force of a radio wave are perpendicular to the Earth's surface
The magnetic lines of force of a radio wave are parallel to the Earth's surface
> An electromagnetic wave comprises an electrical field and a magnetic field.  Wave Polarization describes the position of the ELECTRIC field with respect to the Earth's surface.  On a dipole antenna or on the 'driven' element of a Yagi, the electric field is developed between the tips of the radiating element.
B-006-007-002    6-7-2
What does vertical wave polarization mean?
The electric lines of force of a radio wave are perpendicular to the Earth's surface
The magnetic lines of force of a radio wave are perpendicular to the Earth's surface
The electric and magnetic lines of force of a radio wave are parallel to the Earth's surface
The electric lines of force of a radio wave are parallel to the Earth's surface
> An electromagnetic wave comprises an electrical field and a magnetic field.  Wave Polarization describes the position of the ELECTRIC field with respect to the Earth's surface.  On a dipole antenna or on the 'driven' element of a Yagi, the electric field is developed between the tips of the radiating element.
B-006-007-003    6-7-3
What electromagnetic wave polarization does a Yagi antenna have when its elements are parallel to the Earth's surface?
Horizontal
Elliptical
Vertical
Circular
> An electromagnetic wave comprises an electrical field and a magnetic field.  Wave Polarization describes the position of the ELECTRIC field with respect to the Earth's surface.  On a dipole antenna or on the 'driven' element of a Yagi, the electric field is developed between the tips of the radiating element.
B-006-007-004    6-7-4
What electromagnetic wave polarization does a half-wavelength antenna have when it is perpendicular to the Earth's surface?
Vertical
Circular
Horizontal
Elliptical
> An electromagnetic wave comprises an electrical field and a magnetic field.  Wave Polarization describes the position of the ELECTRIC field with respect to the Earth's surface.  On a dipole antenna or on the 'driven' element of a Yagi, the electric field is developed between the tips of the radiating element.
B-006-007-005    6-7-5
Polarization of an antenna is determined by:
the orientation of the electric field relative to the Earth's surface
the orientation of the electric field relative to the transmission line
the orientation of the magnetic field relative to the Earth's surface
the orientation of the electric field relative to the magnetic field
> An electromagnetic wave comprises an electrical field and a magnetic field.  Wave Polarization describes the position of the ELECTRIC field with respect to the Earth's surface.  On a dipole antenna or on the 'driven' element of a Yagi, the electric field is developed between the tips of the radiating element.
B-006-007-006    6-7-6
An isotropic antenna is:
a hypothetical point source
an infinitely long piece of wire
a dummy load
a half-wave reference dipole
> 'Isotropic' means "equal radiation in all directions".  An 'isotropic antenna', also called 'isotropic radiator'. is a HYPOTHETICAL point source.  Plotting the pattern in all planes around the source would yield a 'sphere' as a pattern.  The 'isotropic antenna' is used as a reference to compare the gain of real antennas.
B-006-007-007    6-7-7
What is the three-dimensional radiation pattern of an isotropic radiator?
A sphere
A torus (donut shape)
A cardioid
A hemisphere
> 'Isotropic' means "equal radiation in all directions".  An 'isotropic antenna', also called 'isotropic radiator'. is a HYPOTHETICAL point source.  Plotting the pattern in all planes around the source would yield a 'sphere' as a pattern.  The 'isotropic antenna' is used as a reference to compare the gain of real antennas.
B-006-007-008    6-7-8
VHF signals from a mobile station using a vertical whip antenna will normally be best received using a:
vertical ground-plane antenna
random length of wire
horizontal ground-plane antenna
horizontal dipole antenna
> Key words:  VHF, VERTICAL.  On 'line of sight' propagation (common at Very High Frequencies) and with Ground Wave propagation (common at the low end of High Frequencies), a significant loss is incurred if the antennas on both extremities do NOT have the same polarization.
B-006-007-009    6-7-9
A dipole antenna will emit a vertically polarized wave if it is:
mounted vertically
mounted horizontally
too near to the ground
very high above ground
> An electromagnetic wave comprises an electrical field and a magnetic field.  Wave Polarization describes the position of the ELECTRIC field with respect to the Earth's surface.  On a dipole antenna or on the 'driven' element of a Yagi, the electric field is developed between the tips of the radiating element.
B-006-007-010    6-7-10
If an electromagnetic wave leaves an antenna vertically polarized and reaches the receiving location by ground wave, what will be its final polarization?
Vertical
Oblique
Horizontal
Circular
> Key words:  GROUND WAVE.  On 'line of sight' propagation (common at Very High Frequencies) and with Ground Wave propagation (common at the low end of High Frequencies), a significant loss is incurred if the antennas on both extremities do NOT have the same polarization.
B-006-007-011    6-7-11
Compared with a horizontal antenna, a vertical antenna will receive a vertically polarized radio wave:
at higher strength
at lower strength
at about the same strength
at a strength depending on the height above ground
> On 'line of sight' propagation (common at Very High Frequencies) and with Ground Wave propagation (common at the low end of High Frequencies), a significant loss is incurred if the antennas on both extremities do NOT have the same polarization.
B-006-008-001    6-8-1
A wire dipole has a resonant frequency of 3900 kHz. How can you change its resonant frequency to 3600 kHz?
Make it longer
Make it shorter
Install it as a sloper
Use smaller diameter wire
> Wavelength and frequency have an inverse relationship.  Decreasing the resonant frequency (longer wavelength) can be achieved by lengthening the radiating element.
B-006-008-002    6-8-2
A wire dipole has a resonant frequency of 3600 kHz. How can you change its resonant frequency to 3900 kHz?
Make it shorter
Make it longer
Install it as a sloper
Use larger diameter wire
> Wavelength and frequency have an inverse relationship.  Increasing the resonant frequency (shorter wavelength) can be achieved by shortening the radiating element.
B-006-008-003    6-8-3
What is the wavelength in free space of a 25 MHz signal?
12 metres
19 metres
39 metres
6 metres
> Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, 300 / 25 = 12 metres.
B-006-008-004    6-8-4
The velocity of propagation of radio frequency energy in free space is:
300 000 kilometres per second
200 000 kilometres per second
150 000 kilometres per second
186 000 kilometres per second
> Radio waves in free space travel at the speed of light:  300 000 kilometres per second.
B-006-008-005    6-8-5
Adding a series inductance to an antenna would:
decrease the resonant frequency
increase the resonant frequency
increase its useful bandwidth
reduce atmospheric noise pickup
> A series inductance in an antenna is termed a "loading coil".  It makes the antenna appear LONGER electrically than its physical size.  Making the antenna longer brings down the resonant frequency.
B-006-008-006    6-8-6
The resonant frequency of an antenna may be increased by:
shortening the radiating element
lowering the radiating element
increasing the height of the radiating element
lengthening the radiating element
> Wavelength and frequency have an inverse relationship.  Increasing the resonant frequency (shorter wavelength) can be achieved by shortening the radiating element.
B-006-008-007    6-8-7
The speed of a radio wave:
is the same as the speed of light
is constant
is less than half the speed of light
varies depending on the frequency
> Radio waves in free space travel at the speed of light:  300 000 kilometres per second.
B-006-008-008    6-8-8
Why are insulators used at the ends of a suspended wire antenna?
To limit the electrical length of the antenna
To decrease the effective antenna length
To increase the antenna bandwidth
To reduce capacitive coupling with the ground
> Insulators mark the end of the antenna.  Thus, wet support ropes or metallic support wires do not become part of the antenna.
B-006-008-009    6-8-9
To lower the resonant frequency of an antenna, the operator should:
lengthen it
shorten it
use smaller diameter wire
lengthen the transmission line
> Wavelength and frequency have an inverse relationship.  Decreasing the resonant frequency (longer wavelength) can be achieved by lengthening the radiating element.
B-006-008-010    6-8-10
Some antennas are constructed with traps. What is a trap?
A coil and capacitor in parallel
A large wire-wound resistor
A coil wrapped around a ferrite rod
A hollow metal can
> "Antenna traps" are parallel resonant circuits that exhibit high impedance at resonance.  Electrically speaking, they cut off the antenna at the trap position when operated at the resonant frequency of the trap.
B-006-008-011    6-8-11
What is the wavelength in free space of a 2 MHz signal?
150 metres
360 metres
1500 metres
30 metres
> Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example,  300 / 2 = 150 metres.
B-006-009-001    6-9-1
How is a parasitic antenna element energized?
By induction or radiation from a driven element
By direct connection to a driven element
By direct connection to the transmission line
By inductive coupling from a wave trap
> The term 'parasite' means "feeding off something else".  For instance, in a Yagi, there is only one 'driven' element where the transmission line attaches.  The 'reflector' and 'director' capture energy off the 'driven' and re-radiate it.
B-006-009-002    6-9-2
How can the directivity of a half-wave dipole be increased?
By adding one or more parasitic elements
By using a radiating element with a larger diameter
By adding traps to the radiating element
By lengthening the radiating element
> Parasitic elements mounted parallel to a dipole transform it into a Yagi and focus the energy in a specific direction.
B-006-009-003    6-9-3
If a half-wave dipole is converted to a Yagi by adding a slightly shorter parasitic element, in what direction(s) does the radiation strength increase?
From the dipole towards the new element
From the new element towards the dipole
In both directions at right angles to the elements
In both directions parallel to the elements
> Key words:  PARASITIC, SHORTER.  A 'slightly shorter parasitic' element is the description of a 'Director'.  A dipole and a 'director' in front of it make up a two-element Yagi.  Radiation will be enhanced towards the 'director' at the expense of the back.
B-006-009-004    6-9-4
If a half-wave dipole is converted to a Yagi by adding a slightly longer element, in what direction(s) does the radiation strength increase?
From the new element towards the dipole
From the dipole towards the new element
In both directions at right angles to the elements
In both directions parallel to the elements
> Key words:  PARASITIC, LONGER.  A 'slightly longer parasitic' element is the description of a 'reflector'.  A dipole and a 'reflector' behind it make up a two-element Yagi.  Radiation will be enhanced away from the 'reflector', towards the radiating element (the dipole, the 'driven').
B-006-009-005    6-9-5
The property of an antenna that defines the range of frequencies to which it will respond, is called its:
bandwidth
front-to-back ratio
beamwidth
antenna aperture
> 'Antenna Bandwidth' is the range of frequencies over which Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) is acceptable.
B-006-009-006    6-9-6
What is the approximate gain of a half-wave dipole in free space relative to an isotropic radiator?
2.1 dB
1.5 dB
3.0 dB
1.0 dB
> An 'isotropic radiator' radiates equally well in ALL directions ( radiation pattern is a 'sphere').  A dipole in free space has a radiation pattern similar to a donut ( maximum radiation broadside from the antenna, none towards the ends ).  This concentration of radiation produces a gain of 2.1 dB over an isotropic antenna.
B-006-009-007    6-9-7
What is meant by antenna gain?
The ratio of the radiated signal strength of an antenna to that of a reference antenna
The ratio of the signal in the forward direction to the signal in the back direction
The ratio of the power radiated by an antenna compared to the transmitter power
The power amplifier gain minus the transmission line losses
> Antenna Gain is a ratio, expressed in decibel, of the radiation of a given antenna against some reference antenna.  For example, the expression 'dBi' means decibel over an isotropic radiator.
B-006-009-008    6-9-8
What is meant by antenna bandwidth?
The frequency range over which the antenna may be expected to perform well
Antenna length divided by the number of elements
The angle between the half-power radiation points
The angle formed between two imaginary lines drawn through the ends of the elements
> 'Antenna Bandwidth' is the range of frequencies over which Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) is acceptable.
B-006-009-009    6-9-9
In free space, what is the radiation pattern of a half-wave dipole?
Maximum radiation broadside from the antenna
Maximum radiation from the ends of the antenna
Omnidirectional radiation pattern
Hemispherical radiation pattern
> A dipole in free space has a radiation pattern similar to a donut ( maximum radiation broadside from the antenna, none towards the ends ).  This concentration of radiation produces a gain of 2.1 dB over an isotropic antenna.
B-006-009-010    6-9-10
The gain of an antenna, especially on VHF and above, is quoted in dBi. The "i" in this expression stands for:
isotropic
integral
ionospheric
interpolated
> Antenna Gain is a ratio, expressed in decibel, of the radiation of a given antenna against some reference antenna.  For example, the expression 'dBi' means decibel over an isotropic radiator.
B-006-009-011    6-9-11
An antenna is said to have a gain of 4.1 dBi. How much gain is this over a half-wave dipole antenna?
2.0 dB
4.1 dB
3.0 dB
1.1 dB
> A dipole in free space has a radiation pattern similar to a donut ( maximum radiation broadside from the antenna, none towards the ends ).  This concentration of radiation produces a gain of 2.1 dB over an isotropic antenna.  This other antenna has an advantage of 2.0 dB over a dipole.
B-006-010-001    6-10-1
How do you calculate the approximate length in metres of a quarter-wavelength antenna for use on frequencies below 30 MHz?
Divide 71.3 by the operating frequency in MHz
Divide 468 by the operating frequency in MHz
Divide 300 by the operating frequency in MHz
Divide 143 by the operating frequency in MHz
> Key words: QUARTER-wavelength.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  Answer:  95 % of one quarter wavelength in free space = '300 / 4 * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz = 71.3 divided by frequency in megahertz.
B-006-010-002    6-10-2
If you made a quarter-wavelength vertical antenna for 21.125 MHz, approximately how long would it be?
3.37 metres
3.55 metres
7.10 metres
6.77 metres
> Key words: QUARTER-wavelength.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  Answer:  95 % of one quarter wavelength in free space = '300 / 4 * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz = 71.3 divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, '300 / 21.125 MHz / 4 * 0.95' = 3.37 metres.
B-006-010-003    6-10-3
If you made a half-wavelength vertical antenna for 223 MHz, approximately how long would it be?
67 cm
32 cm
105 cm
135 cm
> Key words:  HALF-wavelength.  The ARRL Antenna Book, 24th ed. (2019), section 2.1.1, Effects of Conductor Diameter: "However, at VHF and UHF where the wavelength is short and antennas are several wavelengths above ground, the free-space dipole length formulas are accurate and useful."  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  Answer:  one half wavelength in free space = '300 / 2' divided by frequency in megahertz = 150 divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, '300 / 223 MHz / 2' = 0.67 metres.
B-006-010-004    6-10-4
Why is a five-eighths wavelength vertical antenna better than a quarter-wavelength vertical antenna for VHF or UHF mobile operations?
Because it has more gain
Because it has a high radiation angle
Because it does not require impedance matching
Because it can handle more power
> The 'five eights' wavelength antenna focuses energy somewhat better towards the horizon (lower radiation angle) than a regular quarter-wave antenna.
B-006-010-005    6-10-5
If a quarter-wavelength vertical antenna is placed on the roof of a car, in what direction does it send out radio energy?
It goes out equally well in all horizontal directions
Most of it goes vertically straight-up
Most of it goes equally in two opposite directions
Most of it goes in one direction
> An upright antenna element radiates equally well all around it in the horizontal plane.
B-006-010-006    6-10-6
What is an advantage of downward sloping radials on a ground plane antenna?
It brings the feed point impedance closer to 50 ohms
It increases the radiation angle
It brings the feed point impedance closer to 300 ohms
It lowers the radiation angle
> Radials are the three or four rods simulating ground at the base of an elevated vertical antenna (ground plane antenna).  Sloping radials (lower than 90 degrees) BRING up the impedance from about 30 ohms to 50 ohms for a better direct match to coaxial cable.
B-006-010-007    6-10-7
What configuration of radials will match an elevated quarter-wave vertical antenna to a 50-ohm coaxial cable?
Downward sloping quarter-wave radials
Horizontal quarter-wave radials
Horizontal half-wave radials
Upward sloping half-wave radials
> Radials are the three or four rods simulating ground at the base of an elevated vertical antenna (ground plane antenna).  Sloping radials (lower than 90 degrees) BRING up the impedance from about 30 ohms to 50 ohms for a better direct match to coaxial cable.
B-006-010-008    6-10-8
Which of the following transmission lines will give the best match to the base of a quarter-wave ground-plane antenna?
50-ohm coaxial cable
300-ohm balanced transmission line
75-ohm balanced transmission line
75-ohm coaxial cable
> A quarter-wave ground plane antenna exhibits a feed point impedance sufficiently close to 50 ohms.
B-006-010-009    6-10-9
How can a vertical antenna, 2 metres in length, be made to resonate in the 80-metre band for mobile use?
Install an inductor in series with the antenna
Use a solid radiating element instead of tubing
Install a capacitor in series with the antenna
Connect the transmission line shield to the vehicle's chassis
> A series inductance in an antenna is termed a "loading coil".  It makes the antenna appear LONGER electrically than its physical size.  Making the antenna longer brings down the resonant frequency.
B-006-010-010    6-10-10
Why is a loading coil often used with an HF mobile vertical antenna?
To tune out capacitive reactance
To lower the losses
To lower the Q
To filter out electrical noise
> Short answer: a coil (inductor) has a behaviour totally opposite to capacitors; 'cancelling reactive capacitance' makes sense.  A short antenna (e.g., 2.5 m) operated on HF frequencies (wavelengths of 10 to 80 metres) looks like an antenna operated well below its natural resonant frequency.  If you think of an ideal antenna as a resonant circuit where capacitive and inductive reactances cancel each other, you'll note that CAPACITIVE reactance ( XC = 1 over '2 * PI * f * C' ) grows below the resonant frequency.  A "loading coil" cancels out that capacitive reactance.
B-006-010-011    6-10-11
When using a ground mounted vertical HF antenna, what can you do to reduce ground losses?
Install a wire ground system (radials) at the antenna base
Use an insulator with a higher breakdown voltage
Improve the impedance match at the base
Raise the antenna one eighth of a wavelength
> A quarter-wave ground mounted HF antenna resembles half of a dipole antenna.  Such a quarter-wave antenna uses ground conductivity as a return circuit for RF currents.  A ground system ensures much better conduction.
B-006-011-001    6-11-1
What design feature allows a single Yagi antenna to function on the 20-metre, 15-metre and 10-metre bands?
Element traps
Large diameter elements
Multiple reflector elements
T-match feed circuit
> The only reason why antenna traps (parallel resonant circuits) are useful is to permit operation on more than one band from the same physical antenna.  Through their high impedance at resonance, traps shorten the antenna by making the antenna sections beyond them inaccessible.
B-006-011-002    6-11-2
What is the approximate length of the driven element of a Yagi antenna for 14.0 MHz?
10.21 metres
5.09 metres
10.71 metres
21.43 metres
> Key word:  DRIVEN.  Same approximate length as a HALF-WAVE dipole.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  Answer:  95 % of one half wavelength in free space = '(300 / 2) * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz = 143 divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, '(300 / 14 MHz / 2) * 0.95' = 10.18 metres.
B-006-011-003    6-11-3
What is the approximate length of the director element of a Yagi antenna for 21.1 MHz?
6.44 metres
7.11 metres
3.38 metres
3.55 metres
> Key word:  DIRECTOR.  About 5% SHORTER than the 'driven' which is itself the approximate length of a HALF-WAVE dipole.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The 'driven' would be 95 % of one half wavelength in free space = '(300 / 2) * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz.  The DIRECTOR is another 95% of the length of the 'driven'.  In this example, the director becomes (300 / 21.1 MHz / 2) * 0.95 * 0.95 = 6.42 metres.
B-006-011-004    6-11-4
What is the approximate length of the reflector element of a Yagi antenna for 28.1 MHz?
5.34 metres
10.68 metres
2.54 metres
2.67 metres
> Key word: REFLECTOR.  About 5% LONGER than the 'driven' which is itself the approximate length of a HALF-WAVE dipole.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The 'driven' would be 95 % of one half wavelength in free space = '(300 / 2) * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz.  The REFLECTOR is 1.05 times the length of the 'driven'.  In this example, the reflector becomes (300 / 28.1 MHz / 2) * 0.95 * 1.05 = 5.32 metres.
B-006-011-005    6-11-5
What is one effect of increasing the boom length and adding directors to a Yagi antenna?
Gain increases
Front-to-back ratio increases
Beamwidth increases
Power handling capability increases
> More directors is the primary means of augmenting gain.  [ Weight and 'wind load' certainly increase then. ]
B-006-011-006    6-11-6
What is the major advantage of increasing element spacing on a Yagi antenna?
Higher gain
Better front-to-back ratio
Lower feed point impedance
Wider bandwidth
> When compared with very compact Yagi antennas, a slightly wider spacing is said to produce more gain  [up to a point, of course].
B-006-011-007    6-11-7
Why are Yagi antennas often used on HF bands from 20 metres to 10 metres?
Rotatable high-gain antennas become feasible due to shorter element lengths
Excellent omnidirectional coverage in the horizontal plane
Their wide bandwidth provides a good match over an entire band
Their high angle of radiation facilitates long-range communications
> Yagi antennas at such frequencies become feasible.  Their gain is useful and their front-to-back ratio reduces noise coming from the opposite direction.
B-006-011-008    6-11-8
What does "antenna front-to-back ratio" mean in reference to a Yagi antenna?
The ratio of the power radiated in the forward direction to the power radiated in the opposite direction
The ratio of the power radiated by the director element, to the power radiated by the reflector element
The ratio of the length of the director element, to the length of the reflector element
The ratio of the driven element-to-director spacing, to the driven element-to-reflector spacing
> 'Front-to-back' is a ratio in decibels of the power radiated in the most favoured direction (front) to the power radiated towards the back of the antenna.
B-006-011-009    6-11-9
How can the bandwidth of a Yagi antenna be increased?
Increase the diameter of the elements
Decrease the element spacing
Install loading coils in the elements
Use tapered elements
> When compared to fine conductors, larger conductors produce a resonance that is not as sharp.  This is true for all antennas.
B-006-011-010    6-11-10
For a three-element Yagi antenna, what approximate element spacing (in wavelengths) provides the best compromise between gain and front-to-back ratio?
0.20
0.10
0.50
0.75
> Two tenths of a wavelength is reputed to be an optimum choice on a 3-element beam.
B-006-011-011    6-11-11
If the forward gain of a six-element Yagi is about 10 dBi, what would the gain of two of these antennas be if they were "stacked"?
13 dBi
7 dBi
20 dBi
10 dBi
> This is a trick question.  Two identical antennas side by side double the radiated power.  An increase of 2 in power is a gain of +3 dB.  The gain of the array becomes 10 dBi + 3 dB = 13 dBi.
B-006-012-001    6-12-1
If you made a half-wavelength dipole antenna for 28.150 MHz, approximately how long would it be?
5.08 metres
5.33 metres
10.66 metres
2.53 metres
> Key words: half-wavelength DIPOLE.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  A 'dipole' is approximately 95 % of one half wavelength in free space = '(300 / 2) * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, the dipole must be (300 / 28.15 MHz / 2) * 0.95 = 5.06 metres.  The frequency is in the 10-metre band of 28.0 to 29.7 MHz, a dipole there must necessarily be 5 metres long.
B-006-012-002    6-12-2
What is one disadvantage of a random wire antenna?
You may experience RF feedback in your station
It usually produces vertically polarized radiation
It must be longer than 1 wavelength
It must be installed in a straight line, without bends
> Because the 'random wire' and 'long wire' antennas frequently originate right at the back of the antenna tuner in your station, stray RF (radio frequency) can be a problem.
B-006-012-003    6-12-3
What is the three-dimensional radiation pattern of a half-wavelength dipole in free space?
A torus (donut shape) around the antenna
A major lobe off each end of the antenna
Spherical (equal radiation in all directions)
Major lobes at 45-degree angles to the antenna
> Picture a horizontal dipole viewed from above.  If you plotted radiation all around it in a single horizontal plane, the plot would look like a "number eight":  peak radiation at 90 degrees (broadside) from the antenna, negligible radiation from the ends.  Now, imagine that pattern in successive planes around the antenna, you get a donut shape.
B-006-012-004    6-12-4
What is the impedance at the feed point of a half-wave dipole in free space?
73 ohms
52 ohms
300 ohms
450 ohms
> Feed point impedance of a dipole in free space:  73 ohms.  Feed point impedance of a Folded Dipole:  300 ohms.
B-006-012-005    6-12-5
Ignoring ground effects, what is the radiation pattern of a horizontal half-wave dipole installed with the ends pointing North/South?
Radiates mostly to the East and West
Radiates mostly to the South and North
Radiates mostly to the South
Radiates equally in all directions
> Picture a horizontal dipole viewed from above. If you plotted radiation all around it, the plot would look like a "number eight":  peak radiation at 90 degrees (broadside) from the antenna, negligible radiation from the ends.
B-006-012-006    6-12-6
What is a major advantage of an end-fed half-wave antenna (EFHW)?
Capable of multi-band operation
Matching network not needed to feed with coaxial cable
High resistance to local noise pickup
Develops minimal common-mode current
> In addition to working as a half-wave antenna on its lowest frequency, the antenna may present suitable impedances at other frequencies and become  a usable compromise antenna.
B-006-012-007    6-12-7
What is a disadvantage of using an antenna equipped with traps?
It may radiate harmonics more readily
It is too sharply directional at lower frequencies
It picks up more noise than a simple dipole
It can only be used for one band
> An antenna with traps is a multi-band antenna (i.e., resonant at more than one frequency).  If the transmitter leaks harmonic energy (multiples of the operating frequency), this harmonic energy may be more readily radiated by a multi-band antenna.  For example, traps are inserted in an antenna for 80 metres to permit operation on 40 metres;  if your transmitter puts out 'harmonics' while you operate on 80 m ( say, 3.5 MHz ), the second harmonic falls in the 40 m band.  The antenna is also resonant at that frequency and would freely radiate the harmonics.
B-006-012-008    6-12-8
What is an advantage of using a trap antenna?
It may be used for multi-band operation
It has high directivity at the higher frequencies
It has high gain
It minimizes harmonic radiation
> The only reason why antenna traps (parallel resonant circuits) are useful is to permit operation on more than one band from the same physical antenna.  Through their high impedance at resonance, traps shorten the antenna by making the antenna sections beyond them inaccessible.
B-006-012-009    6-12-9
If you were to cut a half-wave dipole for 3.75 MHz, what would be its approximate length?
38.13 metres
40.00 metres
62.40 metres
80.00 metres
> Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The dipole is approximately 95 % of one half wavelength in free space = '(300 / 2) * 0.95' divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, the dipole must be cut to (300 / 3.75 MHz / 2) * 0.95 = 38 metres.  [ 3.75 MHz is in the 80-metre band of 3.5 to 4.0 MHz, a DIPOLE there must be below 40 metres long ].
B-006-013-001    6-13-1
What is a quad antenna?
Two or more parallel four-sided wire loops, each approximately one wavelength long
A centre-fed half-wavelength long wire
A quarter-wavelength vertical conductor fed at the bottom
Four straight, parallel elements in line with each other, each approximately a half-wavelength long
> The 'quad' is a parasitic array made of one-wavelength LOOPS (square or diamond-shaped).
B-006-013-002    6-13-2
What is a delta loop antenna with parasitic elements?
An antenna consisting of multiple elements, each a triangular loop whose total length is approximately one wavelength
An antenna made of a large multi-turn triangular loop
An antenna system made of three vertical antennas, arranged in a triangular shape
An antenna made from several triangular coils of wire on an insulating form
> A 'delta' has a triangular shape.  A 'delta' with parasitic elements is an array made of one-wavelength LOOPS with a triangular shape.
B-006-013-003    6-13-3
What is the approximate length of the driven element of a quad antenna designed for 21.4 MHz?
14.30 metres
7.01 metres
10.93 metres
3.57 metres
> Key word: QUAD.  A four-sided loop.  Loop antennas are roughly 1 wavelength long.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The 'driven' element in a LOOP is 2% longer than a full wavelength in free space = '300 * 1.02' divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, the quad measures (300 * 1.02) / 21.4 MHz =  14.3 metres.
B-006-013-004    6-13-4
What is the approximate length of the driven element of a quad antenna designed for 14.3 MHz?
21.40 metres
10.49 metres
16.36 metres
5.35 metres
> Key word: QUAD.  A four-sided loop.  Loop antennas are roughly 1 wavelength long.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The 'driven' element in a LOOP is 2% longer than a full wavelength in free space = '300 * 1.02' divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, the quad measures (300 * 1.02) / 14.3 MHz / 4  =  21.4 metres.
B-006-013-005    6-13-5
What is the approximate length of a delta loop antenna designed for 28.7 MHz?
10.66 metres
3.55 metres
8.15 metres
4.98 metres
> Key word: DELTA LOOP.  A three-sided loop.  Loop antennas are roughly 1 wavelength long.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The 'driven' element in a LOOP is 2% longer than a full wavelength in free space = '300 * 1.02' divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, the DELTA measures (300 * 1.02) / 28.7 MHz  =  10.66 metres.
B-006-013-006    6-13-6
What is a major disadvantage of a quad antenna, as compared to a Yagi antenna with the same number of elements and boom length?
More susceptible to weather damage
Requires a more heavy-duty mast or tower
Lower gain
Requires matching to the transmission line
> The quad antenna with parasitic elements is a more complex structure than a Yagi.  High winds and icing can be problematic, especially on HF.
B-006-013-007    6-13-7
You are constructing an HF delta loop antenna. It is oriented with the bottom element parallel to the ground. Where should you locate the feed point for horizontal polarization?
In the centre of the bottom element
In the centre of a side element
At a junction of the bottom element and a side element
On a side element, one quarter wavelength from the top
> In your head, squish the delta from the top down; it now looks like a Folded Dipole.  If the Folded dipole is horizontal, it is polarized horizontally. 
B-006-013-008    6-13-8
Moving the feed point of a quad antenna from a side parallel to the ground to a side perpendicular to the ground will have what effect?
It will change the antenna polarization from horizontal to vertical
It will change the antenna polarization from vertical to horizontal
It will significantly decrease the antenna feed point impedance
It will significantly increase the antenna feed point impedance
> In your head, squish the quad from the top down; it now looks like a Folded Dipole.  If the Folded dipole is horizontal, it is polarized horizontally.  Flip it 90 degrees and it now has a vertical polarization.
B-006-013-009    6-13-9
What is the approximate length of the wire for a horizontal loop tuned at 7.15 MHz?
42.80 metres
41.96 metres
10.49 metres
20.00 metres
> Key word:  LOOP.  Loop antennas are roughly 1 wavelength long.  Wavelength (lambda) in metres IN FREE SPACE is 300 divided by frequency in megahertz.  The radiating element is 2% longer than a full wavelength in free space = '300 * 1.02' divided by frequency in megahertz.  In this example, the loop measures (300 * 1.02) / 7.15 MHz  =  42.8 metres.
B-006-013-010    6-13-10
The quad antenna consists of two or more square loops of wire. The driven element has an approximate overall length of:
one wavelength
three quarters of a wavelength
two wavelengths
one half wavelength
> Key words:  LOOP, OVERALL length.  A loop antenna is a little over 1 wavelength long (1.02 wavelengths to be precise).
B-006-013-011    6-13-11
What is the approximate overall length of a delta loop antenna?
One wavelength
One quarter of a wavelength
Two wavelengths
One half of a wavelength
> Key words:  LOOP, OVERALL length.  A loop antenna is a little over 1 wavelength long (1.02 wavelengths to be precise).

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L09a} Power Supplies.

B-003-008-001    3-8-1
If a linear power supply provides overvoltage protection, where is the voltage monitored?
At the output of the regulator
At the output of the filter
At the input of the rectifier
At the input of the transformer
> Overvoltage protection is meant to protect your equipment from a failure of the regulator.


B-003-008-002    3-8-2
What is the purpose of the transformer in a linear power supply?
Convert the AC mains voltage up or down as required and provide isolation
Convert alternating current into direct current
Smooth out the pulsating direct current
Ensure that the voltage stays constant when a heavy demand is placed on the supply
> In a linear power supply, a transformer first lowers or raises the AC voltage (to bring it closer to the desired output voltage).  Separate primary and secondary windings on the transformer isolate your equipment from household current for safety.  A rectifier made from diodes converts AC to pulsating DC.  A filter reduces the remaining ripple.  A regulator finally sets the output voltage.
B-003-008-003    3-8-3
What is the purpose of the rectifier in a linear power supply?
Convert alternating current into direct current
Ensure that the voltage stays constant when a heavy demand is placed on the supply
Convert the AC mains voltage up or down as required and provide isolation
Smooth out pulsating direct current
> In a linear power supply, a transformer first lowers or raises the AC voltage (to bring it closer to the desired output voltage).  Separate primary and secondary windings on the transformer isolate your equipment from household current for safety.  A rectifier made from diodes converts AC to pulsating DC.  A filter reduces the remaining ripple.  A regulator finally sets the output voltage.
B-003-008-004    3-8-4
What is the purpose of the filter in a linear power supply?
Smooth out pulsating direct current
Convert alternating current into direct current
Ensure that the voltage stays constant when a heavy demand is placed on the supply
Absorb the power produced by the supply
> In a linear power supply, a transformer first lowers or raises the AC voltage (to bring it closer to the desired output voltage).  Separate primary and secondary windings on the transformer isolate your equipment from household current for safety.  A rectifier made from diodes converts AC to pulsating DC.  A filter reduces the remaining ripple.  A regulator finally sets the output voltage.
B-003-008-005    3-8-5
What is the purpose of the regulator in a linear power supply?
Ensure that the voltage stays constant when the demand on the supply varies
Convert the AC mains voltage up or down as required and provides isolation
Convert alternating current into direct current
Absorb the power produced by the supply
> In a linear power supply, a transformer first lowers or raises the AC voltage (to bring it closer to the desired output voltage).  Separate primary and secondary windings on the transformer isolate your equipment from household current for safety.  A rectifier made from diodes converts AC to pulsating DC.  A filter reduces the remaining ripple.  A regulator finally sets the output voltage.
B-003-008-006    3-8-6
In a linear power supply, which stage typically requires a heat sink?
Voltage regulator
Transformer
Rectifier
Filter
> In a linear power supply, the difference in voltage from the output of the filter and the output of the power supply is dissipated as heat.
B-003-017-001    3-17-1
You construct a simple DC power supply using a transformer, rectifier and filter capacitor. If you use the supply to power a CW transmitter, what problem with signal quality could it cause?
Chirp
Key clicks
Harmonics
Overmodulation
> Without a regulator, the output voltage of the power supply could vary significantly when the transmitter switches from idle into transmit mode (due to sudden increased current draw).  Such voltage variations could lead to changes in the transmitter frequency.
B-003-017-002    3-17-2
What device converts 120 volts AC to 12 volts DC?
Power supply
Low-pass filter
Inverter
Power conditioner
> A large percentage of modern transceivers are designed to work off 12 volts DC, which is readily available from a car battery.  To use a rig in the home, a 'Power Supply' is required to convert 120 volts AC down to 12 volts DC.
B-003-017-003    3-17-3
When selecting a 13.8 V DC power supply for a transceiver, what design specification is most important?
Output current capability
Undervoltage protection
Output connection compatibility
Voltage and current metering
> Key word:  TRANSCEIVER.  The maximum current that a power supply can safely deliver is a key parameter of power supplies.  Receivers rarely draw more than 1 ampere at 12 V DC.  A 100-watt transceiver (while on transmit) can draw 20 amperes at 12 V DC.
B-003-017-004    3-17-4
Compared to a switching (switch mode) power supply, why may a linear power supply be preferred?
Lower risk of radio frequency noise
Reduced physical dimensions and weight
Higher efficiency
Better regulation for FM equipment
> Unless designed with great care, a switching power supply is more likely to present radio frequency noise on its DC output or towards its AC input.  However, it is lighter, more compact and typically more efficient.
B-003-017-005    3-17-5
In a mobile installation, why should the fuse in the DC line to the transceiver be located as near to the battery as possible?
To protect the entire circuit
To reduce the voltage drop in the radio's DC supply
To prevent the vehicle's electronic systems causing noise
To better absorb voltage transients
> The purpose of a fuse is to protect a circuit from overcurrent.  It is wise to install it as close as possible to the source of power.  That way, regardless of where a short-circuit occurs, protection is available.
B-003-017-006    3-17-6
Apart from efficiency, what is one advantage of a switching (switch mode) power supply over a linear power supply?
Reduced physical dimensions and weight
Lower risk of radio frequency noise
Different simultaneous output voltages
Simpler to repair
> Unless designed with great care, a switching power supply is more likely to present radio frequency noise on its DC output or towards its AC input.  However, it is lighter, more compact and typically more efficient.
B-003-017-007    3-17-7
Why are heavy-gauge wires used for a 100-watt transceiver's DC power connection?
To minimize the voltage drop
To prevent an electrical shock
To avoid RF interference
To minimize ripple
> Transceivers in that class typically operate on 13.8 volts and require 20 amperes on transmit.  Any conductor has a small resistance.  Imagine a 2-metre power cord purposely undersized, for example, #16 gauge (1,3 mm, 13 milliohms/metre).  The voltage drop would be 1.04 volts (4 * 0.013 ohm * 20 amperes).  The power dissipated in the cord alone would be 20 watts (1 volt * 20 amperes).
B-003-017-008    3-17-8
What are the nominal power-line voltages supplied to homes?
120 volts and 240 volts
110 volts and 220 volts
100 volts and 200 volts
130 volts and 260 volts
> Nominal household voltages have slowly come up since the early 20th century from 110 V, to 115 V, to 117 V, to 120 V.  The current standard is 120 V and 240 V.  240 V is used for energy-hungry devices like water heaters, clothes dryers, electric ovens AND high-power linear amplifiers.
B-003-017-009    3-17-9
Your transceiver's user guide suggests limiting the voltage drop to 0.5 volts and the vehicle battery is 3 metres away. Given the losses listed below at the required current of 22 amperes, which minimum wire gauge must you use?
Number 10, 0.07 V per metre
Number 14, 0.19 V per metre
Number 12, 0.11 V per metre
Number 8, 0.05 V per metre
> Understand that DC power is brought to the radio over a pair of wires.  Each wire must not drop more than 0.25 volts (half the given value) over 3 metres. Thus, the loss per metre must be below 0.08 volts.  The run must be at least number 10 gauge.  Voltage drops (E = R * I) at that current were computed for you from resistance value per unit length available from wire tables. [ # 14 = 1.63 mm, # 12 = 2.05 mm, # 10 = 2.59 mm, # 8 = 3.26 mm ]
B-003-017-010    3-17-10
Why must the positive lead from the vehicle battery to your transceiver be fused?
To prevent an overcurrent situation from starting a fire
To prevent interference to the vehicle's electronic systems
To reduce the voltage drop in the radio's DC supply
To protect the radio from transient voltages
> A car battery can deliver a hundred amperes or more into a short-circuit; the voltage drop in any current-carrying wire and such large currents produce heat (P = E * I), enough heat to melt wire insulation and other plastics which abound in cars.  Fuses close to the battery ensure excessive current is interrupted regardless of where the fault occurs over the DC power line to the radio.
B-003-017-011    3-17-11
You have a very loud low-frequency hum appearing on your transmission. In what part of the transmitter would you first look for the trouble?
The power supply
The variable-frequency oscillator
The driver circuit
The power amplifier circuit
> Key word:  HUM.  Remember the 'Power Supply' block diagram:  a 'Rectifier' (diode) converts AC into 'pulsating DC'.  A 'Filter' then turns the 'pulsating DC' into pure DC.  If the 'Filter' is deficient, hum or buzzing will appear on the transmitted signal.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L09b} Safety.

B-003-018-001    3-18-1
How could you best keep unauthorized persons from using your station at home?
Use a key-operated on/off switch in the main power line
Use a carrier-operated relay in the main power line
Put a "Danger - High Voltage" sign in the station
Put fuses in the main power line
> Key word:  UNAUTHORIZED.  A locked switch in line with the electrical circuit feeding the station would prevent unauthorized operation of the station.
B-003-018-002    3-18-2
How could you best keep unauthorized persons from using a mobile station in your car?
Remove the microphone when you are not using it
Tune the radio to an unused frequency when you are done using it
Turn the radio off when you are not using it
Put a "Do not touch" sign on the radio
> Key word:  UNAUTHORIZED.  Locking away or taking away the microphone would prevent unauthorized use of the transmitter.
B-003-018-003    3-18-3
What electrical hazard, if any, does the starter battery in a vehicle present?
High short-circuit current
None, given its low voltage
High electromagnetic fields
Possibility of electric shock
> While the voltage on the starter battery in a vehicle is low and safe, such batteries can deliver very high currents.
B-003-018-004    3-18-4
Why would there be a switch in a high-voltage power supply to turn off the power if its cabinet is opened?
To keep anyone opening the cabinet from getting shocked by dangerous high voltages
To keep dangerous RF radiation from leaking out through an open cabinet
To keep dangerous RF radiation from coming in through an open cabinet
To turn the power supply off when it is not being used
> Key words:  HIGH-VOLTAGE.  Devices operating with high voltage should always include an 'interlock' switch, so they power down to prevent electrocution when cabinets are opened.
B-003-018-005    3-18-5
What is the minimum electrical current that can be fatal to the human body?
20 milliamperes
500 milliamperes
1 ampere
2 amperes
> If the human heart is part of the electrocution path, even one tenth of an ampere can lead to cardiac arrest.
B-003-018-006    3-18-6
Which body organ can be fatally affected by a very small amount of electrical current?
The heart
The brain
The liver
The lungs
> If the human heart is part of the electrocution path, even one tenth of an ampere can lead to cardiac arrest.
B-003-018-007    3-18-7
What is the lowest voltage that is usually considered hazardous to humans?
30
100
240
347
> Under certain circumstances, even 30 VOLTS can be dangerous.  If the human heart is part of the electrocution path, even one tenth of an ampere can lead to cardiac arrest.  Wet skin or cuts to the skin and the exact path of the current are all factors that determine the severity of electrocution.
B-003-018-008    3-18-8
What should you do if you discover someone who is being burned by high voltage?
Turn off the power, call for emergency help and provide first aid if needed
Wait for a few minutes to see if the person can get away from the high voltage on their own, then try to help
Immediately drag the person away from the high voltage
Run from the area so you won't be burned too
> Step number One:  turn off the power.  Do not risk electrocuting yourself and become a second victim.
B-003-018-009    3-18-9
What is the safest method to remove an unconscious person from contact with a high-voltage source?
De-energize the power source before touching the person
Wrap the person in a blanket and pull him to a safe area
Call an electrician
Remove the person by pulling an arm or a leg
> Step number One:  turn off the power.  Do not risk electrocuting yourself and become a second victim.
B-003-018-010    3-18-10
Before checking a fault in a mains-operated power supply unit, it would be safest to first:
turn off the power and unplug the power cord
short out the leads of the filter capacitor
check the action of the capacitor bleeder resistance
remove and check the fuse from the power supply
> Key words: "MAINS" OPERATED.  This refers to 'Household' current which runs at 120 volts and can supply hundreds of amperes (for a brief time) before a fuse or breaker interrupts the circuit after a fault.  30 VOLTS is considered potentially dangerous to humans and less than A TENTH of an AMPERE can lead to cardiac arrest.
B-003-018-011    3-18-11
What is the risk involved in troubleshooting a live power supply?
Electric shock
Damaging connected equipment
Electromagnetic interference
Blowing the fuse
> This was especially true of transmitters using vacuum tubes.  Plate voltages ran into the hundreds of volts with current capacities of hundreds of milliamperes.  30 VOLTS is considered potentially dangerous to humans and less than A TENTH of an AMPERE can lead to cardiac arrest.
B-003-019-001    3-19-1
For best protection from electrical shock, what should be grounded in your station?
All station equipment
The transmission line
The AC power line
The power supply primary
> An external ground connection on each cabinet serves as a backup to the normal electrical outlet ground ( the 'green' wire in a three-lead power cord ).
B-003-019-002    3-19-2
Established practice demands that all ground electrodes be bonded together with heavy conductors. What protection does this provide in case of a lightning strike?
Prevents voltage differences between devices
Establishes a ground (reference) plane at the station
Drains static electricity on a continuous basis
Reduces induced current by adding impedance
> A 'metallic cold water pipe' normally offers the most direct solid conduction to Earth ground.
B-003-019-003    3-19-3
Why should you never use a fuse with a higher current rating than specified?
A fault may cause permanent damage, including a fire
The fuse may open during normal operation
Voltage delivered to the circuit would be limited
A low current circuit may not function properly
> The fuse rating recommended by a manufacturer takes into account the maximum current that the weakest part of a circuit can tolerate (the famed weakest link).
B-003-019-004    3-19-4
Which of these materials is best for a ground rod driven into the earth?
Copper-clad steel
Hard plastic
Iron or steel
Fibreglass
> 'Copper-Clad' ( steel core, copper plating ) offers rigidity (when hammering the rod into the ground) and conductivity (for best ground connection).
B-003-019-005    3-19-5
You need to work on a power supply that has been taken offline. What is the first thing you should do once the cabinet is open?
Discharge the filter capacitors
Bond the chassis to ground
Place the unit on an insulating mat
Short the AC input leads together
> While a bleeder resistor should be wired across the filter to drain the energy stored in the capacitors, it could be missing or defective.  It is safest to verify that no electric charge remains before sticking fingers or tools inside the power supply.
B-003-019-006    3-19-6
Where should the green wire in a three-wire AC line cord be connected in a power supply?
To the chassis
To the white wire
To the "hot" side of the power switch
To the fuse
> The 'green wire' in a three-wire AC line cord is a ground connection.  Securing the 'green wire' to the chassis (and outside cabinet) keeps the chassis at ground potential if a fault ever caused the 'live' side (120 volts) of the AC line to contact the chassis.
B-003-019-007    3-19-7
Your third-floor station has a ground wire running 10 metres down to a ground rod. You get an RF burn when you touch your HF transceiver while transmitting. What is the likely cause?
The ground wire has high impedance on your operating frequency
The transmitting antenna is not the correct wavelength
The gauge of the ground wire used is insufficient
The ground connection of the wall outlet is defective
> Key word:  10 METRES.  RF 'hot spots' and RF 'burns' are symptoms of 'Stray RF'.  This is relatively long in comparison with some of the wavelengths in the HF (High Frequency) spectrum.  For example, 10 metres is a quarter wavelength on the 40-metre band.  A wire this long looks like an antenna and will not provide a low impedance ground connection necessary to evacuate 'Stray RF'.
B-003-019-008    3-19-8
Where should the chassis ground terminals on all station equipment be connected?
To the station's single-point ground
To separate ground electrodes
To the antenna system ground
To adjacent devices in a chain
> Short straps to the station's single-point ground reduce differences in voltage between pieces of equipment in case of a lightning strike.  Short straps further mitigate the pick-up of stray RF.
B-003-019-009    3-19-9
What is a safe method to discharge power supply filter capacitors?
Use an insulated shorting stick with an inline resistor
Use a long screwdriver with an insulated handle
Use an insulated wire with alligator clips on each end
Allow time for bleeder resistors to discharge the capacitors
> The 'shorting stick' with an inline resistor to ground limits sparking and allows for a controlled discharge.  Waiting for the bleeder resistor to do its job is the worst idea, it might be defective.
B-003-019-010    3-19-10
On mains-operated power supplies, the ground wire of the AC line is connected to the power supply chassis. What protection does this provide if a fault occurs in the power supply?
Ensures the chassis does not become energized
Protects connected equipment from over voltage
Prevents damage to the AC supply circuit breaker
Prevents the equipment fuse from blowing unnecessarily
> The 'green wire' in a three-wire AC line cord is a ground connection.  Securing the 'green wire' to the chassis (and outside cabinet) keeps the chassis at ground potential if a fault ever caused the 'live' side (120 volts) of the AC line to contact the chassis.
B-003-019-011    3-19-11
Why do fuses have a voltage rating?
To specify the voltage that can be interrupted without arcing
To prevent dielectric breakdown of the fuse holder
To limit current leakage to ground while in operation
To ensure voltage transients can be safely dissipated
> If a fuse meant for low voltage is used in a high-voltage circuit, an electric arc may take hold when the fuse opens and allow a flow of current to continue.
B-003-020-001    3-20-1
Why should you ground all antenna and rotator cables when your station is not in use?
To help protect the station equipment and building from lightning damage
To lock the antenna system in one position
To avoid radio frequency interference
To prevent unauthorized persons from using the station
> Grounding antenna and rotator cables help direct an eventual lightning strike as directly to ground as possible.
B-003-020-002    3-20-2
You want to install a lightning surge protector on your transmission line, where should it be inserted?
Outside, as close to earth grounding as possible
Close to the antenna
Behind the transceiver
Anywhere on the line
> The lightning surge protector must be outside to prevent as much energy as possible from entering the premises.  It must be close to ground so that a path with the least possible impedance (resistance + inductance) can divert the most energy into the ground.  Peak voltage between the transmission line and ground is thus minimized.  Rise time in a lightning bolt is measured in microseconds (i.e., high frequency); voltage is high and current is zero in the first instant an inductance is subjected to a pulse.
B-003-020-003    3-20-3
How can your station equipment best be protected from lightning damage?
Disconnect all equipment from the power lines and antenna cables
Use heavy insulation on the wiring
Never turn off the equipment
Disconnect the ground system from all radios
> If station equipment is totally disconnected from external circuits (power and antenna), damage to station equipment from lightning or voltage surges becomes impossible.
B-003-020-004    3-20-4
What equipment should be worn for working on an antenna tower?
Approved fall arrest equipment
A reflective vest
A pair of insulating gloves
A positioning waist belt
> In Canada, worker safety is a provincial responsibility.  'Fall arrest equipment' and a 'hard hat' are minimum requirements.  A positioning waist belt will not prevent or stop a fall.
B-003-020-005    3-20-5
Why should you wear approved fall arrest equipment if you are working on an antenna tower?
To limit injuries if you fall
To bring any tools you might use up and down the tower safely
To keep the tower from becoming unstable while you are working
To hold your tools so they don't fall and injure someone on the ground
> 'Fall prevention' is a serious matter.  In Canada, worker safety is a provincial responsibility.  'Fall arrest equipment' and a 'hard hat' are minimum requirements.  A positioning waist belt will not prevent or stop a fall.
B-003-020-006    3-20-6
For safety, how high should you place a horizontal wire antenna?
High enough so that no one can touch any part of it from the ground
Above high-voltage electrical lines
Just high enough so you can easily reach it for adjustments or repairs
As close to the ground as possible
> Even at modest power, touching a radiating antenna or open-wire line can lead to 'RF burns'.  Voltage is not the only factor, radio frequency reaches deep into the skin, potentially causing nasty burns.  Suspending an antenna above electric lines is a dangerous mistake:  if the antenna dropped, lethal voltages would be carried back to the station.
B-003-020-007    3-20-7
Why should you wear a hard hat if you are on the ground helping someone work on an antenna tower?
To protect your head from something dropped from the tower
So you won't be hurt if the tower should accidentally fall
To keep RF energy away from your head during antenna testing
So someone passing by will know that work is being done on the tower and will stay away
> Think for a second about a screwdriver, a wrench or a heavy bolt falling on your head from a height of 14 metres (48 feet).
B-003-020-008    3-20-8
Why should your outside antennas be high enough so that no one can touch them while you are transmitting?
Touching the antenna might cause RF burns
Touching the antenna might reflect the signal back to the transmitter and cause damage
Touching the antenna might radiate harmonics
Touching the antenna might cause television interference
> Even at modest power, touching a radiating antenna or open-wire line can lead to 'RF burns'.  Voltage is not the only factor, radio frequency reaches deep into the skin, potentially causing nasty burns.
B-003-020-009    3-20-9
Why should you make sure that no one can touch an open-wire transmission line while you are transmitting with it?
Because high-voltage radio energy might burn the person
Because contact might break the transmission line
Because contact might cause spurious emissions
Because contact might cause a short circuit and damage the transmitter
> Even at modest power, touching a radiating antenna or open-wire line can lead to 'RF burns'.  Voltage is not the only factor, radio frequency reaches deep into the skin, potentially causing nasty burns.
B-003-020-010    3-20-10
What safety precautions should you take before beginning repairs on an antenna?
Be sure to turn off the transmitter and disconnect the transmission line
Be sure the antenna structure is properly grounded
Plan the operation in the shortest possible time to minimize fatigue
Ensure all masts to be installed are sufficiently light
> "Disconnecting the transmission line", that is an important precaution to ensure that no RF is ever sent to the antenna.  This is especially important if there are several parties in the work crew:  an operator could return to the station, turn-on a transmitter and put someone outside at risk.
B-003-020-011    3-20-11
What safety precaution is especially important for a ground-mounted antenna?
Ensure people are kept at a safe distance
Ensure the feed point is at eye level
Ensure the location is as dry as possible
All radials should be buried at least 15 cm deep
> A transmitting antenna involves two hazards.  For one, even at modest power, touching a radiating antenna or open-wire line can lead to 'RF burns'.  Voltage is not the only factor, radio frequency reaches deep into the skin, potentially causing nasty burns.  The second hazard pertains to RF exposure: depending on the power used, a safe distance must be maintained.
B-003-021-001    3-21-1
What should you do for safety when operating at UHF and microwave frequencies?
Keep antenna away from your eyes when RF is applied
Make sure that an RF leakage filter is installed at the antenna feed point
Make sure the standing wave ratio is low before you conduct a test
Never use a horizontally polarized antenna
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  1000 MHz is generally considered to be the low end of the MICROWAVE spectrum.  Microwave energy has long been known for its 'heating' effect ( think "microwave oven" ).  Never point antennas at anyone.  Never look into antennas.  Disconnect transmission lines before working on antennas (to further reduce the odds of an error at the station exposing to RF).
B-003-021-002    3-21-2
What should you do for safety if you put up a UHF transmitting antenna?
Make sure the antenna will be in a place where no one can get near it when you are transmitting
Make sure the antenna is near the ground to keep its RF energy pointing in the correct direction
Make sure you connect an RF leakage filter at the antenna feed point
Make sure that RF field screens are in place
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.  Never point antennas at anyone.  Never look into antennas.  Disconnect transmission lines before working on antennas (to further reduce the odds of an error at the station exposing to RF).
B-003-021-003    3-21-3
What should you do for safety, before removing the shielding on a UHF power amplifier?
Make sure the amplifier cannot accidentally be turned on
Make sure that RF leakage filters are connected
Make sure the amplifier output connector is grounded
Make sure all RF screens are in place at the amplifier output connector
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.
B-003-021-004    3-21-4
Why should you make sure the antenna of a hand-held transceiver is not close to your head when transmitting?
To reduce your exposure to the radio frequency energy
To use your body to reflect the signal in one direction
To keep static charges from building up
To help the antenna radiate energy equally in all directions
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.  48 MHz to 300 MHz is the range of radio frequencies over which Health-Canada's "Safety Code 6" recommends the lowest exposure level.
B-003-021-005    3-21-5
How should you position the antenna of a hand-held transceiver while you are transmitting?
Away from your head and away from others
Pointed towards the station you are contacting
Pointed at the horizon
Pointed down to bounce the signal off the ground
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.  48 MHz to 300 MHz is the range of radio frequencies over which Health-Canada's "Safety Code 6" recommends the lowest exposure level.
B-003-021-006    3-21-6
How can exposure to a large amount of RF energy affect body tissue?
It heats the tissue
It lowers blood pressure
It paralyzes the tissue
It restricts blood flow
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.  48 MHz to 300 MHz is the range of radio frequencies over which Health-Canada's "Safety Code 6" recommends the lowest exposure level.
B-003-021-007    3-21-7
Which body organ is the most likely to be damaged from the heating effects of RF radiation?
Eyes
Heart
Liver
Hands
> The inside of the eye is mostly liquid.  Ever seen a cup of water brought to a boil in a microwave oven ?   RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.  48 MHz to 300 MHz is the range of radio frequencies over which Health-Canada's "Safety Code 6" recommends the lowest exposure level.  Keep antennas away from your head.
B-003-021-008    3-21-8
How does the power density of an electromagnetic wave change as it propagates away from an antenna in free space?
It decreases as the square of the distance
It decreases linearly with the distance
It decreases in inverse proportion to the distance
It decreases at a rate depending on ground absorption
> For example, if the power density 1 metre away from an antenna is 4 watts / square metre, it will be down to 1 watt / square metre at a distance of 2 metres.  At a distance of 10 metres, the power density will be 0.04 watts / square metre.  This example is valid in free space where no reflection can focus energy.  The lesson here is that distance is the best way to reduce exposure to radiofrequency.
B-003-021-009    3-21-9
If you operate your station with indoor antennas, what precautions should you take when you install them?
Locate the antennas as far away as possible from living spaces that will be occupied while you are operating
Position the antennas parallel to electrical power wires to take advantage of parasitic effects
Position the antennas along the edge of a wall where it meets the floor or ceiling to reduce parasitic radiation
Locate the antennas close to your operating position to minimize transmission line length
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  Keep the antennas away from people and use as little power as possible.
B-003-021-010    3-21-10
Why should directional high-gain antennas be mounted higher than nearby structures?
So they will not direct RF energy toward people in nearby structures
So static electricity buildup is minimized
So they will not damage nearby structures with RF energy
So they will receive more sky waves and fewer ground waves
> RF energy can heat body tissue.  VHF and UHF frequencies present the greatest risk.  Never point antennas at anyone.  Never look into antennas.  Disconnect transmission lines before working on antennas (to further reduce the odds of an error at the station exposing to RF).
B-003-021-011    3-21-11
For best RF safety, where should the ends and centre of a dipole antenna be located?
As high as possible to prevent people from coming in contact with the antenna
Near or over moist ground so RF energy will be radiated away from the ground
As close to the transmitter as possible so RF energy will be concentrated near the transmitter
Close to the ground so simple adjustments can be easily made without climbing a ladder
> Even at modest power, touching a radiating antenna or open-wire line can lead to 'RF burns'.  Voltage is not the only factor, radio frequency reaches deep into the skin, potentially causing nasty burns.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L10} Modulation and Transmitters.

B-003-002-001    3-2-1
What does the microphone produce in an FM transmitter?
An electrical signal driving the speech amplifier
An electrical signal driving the oscillator
A radio frequency signal driving the speech amplifier
A radio frequency signal driving the power amplifier
> Sound, produced by mechanical vibrations, propagates through air as tiny pressure variations.  A microphone converts these variations into an electrical signal.  The speech amplifier brings up the feeble microphone signal to a working level.
B-003-002-002    3-2-2
The microphone of an FM transmitter:
produces an electrical signal from air pressure changes
is quieter than AM or SSB microphones
has a different tone than other microphones
has a wider frequency range than other microphones
> Sound, produced by mechanical vibrations, propagates through air as tiny pressure variations.  A microphone converts these variations into an electrical signal.  The speech amplifier brings up the feeble microphone signal to a working level.
B-003-002-003    3-2-3
An FM transmitter's modulator:
affects the frequency of the oscillator
has no effect on the frequency of the oscillator
alters the radio's output signal amplitude
produces amplitude changes in the oscillator
> One way to produce an FM signal (frequency modulation) is to use a modulator to impart frequency variations on the oscillator.  That modulator is inserted between the speech amplifier and the oscillator.  The frequency variations are termed frequency deviation.
B-003-002-004    3-2-4
How is the oscillator in the FM transmitter different from oscillators in AM, CW, and SSB transmitters?
The modulator alters its frequency
It runs at much higher frequencies
It has higher fidelity
The modulator changes its output amplitude
> One way to produce an FM signal (frequency modulation) is to use a modulator to impart frequency variations on the oscillator.  That modulator is inserted between the speech amplifier and the oscillator.  The frequency variations are termed frequency deviation.
B-003-002-005    3-2-5
In an FM transmitter, the frequency multiplier:
produces the FM output carrier frequency
allows the oscillator to be run at very high frequencies
is the major load fed by the power supply
produces a low distortion audio response
> In an FM transmitter using a multiplier, frequency deviation is applied to an oscillator operating at a relatively low frequency.  The modulated radio signal is then multiplied up to the operating frequency.  The multiplier produces an integer multiple (a useful harmonic, so to speak) of the signal supplied by the oscillator.
B-003-002-006    3-2-6
In an FM transmitter, which stage produces a useful harmonic?
Frequency multiplier
Modulator
Power amplifier
Speech amplifier
> In an FM transmitter using a multiplier, frequency deviation is applied to an oscillator operating at a relatively low frequency.  The modulated radio signal is then multiplied up to the operating frequency.  The multiplier produces an integer multiple (a useful harmonic, so to speak) of the signal supplied by the oscillator.
B-003-002-007    3-2-7
In an FM transmitter, which stage draws the most electric power?
Power amplifier
Frequency multiplier
Oscillator
Speech amplifier
> In all transmitters, the last stage before the antenna is a power amplifier which imparts the transmitted signal its actual power.  All preceding stages operate with little power.
B-003-004-001    3-4-1
In a basic CW transmitter, the output from the oscillator is:
at the transmitted signal's frequency
at the transmitted signal's power level
at a submultiple of the operating frequency
less stable than the transmitted signal
> Key word:  BASIC.  For the sake of simplicity, the oscillator runs directly at the operating frequency.  More complex arrangements could include a multiplier or a mixer.
B-003-004-002    3-4-2
In a basic CW transmitter, what type of electricity directly powers each stage?
Direct current
Radio frequency current
Audio frequency current
Alternating current
> In fact, every stage using active components in any apparatus must be supplied with direct current (DC).
B-003-004-003    3-4-3
In a basic CW transmitter, why is the oscillator followed by a driver/buffer stage?
To prevent load changes from shifting the oscillator's frequency
To shape the oscillator waveform to prevent key clicks
To filter out noise from the oscillator
To filter out spurious emissions from the oscillator
> To achieve stability, oscillators are always low-level stages.  Amplification must follow;  that's the purpose of the driver/buffer.
B-003-004-004    3-4-4
In a basic three-stage CW transmitter, what does the key do?
It controls the amplitude of the carrier
It switches the oscillator on and off
It reduces key clicks
It reduces key chirps
> Telegraphy is equivalent to 'on-off keying' ( an 'interrupted carrier').  The telegraph key allows the operator to send bursts of RF energy to the antenna per the rhythm of his hand movement on the key. 
B-003-004-005    3-4-5
In a basic CW transmitter, what does the power amplifier stage do?
It increases the transmitter's output power
It removes CW chirps from the transmitted signal
It multiplies the oscillator frequency to the operating frequency
It reduces distortion in the transmitted signal
> In all transmitters, the last stage before the antenna is a power amplifier which imparts the transmitted signal its actual power.
B-003-004-006    3-4-6
In a basic CW transmitter, what does the key do?
It switches the carrier on and off
It switches the carrier between two frequencies
It switches the transmitted tone on and off
It makes and breaks the antenna connection
> Telegraphy is equivalent to 'on-off keying' ( an 'interrupted carrier').  The telegraph key allows the operator to send bursts of RF energy to the antenna per the rhythm of his hand movement on the key. 
B-003-006-001    3-6-1
In a single-sideband transmitter, what does the fixed RF oscillator do?
It produces an RF carrier
It directly drives the sideband filter
It drives the mixer
It balances the variable frequency oscillator
> The SSB Transmitter block diagram:  The balanced modulator takes in two signals:  a fixed frequency from an RF Oscillator and the microphone signal after it has passed through a speech amplifier.   The balanced modulator produces a double-sideband suppressed-carrier signal.   After the balanced modulator, a filter selects the desired sideband.  This SSB signal is mixed with a variable frequency oscillator (VFO) signal by a mixer.  Out of the mixer, the SSB signal is now at the operating frequency and is taken through a power amplifier.  In the case of the SSB transmitter, this final power amplifier must be linear (distortion free).
B-003-006-002    3-6-2
In a single-sideband transmitter, why is the speech amplifier needed?
Microphones usually have a low power output
To match the balanced modulator's output impedance
The sideband filter requires a large audio signal to work
To improve signal fidelity
> In all our voice transmitters, the signal received from the microphone has a small amplitude, it must be amplified to be made useful.
B-003-006-003    3-6-3
In a typical single-sideband transmitter, what is the purpose of the filter that follows the balanced modulator?
Remove the unwanted sideband
Suppress the RF carrier signal
Shape the audio waveform
Remove harmonics from the transmitted signal
> The SSB Transmitter block diagram:  The balanced modulator takes in two signals:  a fixed frequency from an RF Oscillator and the microphone signal after it has passed through a speech amplifier.   The balanced modulator produces a double-sideband suppressed-carrier signal.   After the balanced modulator, a filter selects the desired sideband.  This SSB signal is mixed with a variable frequency oscillator (VFO) signal by a mixer.  Out of the mixer, the SSB signal is now at the operating frequency and is taken through a power amplifier.  In the case of the SSB transmitter, this final power amplifier must be linear (distortion free).
B-003-006-004    3-6-4
In a typical single-sideband transmitter, at what frequency is the sideband filter tuned?
Near the fixed RF oscillator frequency
At the VFO frequency
Near the operating frequency
At audio frequencies
> The two sidebands produced by the balanced modulator sit on either side of the fixed oscillator frequency.  The filter retains one of them.
B-003-006-005    3-6-5
In a single-sideband transmitter, what is the purpose of the speech amplifier?
Amplify the audio you wish to transmit
Amplify one of the signal's two sidebands
Amplify the signal's carrier
Amplify the signal's harmonic content
> In all our voice transmitters, the signal received from the microphone has a small amplitude, it must be amplified to be made useful.
B-003-006-006    3-6-6
In a single-sideband transmitter, which stage transposes the single-sideband signal to the operating frequency?
Mixer
Variable frequency oscillator
Balanced modulator
Fixed RF oscillator
> The SSB Transmitter block diagram:  The balanced modulator takes in two signals:  a fixed frequency from an RF Oscillator and the microphone signal after it has passed through a speech amplifier.   The balanced modulator produces a double-sideband suppressed-carrier signal.   After the balanced modulator, a filter selects the desired sideband.  This SSB signal is mixed with a variable frequency oscillator (VFO) signal by a mixer.  Out of the mixer, the SSB signal is now at the operating frequency and is taken through a power amplifier.  In the case of the SSB transmitter, this final power amplifier must be linear (distortion free).
B-003-006-007    3-6-7
In a single-sideband transmitter, which stage allows you to adjust the final transmit frequency?
Variable frequency oscillator
Antenna tuner
Sideband filter
Balanced modulator
> The SSB Transmitter block diagram:  The balanced modulator takes in two signals:  a fixed frequency from an RF Oscillator and the microphone signal after it has passed through a speech amplifier.   The balanced modulator produces a double-sideband suppressed-carrier signal.   After the balanced modulator, a filter selects the desired sideband.  This SSB signal is mixed with a variable frequency oscillator (VFO) signal by a mixer.  Out of the mixer, the SSB signal is now at the operating frequency and is taken through a power amplifier.  In the case of the SSB transmitter, this final power amplifier must be linear (distortion free).
B-003-006-008    3-6-8
In a single-sideband transmitter, which stage normally includes a circuit providing protection from excessive SWR?
Final amplifier
Speech amplifier
Variable frequency oscillator
Balanced modulator
> A circuit, included at the output of the final amplifier, recognizes a  serious impedance mismatch in the antenna system and protects the amplifier by reducing output power.  This protection is generally present in all our transmitters.
B-003-006-009    3-6-9
In a single-sideband transmitter, which stage transposes the voice message from the audio spectrum to the radio spectrum?
Balanced modulator
Mixer
Variable frequency oscillator
Fixed RF oscillator
> The SSB transmitter performs two translations: the first transposes the voice up to a working frequency right next to the fixed oscillator frequency, and a second from that working frequency to the operating frequency.
B-003-011-001    3-11-1
What does chirp mean?
A small change in the output frequency of a transmitter each time a dit or dah is sent
A high-pitched tone which is received along with every CW dit and dah
A slow change in transmitter frequency as the oscillator warms up
An overload in a receiver's audio circuit whenever CW is received
> "Chirp":  Inadequate voltage regulation causes the oscillator's frequency to shift when the telegraph key is pressed.  Perceived at the receive location as a change of pitch during each Morse element.
B-003-011-002    3-11-2
What can be done to keep a CW transmitter from chirping?
Keep the power supply voltages very steady under varying loads
Add a key click filter
Keep the oscillator impedance very steady under the transmit load
Add a low-pass filter
> "Chirp":  Inadequate voltage regulation causes the oscillator's frequency to shift when the telegraph key is pressed.  Perceived at the receive location as a change of pitch during each Morse element.  Current varies, as demand varies in a transmitter.  A low-pass filter reduces 'harmonics'.
B-003-011-003    3-11-3
What is the advantage of using a variable frequency oscillator in a basic CW transmitter?
Frequency is not constrained to the available crystals
Use of higher speed Morse code is supported
Greater suppression of key clicks
Greater suppression of harmonics
> Unlike a crystal oscillator where the frequency is locked to the component, the variable frequency oscillator allows the operator to choose the operating frequency.
B-003-011-004    3-11-4
Which type of transmitter modulation changes the amplitude of an RF wave for the purpose of conveying information?
Amplitude modulation
Phase modulation
Frequency shift keying
Frequency modulation
> Key word:  AMPLITUDE.  The instantaneous voltage of an AC waveform.  AM (amplitude modulation) impresses the message onto the RF carrier by varying its amplitude.
B-003-011-005    3-11-5
In what emission mode does the instantaneous amplitude (envelope) of the RF signal vary with the modulating audio?
Amplitude modulation
Frequency modulation
Pulse modulation
Frequency shift keying
> Key word:  AMPLITUDE.  The instantaneous voltage of an AC waveform.  AM (amplitude modulation) impresses the message onto the RF carrier by varying its amplitude.
B-003-011-006    3-11-6
Morse code is usually transmitted by radio as:
an interrupted carrier
a series of key clicks
a continuous carrier
a phase-shifted carrier
> Telegraphy is equivalent to 'on-off keying' (an 'interrupted carrier').  The telegraph key allows the operator to send bursts of RF energy to the antenna per the rhythm of his hand movement on the key.  Key clicks are a type of interference where a CW signal generates unwanted sidebands (excessive bandwidth).
B-003-011-007    3-11-7
You are transmitting using amplitude modulation. What bandwidth does your signal occupy if the highest frequency of your voice is 3 kHz?
6 kHz
3 kHz
12 kHz
9 kHz
> An amplitude modulated radio signal carries two sidebands, one on each side of the carrier frequency.  The bandwidth of a sideband is determined by the highest modulating frequency.
B-003-011-008    3-11-8
What frequency components are present in the bandwidth of an amplitude modulated signal?
Carrier and two sidebands
Two sidebands
One sideband
Carrier and one sideband
> An amplitude modulated radio signal carries two sidebands, one on each side of the carrier frequency.  The bandwidth of a sideband is determined by the highest modulating frequency.
B-003-011-009    3-11-9
An RF oscillator should be electrically and mechanically stable. This is to ensure that the oscillator does NOT:
drift in frequency over time
become overmodulated
generate key clicks
cause undue distortion
> Key word:  STABLE.  Absence of frequency "drift".  A good oscillator remains on frequency despite mechanical vibrations, voltage or temperature variations.
B-003-011-010    3-11-10
The DC power to the final stage of your transmitter is 200 watts and the RF output is 125 watts. What has happened to the rest of the power?
It has been dissipated as heat
It has been used to provide greater efficiency
It has been used to provide negative feedback
It has been used to provide positive feedback
> Power Amplifiers have a certain 'efficiency', the ratio of DC power required to obtain an RF output.  The difference goes up in heat.  This is the reason for the 'heat sinks' on the back of transmitters.
B-003-011-011    3-11-11
The difference between DC input power and RF output power of a transmitter RF amplifier:
appears as heat
is lost in the transmission line
is due to oscillations
radiates from the antenna
> Power Amplifiers have a certain 'efficiency', the ratio of DC power required to obtain an RF output.  The difference goes up in heat.  This is the reason for the 'heat sinks' on the back of transmitters.
B-003-012-001    3-12-1
What may happen if an SSB transmitter is operated with the microphone gain set too high?
It may interfere with other stations operating near its frequency
It may cause harmonic interference on higher bands
It may cause interference to other stations operating on lower bands
It may cause digital interference to computer equipment
> Key words:  MICROPHONE GAIN SET TOO HIGH.  This leads to 'overmodulation' evidenced by distorted speech plus using excessive bandwidth on the air (splatter) which interferes with stations using adjacent frequencies ('out-of-channel emissions').
B-003-012-002    3-12-2
What may happen if an SSB transmitter is operated with too much speech processing?
It may cause audio distortion or splatter interference to other stations operating near its frequency
It may cause digital interference to computer equipment
It may cause insufficient modulation of the carrier
It may cause interference to other stations operating on a higher frequency band
> Key words:  TOO MUCH SPEECH PROCESSING.  'Speech processing' is raising the average amplitude of the audio input from the microphone closer to an acceptable peak value: i.e., make every passage of the spoken words equally loud.  Too much speech processing leads to distortion and possibly driving the linear power amplifier with too large a signal (overdriving).  This leads to 'overmodulation' evidenced by distorted speech plus occupying excessive bandwidth on the air (splatter), which interferes with stations using adjacent frequencies ('out-of-channel emissions').
B-003-012-003    3-12-3
What is the term for the average power during one RF cycle, at the crest of the modulation envelope?
Peak envelope power
RMS power
Average radio frequency power
Peak transmitter input power
> Key word:  ENVELOPE.  PEP -- Peak Envelope Power ( a specification for SSB transmitters ):  the average power at the output of a transmitter during one cycle at a modulation peak.
B-003-012-004    3-12-4
What is the usual bandwidth of an amateur radio single-sideband signal?
Between 2 kHz and 3 kHz
1 kHz
2 kHz
Between 3 kHz and 6 kHz
> By transposing the voice signal into the radio spectrum, the SSB transmitter manages to only use the approximate bandwidth of the original modulation ( speech frequencies important for communications span 300 hertz to 3000 hertz, a bandwidth of 2700 hertz ).  SSB uses half the bandwidth of AM.
B-003-012-005    3-12-5
Why does the power amplifier of the SSB transmitter need to be linear?
Voice is unintelligible when amplified by a non-linear amplifier
Hum and noise are reduced
Power demand on the power supply is regulated
Power output variations due to voice peaks are reduced
> Single sideband is a form of amplitude modulation.  Excessive distortion would render the message incomprehensible.
B-003-012-006    3-12-6
What is one advantage of carrier suppression in a double sideband voice transmission?
More of the output power can be put into the sidebands
Only half the bandwidth is needed for the same information content
Greater modulation percentage is obtainable with lower distortion
Simpler equipment can be used to receive a double sideband suppressed carrier signal
> Plain AM (Amplitude Modulation) produces a radio carrier, an upper sideband and a lower sideband.  The sidebands are the ever-changing sum and differences in the modulating frequency (follows voice) and the carrier frequency (set at the operating frequency).  The carrier by itself does NOT convey information.  The message is in the sidebands.  Suppressing the carrier permits using the full capacity of the Power Amplifier for the sidebands.  Note:  Suppressing the carrier an one sideband yields Single Sideband.
B-003-012-007    3-12-7
What does overmodulation do to a single-sideband signal?
It becomes distorted and occupies more bandwidth
It increases the range of your signal
It occupies less bandwidth and has a poor high frequency response
It has higher fidelity and an improved signal-to-noise ratio
> 'Overmodulation' results in distorted speech plus using excessive bandwidth on the air (splatter) and interfering with stations using adjacent frequencies ('out-of-channel emissions').
B-003-012-008    3-12-8
How should the microphone gain control be adjusted for voice operation on a single-sideband transmitter?
Such that the maximum range on the ALC meter is never exceeded on voice peaks
For full deflection of the ALC meter
For 100% frequency deviation on voice peaks
For a dip in the drain or collector current
> Your owner's manual will say what reading is acceptable on the ALC meter.  The automatic level control is a feedback circuit from the power amplifier to an earlier amplifier stage which seeks to avoid overdriving the transmitter with too much audio.  When the ALC acts, it is a corrective action.  An infrequent ALC action on modulation peaks indicates that there is no overdriving.  If the ALC needed to intervene constantly, this would indicate that the operator is trying to feed too much audio through the transmitter.
B-003-012-009    3-12-9
The purpose of a balanced modulator in an SSB transmitter is to:
suppress the carrier and pass the two sidebands
make sure that the carrier and both sidebands are 180 degrees out of phase
ensure that the percentage of modulation is kept constant
suppress the carrier and pass one sideband
> The SSB Transmitter block diagram:  The balanced modulator takes in two signals:  a fixed frequency from an RF Oscillator and the microphone signal after it has passed through a speech amplifier.   The balanced modulator produces a double-sideband suppressed-carrier signal.   After the balanced modulator, a filter selects the desired sideband.  This SSB signal is mixed with a variable frequency oscillator (VFO) signal by a mixer.  Out of the mixer, the SSB signal is now at the operating frequency and is taken through a power amplifier.  In the case of the SSB transmitter, this final power amplifier must be linear (distortion free).
B-003-012-010    3-12-10
Your SSB transmitter is set to operate lower sideband at 7100 kHz. With a single 1000 Hz tone as modulation, at which frequency is RF transmitted?
7099 kHz
7101 kHz
6100 kHz
8100 kHz
> In Amplitude Modulation, the position, along the radio spectrum, of a 'side frequency' within a sideband is the sum (or difference) of the modulating frequency and carrier frequency.  The statement is also true with Single Sideband (SSB) where the carrier has been suppressed:  the position of a 'side frequency' only has meaning in relation to the position of the phantom carrier.  Suitable demodulation at the receiving end supposes that the "carrier is reinserted" so that each side frequency (a great number of which form a sideband) can be rendered as an exact audio frequency.
B-003-012-011    3-12-11
The automatic level control (ALC) in an SSB transmitter:
limits the input audio peaks so that the transmitter is not overdriven
reduces transmitter audio feedback
increases the occupied bandwidth
reduces system noise
> Your owner's manual will say what reading is acceptable on the ALC meter.  The automatic level control is a feedback circuit from the power amplifier to an earlier amplifier stage, which seeks to avoid overdriving the transmitter with too much audio.  When the ALC acts, it is a corrective action.  An infrequent ALC action on modulation peaks indicates that there is no overdriving.  If the ALC needed to intervene constantly, this would indicate that the operator is trying to feed too much audio through the transmitter.

B-003-013-002    3-13-2
You are using an FM repeater configured for 5 kHz deviation, but your transmitter is set to 2.5 kHz deviation. What is the consequence?
Your audio will be low
Your audio will be distorted
Your range will be shorter
The repeater will not respond
> In frequency modulation (FM), a loud sound produces a large frequency deviation and a high-pitched sound produces rapid frequency deviation.  If the deviation setting on your transmitter is lower than expected, the effect will be the same as speaking too low.
B-003-013-003    3-13-3
What term defines the change in frequency caused by modulation in an FM transmitter?
Deviation
Spectrum spread
Shift
Modulation index
> In frequency modulation (FM), a loud sound produces a large frequency deviation and a high-pitched sound produces rapid frequency deviation.
B-003-013-004    3-13-4
What kind of emission would your FM transmitter produce if its microphone failed to work?
An unmodulated carrier
A frequency-modulated carrier
An amplitude-modulated carrier
A phase-modulated carrier
> The concept here is that IF NO AUDIO is fed into an FM transmitter, the carrier put out at the Power Amplifier has full amplitude anyway.  A carrier which conveys no message is an 'unmodulated carrier'.
B-003-013-005    3-13-5
Why is FM voice best for local VHF/UHF radio communications?
It provides a good signal-to-noise ratio at low RF signal levels
The carrier is not detectable
It is more resistant to distortion caused by reflected signals
Its RF carrier stays on frequency better than the AM modes
> FM -- Frequency Modulation.  As the process removes much of the electrical noise picked up along the way, weak signals can be rendered with a better 'signal to noise' ratio.  However, this comes at a price of more occupied bandwidth, 10 to 20 kilohertz in usual amateur radio communications.
B-003-013-006    3-13-6
What is the approximate bandwidth of a frequency modulated signal using 5 kHz deviation?
Between 10 kHz and 20 kHz
Less than 5 kHz
Between 5 kHz and 10 kHz
Greater than 20 kHz
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-003-013-007    3-13-7
How is a higher level of the modulating signal represented in an FM signal?
By a larger deviation of the carrier frequency
By a larger amplitude of the carrier
By a larger pulse width in the transmitted wave train
By a larger peak envelope power
> In frequency modulation (FM), a loud sound produces a large frequency deviation and a high-pitched sound produces rapid frequency deviation.
B-003-013-008    3-13-8
What modulation method is most closely related to frequency modulation?
Phase modulation
Multiplex modulation
Amplitude modulation
Pulse modulation
> Direct FM: Use a variable reactance element as one of the elements of an oscillator to cause frequency deviation.  Indirect FM: apply the modulating voltage to a variable reactance element connected to a tuned circuit later in the transmit chain, where it will produce phase modulation rather than frequency modulation.
B-003-013-009    3-13-9
Why isn't FM used as an amateur radio emission mode below 28 MHz?
The bandwidth would exceed limits in the regulations
The transmitter efficiency for this mode is low
Harmonics could not be attenuated to practical levels
The frequency stability would not be adequate
> The usual bandwidth of FM with 5 kHz deviation on amateur bands is between 10 to 20 kilohertz.  On the 10-metre band (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), maximum permitted bandwidth is 20 kHz.  "Radiotelephone signals in a frequency band below 29.50 MHz cannot be automatically retransmitted unless these signals are received from a station operated by a person qualified to transmit on frequencies below 29.50 MHz (RBR-4)."
B-003-013-010    3-13-10
Several stations report that your FM transmission is loud and distorted, but on frequency. Which of the following is the most probable cause of the distortion?
Speaking too loudly into the microphone
Setting the wrong CTCSS tone
Excessive transmit power
Cross-polarized antenna
> Key word:  DISTORTION.  'Overdeviation (FM)' or 'Overmodulation (AM, SSB)' results in distorted speech plus using excessive bandwidth on the air (splatter) and interfering with stations using adjacent frequencies ('out-of-channel emissions').
B-006-006-001    6-6-1
Which of the following antenna system conditions will cause a modern solid-state HF transceiver to automatically reduce power?
Excessive impedance mismatch between transceiver and transmission line
Transmitting to a balanced antenna with an unbalanced transmission line
Open circuit in lightning surge protector ground connection
Excessive antenna element movement in high winds
> A circuit, included at the output of the final amplifier, recognizes a  serious impedance mismatch in the antenna system and protects the amplifier by reducing output power.  This protection is generally present in all our transmitters.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L11} Propagation.

B-007-001-001    7-1-1
What type of wave propagation usually occurs between two nearby VHF transceivers?
Line-of-sight
Ducting
Ionospheric
Auroral
> Key words:  VHF, NEARBY.  The two antennas "see" one another.  'Line-of-sight' is also known as 'direct waves' in contrast with 'sky waves'.
B-007-001-002    7-1-2
What does near vertical incidence sky-wave (NVIS) propagation enable?
Medium range HF communications, especially in difficult terrain
Multi-hop HF worldwide communications
Regional communications above the critical frequency
Continent-wide communications
> Ground wave propagation present on long wavelengths (e.g., 160 m and 80 m) is of the order of 200 km.  One hop via the E layer of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 layer can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.  Near vertical incidence sky-wave (NVIS) propagation reaches beyond the ground wave into the skip zone.
B-007-001-003    7-1-3
When a signal is returned to Earth by the ionosphere, what is this called?
Sky-wave propagation
Tropospheric propagation
Ground-wave propagation
Earth-Moon-Earth propagation
> Sky Waves or 'ionospheric waves' rely on refraction in layers of the ionosphere.
B-007-001-004    7-1-4
On VHF and higher frequencies, why does the radio horizon extend beyond the visible horizon?
Normal refraction in the troposphere
Ionization in the troposphere
Diffraction caused by soil conductivity
Refraction in the D-region
> The radio horizon is about 15% further than the visible horizon.  The troposphere is the lower part of the atmosphere where we live.  Temperature, pressure and water vapour content change gradually with altitude.  Hence, the refractive index changes with altitude and leads to the refraction of radio waves.  Masses about the size of a wavelength with small differences in temperature, pressure and water vapour content are also found here and there in the troposphere.  These masses provoke another effect, namely, tropospheric scatter (troposcatter).
B-007-001-005    7-1-5
What type of wave is commonly known as sky wave?
Ionospheric wave
Tropospheric wave
Scattered wave
Space wave
> Sky Waves or 'ionospheric waves' rely on refraction in layers of the ionosphere.
B-007-001-006    7-1-6
What portion of a radio signal is directly affected by the surface of the Earth?
Ground wave
Tropospheric wave
Ionospheric wave
Scattered wave
> Key words:  SURFACE OF THE EARTH.  "A special form of diffraction.  Bending results when the lower part of the wave front loses energy due to currents induced in the ground (ARRL Handbook)".  Ground Wave propagation present on long wavelengths (e.g., 160 m and 80 m) is of the order of 200 km.
B-007-001-007    7-1-7
What makes radiocommunication out to 200 km possible at lower HF frequencies during the daytime?
Ground wave
Tropospheric ducting
Skip wave
Space wave
> "A ground wave is the result of a special form of diffraction that primarily affects longer wavelength vertically polarized radio waves.  It is most apparent in the 80 and 160-metre amateur bands, where practical ground-wave distances may extend beyond 200 km.  It is also the primary mechanism used by AM broadcast stations in the medium-wave bands.  The term ground wave is often mistakenly applied to any short-distance communication, but the actual mechanism is unique to the longer-wave bands. (...)  Ground wave is most useful during the day at 1.8 and 3.5 MHz, when D layer absorption makes sky wave propagation more difficult." (ARRL Handbook 2012).
B-007-001-008    7-1-8
Considering the bands from 160 metres to 6 metres, which band offers the greatest ground-wave propagation distance?
160 metres
40 metres
10 metres
6 metres
> "The actual mechanism is unique to longer wavelengths (ARRL Handbook)".  Ground Wave (about 200 km) is most apparent on 160 m and 80 m.  "A special form of diffraction.  Bending results when the lower part of the wave front loses energy due to currents induced in the ground (ARRL Handbook)".
B-007-001-009    7-1-9
What type of radio wave follows a path from the transmitter to the ionosphere and back to Earth?
Sky wave
Direct wave
Scattered wave
Plane wave
> Key word:  IONOSPHERE.  Sky Waves or 'ionospheric waves' rely on refraction in layers of the ionosphere.
B-007-001-010    7-1-10
Reception of high frequency (HF) radio waves beyond 4000 km is generally made possible by:
ionospheric wave
ground wave
scattered wave
space wave
> One hop via the E layer of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 layer can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-002-001    7-2-1
What causes the ionosphere to form?
Solar radiation ionizing the outer atmosphere
Lightning ionizing the outer atmosphere
Release of fluorocarbons into the atmosphere
Temperature changes ionizing the outer atmosphere
> Ultraviolet (UV) radiation and particles emanating from the Sun break down molecules in the ionosphere to form charged ions.
B-007-002-002    7-2-2
What type of solar radiation is most responsible for ionization in the outer atmosphere?
Ultraviolet
Microwave
Ionized particles
Infrared
> Ultraviolet (UV) radiation and particles emanating from the Sun break down molecules in the ionosphere to form charged ions.
B-007-002-003    7-2-3
Which ionospheric region is closest to the Earth?
The D region
The E region
The F region
The A region
> Above the troposphere and stratosphere, the regions of the ionosphere are:  D, E, F1 and F2 (from lowest to highest).
B-007-002-004    7-2-4
Which region of the ionosphere is the least useful for long-distance radio-wave propagation?
The D region
The F2 region
The F1 region
The E region
> The D layer, lowest of the regions, is fairly dense.  Once ionized during daylight hours, it ABSORBS lower frequencies ( i.e., 160 m and 80 m ).
B-007-002-005    7-2-5
Which region of the ionosphere separates into two sub-regions in the daytime?
The F region
The E region
The D region
The G region
> Key word:  SUB-REGIONS.  The F1 and F2 sub-regions present during the day combine at night to form the F region.  D and E are two distinct regions of their own.
B-007-002-006    7-2-6
When is the ionosphere most ionized?
Midday
Dawn
Midnight
Dusk
> Key word:  MOST.  At midday, with the Sun shining directly at the ionosphere, ionization is most intense.  As the Sun sets and throughout the night, ions recombine (how quickly depending on the density of a given layer) so that ionization is minimum right before dawn (sunrise).
B-007-002-007    7-2-7
When is ionization at a minimum in the ionosphere?
Shortly before dawn
Just after noon
Just after dusk
Shortly before midnight
> Key word:  LEAST.  At midday, with the Sun shining directly at the ionosphere, ionization is most intense.  As the Sun sets and throughout the night, ions recombine (how quickly depending on the density of a given layer) so that ionization is minimum right before dawn (sunrise).
B-007-002-008    7-2-8
Why is the F2 region mainly responsible for the longest distance radio-wave propagation?
Because it is the highest ionospheric region
Because it exists only at night
Because it is the lowest ionospheric region
Because it does not absorb radio waves as much as other ionospheric regions
> Above the troposphere and stratosphere, the regions of the ionosphere are:  D, E, F1 and F2 (from lowest to highest).
B-007-002-009    7-2-9
What is the main reason the 160-metre and 80-metre bands tend to be useful only for short-distance communications during daylight hours?
Because of D region absorption
Because of signal scattering
Because of E region ionization
Because of E region absorption
> The D region, lowest of the regions, is fairly dense.  Once ionized during daylight hours, it ABSORBS lower frequencies ( i.e., 160 m and 80 m ).
B-007-002-010    7-2-10
During the day, what two sub-regions appear in the ionosphere?
F1 and F2
D1 and D2
E1 and E2
B1 and B2
> The F1 and F2 sub-regions present during the day combine at night to form the F region.  The other designations simply do not exist.
B-007-002-011    7-2-11
What is the position of the E region in the ionosphere?
Below the F region
Below the D region
Above the C region
Above the F region
> From the Earth up and above the troposphere and stratosphere, the regions of the ionosphere are:  D, E, F1 and F2.
B-007-003-001    7-3-1
What term describes an area that is too distant for reception of ground waves, but too close for reception of ionospheric waves?
Skip zone
Shadow zone
Scatter zone
Propagation zone
> The Skip Zone is a zone of silence beyond the reach of the Ground Wave but closer than the nearest point where the Sky Wave returns to Earth.
B-007-003-002    7-3-2
What is the maximum distance along the Earth's surface that is normally covered in one hop using the F2 region?
4 000 km
12 000 km
2 000 km
300 km
> One hop via the E region of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 sub-region can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-003-003    7-3-3
What is the maximum distance along the Earth's surface that is normally covered in one hop using the E region?
2000 km
300 km
4000 km
1000 km
> One hop via the E region of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 sub-region can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-003-004    7-3-4
Skip zone is:
a zone between the end of the ground wave and the point where the first ionosphere-refracted wave returns to Earth
a zone of silence caused by lost sky waves
a zone between any two refracted waves
a zone between the antenna and the return of the first refracted wave
> The Skip Zone is a zone of silence beyond the reach of the Ground Wave but closer than the nearest point where the Sky Wave returns to Earth.
B-007-003-005    7-3-5
The distance to Europe from your location is approximately 5000 km. What type of high frequency (HF) propagation is the most likely to work?
Multi-hop
Sporadic "E"
Back scatter
Tropospheric scatter
> One hop via the E layer of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 layer can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-003-006    7-3-6
Assuming constant ionosphere region height, how does a higher radiation angle affect skip distance?
It decreases, due to the geometry of the signal path
It decreases, due to the decrease in critical frequency
It increases, due to the geometry of the signal path
It increases, due to the increase in critical frequency
> How far one hop through the ionosphere reaches depends on the take-off angle of the wave with respect to ground ( the lower, the further )  AND  the height of the layer where refraction takes place ( the higher, the further ).  One hop via the E layer of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 layer can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-003-007    7-3-7
On a double-hop path involving the surface of the Earth as a middle point, what phenomenon returns the radio wave to the ionosphere?
Reflection
Refraction
Diffraction
Scattering
> Following refraction in the ionosphere, a sky wave may be reflected by the surface of an ocean or ground.
B-007-003-008    7-3-8
Skip distance is the:
minimum distance reached by a signal after one reflection by the ionosphere
maximum distance reached by a signal after one reflection by the ionosphere
minimum distance reached by a ground-wave signal
maximum distance a signal will travel by both a ground wave and reflected wave
> Skip Distance is the "nearest point where the sky wave returns".
B-007-003-009    7-3-9
Skip is a term associated with signals from the ionosphere. What causes skip?
Refraction by the ionosphere
Selective fading of local signals
High gain antennas are being used
Local cloud cover
> The phenomenon that returns certain radio waves to Earth is primarily refraction.
B-007-003-010    7-3-10
The skip distance of a sky wave will be greatest when the:
angle between the ground and the emitted radiation is smallest
polarization is vertical
ionosphere is most densely ionized
signal given out is strongest
> How far one hop through the ionosphere reaches depends on the take-off angle of the wave with respect to ground ( the lower, the further )  AND  the height of the region where refraction takes place ( the higher, the further ).  One hop via the E region of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 sub-region can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-003-011    7-3-11
How does an increase in the height of the refracting region affect skip distance?
It increases, due to the geometry of the signal path
It increases, due to the increase in critical frequency
It decreases, due to the geometry of the signal path
It decreases, due to the increase in critical frequency
> How far one hop through the ionosphere reaches depends on the take-off angle of the wave with respect to ground ( the lower, the further )  AND  the height of the region where refraction takes place ( the higher, the further ).  One hop via the E region of the ionosphere can reach 2000 km.  One hop via the F2 sub-region can reach 4000 km.  Multiple hops cover greater distances.
B-007-004-001    7-4-1
What effect does the D region of the ionosphere have on lower frequency HF waves in the daytime?
It absorbs the waves
It bends the radio waves out into space
It refracts the radio waves back to Earth
It distorts the waves
> The D region, lowest of the regions, is fairly dense.  Once ionized during daylight hours, it ABSORBS lower frequencies ( i.e., 160 m and 80 m ).
B-007-004-002    7-4-2
Why can you not hear distant 160-metre and AM broadcast stations during daytime hours?
The ionization of the D region
The presence of ionized clouds in the E region
The splitting of the F region into two sub-regions
The weather below the ionosphere
> The D region, lowest of the regions, is fairly dense.  Once ionized during daylight hours, it ABSORBS lower frequencies ( i.e., 160 m and 80 m ).
B-007-004-003    7-4-3
A radio transmission may follow two or more different paths during propagation, and this may result in phase differences at the receiver. What is the effect at the receiver?
Fading
Wavering
Absorption
Intermodulation
> Parts of a wave arriving with differences in phase (selective fading) cause a fluctuation in the perceived signal.  Signals with large bandwidths are more susceptible to selective fading.  SSB is less affected.  [ "Selective fading:  fading which affects unequally the different spectral components of a modulated radio wave" (IEC). ]
B-007-004-004    7-4-4
While using a 2-metre hand-held transceiver in an urban setting, you notice that moving less than one metre can severely attenuate your received signal. What is the likely cause?
Signals arriving on different paths cancel one another
Overhead power lines create a Faraday cage
Underground conduits change ground conductivity
Passing vehicles absorb the radio signals
> When copies of a radio signal arrive at your receiver after following different paths, different distances can lead to phase differences (multipath propagation).  Copies of a signal with opposing phases cancel one another.
B-007-004-005    7-4-5
A transmitted radio signal reaches a receiver by both one-hop and two-hop skip paths. What can small changes in the ionosphere cause?
Variations in signal strength
Consistently weaker signals
Consistently stronger signals
A shift in signal frequency
> This effect called 'multipath' (where copies of the same signal arrive with phase differences after travelling different path lengths) causes Rapid Fading.
B-007-004-006    7-4-6
What can be done to continue HF communications during a sudden ionospheric disturbance (SID)?
Try a higher frequency band
Try the other sideband
Try a different antenna polarization
Try a different frequency shift
> A Sudden Ionospheric Disturbance is a sudden rise in radiation, due to solar flares, which increases D-region ABSORPTION for an hour or so.  The only option is to "try a higher frequency band" in an attempt to cut through the absorption.
B-007-004-007    7-4-7
On the VHF and UHF bands, the polarization of the receiving antenna in relation to the transmitting antenna is very important, yet on HF bands it is relatively unimportant. Why is that so?
The refraction in the ionosphere changes the wave's polarization
The polarization of ground waves and ionospheric waves continually varies
The refraction forces the wave's polarization to vertical
The polarization of ionospheric waves varies depending on the entry angle into the refracting region
> As a radio wave travels through the changing regions of the ionosphere and is refracted back to Earth, wave polarization will have changed many times.
B-007-004-008    7-4-8
What causes selective fading?
Phase differences between radio wave components of the same transmission, as experienced at the receiving station
Small changes in directional antenna heading at the receiving station
Time differences between the receiving and transmitting stations
Large changes in the height of the ionosphere at the receiving station ordinarily occurring shortly before sunrise and sunset
> Parts of a wave arriving with differences in phase (selective fading) cause a fluctuation in the perceived signal.  Signals with large bandwidths are more susceptible to selective fading.  SSB is less affected.  [ "Selective fading:  fading which affects unequally the different spectral components of a modulated radio wave" (IEC). ]
B-007-004-009    7-4-9
How does the bandwidth of a transmitted signal affect selective fading?
It is more pronounced at wide bandwidths
It is the same for both wide and narrow bandwidths
Only the receiver bandwidth determines the selective fading effect
It is more pronounced at narrow bandwidths
> Parts of a wave arriving with differences in phase (selective fading) cause a fluctuation in the perceived signal.  Signals with large bandwidths are more susceptible to selective fading.  SSB is less affected.  [ "Selective fading:  fading which affects unequally the different spectral components of a modulated radio wave" (IEC). ]
B-007-004-010    7-4-10
What effect do refraction, reflection and Faraday rotation have on a radio wave?
Change the polarization
Increase the speed of propagation
Increase the occupied bandwidth
Change the wavelength
> As a radio wave travels through the changing regions of the ionosphere and is refracted back to Earth, wave polarization will have changed many times.
B-007-004-011    7-4-11
If a radio transmission follows two or more different paths during propagation, the received signal may degrade due to fading. What other type of degradation can occur?
Phase distortion
Frequency shift
Heterodyne squeal
Higher noise floor
> "Phase shift distortion, also known as 'envelope delay distortion', is where the propagation time of different frequencies through an audio communications link varies. For example, a 1 kHz frequency may take 0.5 ms to propagate through a radio link while a 2 kHz may take 1.5 ms to propagate through the same link. This plays havoc with a digital signal waveform, as all associated harmonics become distorted." [Practical Radio Engineering and Telemetry for Industry, David Bailey, Elsevier, 2003]
B-007-005-001    7-5-1
How do sunspots change the ionization of the atmosphere?
The more sunspots there are, the greater the ionization
The more sunspots there are, the lesser the ionization
Unless there are sunspots, the ionization is zero
They have no effect
> The number of sunspots visible on the surface of the Sun is related to overall solar activity.  The higher the sunspot numbers, the higher the emission of Ultraviolet (UV) and particles.  Ionization is directly influenced by the level of radiation.
B-007-005-002    7-5-2
How long is an average sunspot cycle?
11 years
17 years
5 years
7 years
> Key word:  AVERAGE.  The duration of the solar cycles varies from 7 to 17 years but the AVERAGE is 11 YEARS.
B-007-005-003    7-5-3
What is solar flux?
The radio frequency energy emitted by the sun
A measure of the tilt of the Earth's ionosphere on the side toward the sun
The number of sunspots on the side of the sun facing the Earth
The density of the sun's magnetic field
> The Sun's activity can be observed by visually counting sunspots but also by measuring noise at a microwave frequency.  Sunspot numbers and solar flux are well co-related.  The measurement of the solar flux is reported as a Solar Flux Index.
B-007-005-004    7-5-4
What is the solar-flux index?
A measure of solar activity that is taken at a specific frequency
Another name for the smoothed sunspot number (SSN)
A measure of solar activity that compares daily readings with results from the last six months
A measure of solar activity that is taken annually
> The Sun's activity can be observed by visually counting sunspots but also by measuring noise at a microwave frequency.  Sunspot numbers and solar flux are well co-related.  The measurement of the solar flux is reported as a Solar Flux Index.
B-007-005-005    7-5-5
What influences all radiocommunication beyond ground wave or line-of-sight ranges?
Solar radiation
The F2 region of the ionosphere
The F1 region of the ionosphere
Lunar tidal effects
> Because the Sun affects the ionosphere and the troposphere (e.g., temperature inversions), it can be said that it has an influence on all radiocommunications.
B-007-005-006    7-5-6
What effect of the sun's activity influences ionospheric propagation on a daily basis?
Electromagnetic and particle radiation
Solar wind
Infrared radiation
Coronal mass ejections (CME)
> Ultraviolet (UV) rays, a form of electromagnetic radiation, and particles [namely alpha and beta] are responsible for ionization in the ionosphere.
B-007-005-007    7-5-7
When sunspot numbers are high, how is propagation affected?
Frequencies up to 40 MHz or even higher become usable for long-distance communication
High frequency radio signals are absorbed
Frequencies up to 100 MHz or higher are normally usable for long-distance communication
High frequency radio signals become weak and distorted
> Maximum Usable Frequencies (MUF) in the range of 30 to 50 MHz become possible during solar cycle peaks.  Stronger ionization allows upper regions of the ionosphere to refract higher frequencies rather than let them escape into space (as is the case during solar cycle lows).
B-007-005-008    7-5-8
All communication frequencies throughout the spectrum are affected in varying degrees by:
the sun
the ionosphere
auroras
meteor showers
> Because the Sun affects the ionosphere and the troposphere (e.g., temperature inversions), it can be said that it has an influence on all radiocommunications.
B-007-005-009    7-5-9
Average duration of a solar cycle is:
11 years
3 years
6 years
1 year
> Key word:  AVERAGE.  The duration of the solar cycles varies from 7 to 17 years but the AVERAGE is 11 YEARS.
B-007-005-010    7-5-10
The ability of the ionosphere to refract high frequency radio signals depends on:
the amount of solar radiation
the power of the transmitted signal
the receiver sensitivity
upper atmosphere weather conditions
> Ionization makes refraction possible.  Ultraviolet (UV) rays, a form of electromagnetic radiation, and particles [namely alpha and beta] are responsible for ionization in the ionosphere.
B-007-005-011    7-5-11
What is the major cause of cyclical changes in HF propagation?
Solar cycle
Magnetic pole drift cycle
Jet stream cycle
Auroral cycle
> Apart from daily variations in solar radiation, HF propagation is impacted by the solar cycles.  The duration of the solar cycles varies from 7 to 17 years but the AVERAGE is 11 YEARS.
B-007-006-001    7-6-1
Observatories probe the ionosphere at vertical incidence. What term describes the highest frequency that a region can reflect at the time?
Critical frequency
Maximum usable frequency
Optimum working frequency
Doppler frequency
> The 'Critical Frequency' is a measurement of the highest frequency that will be refracted back to Earth when sent straight up at a given time.  Above the critical frequency, the wave escapes into space.  How high the critical frequency is, relates to the ionization level.
B-007-006-002    7-6-2
What causes the maximum usable frequency to vary?
The amount of radiation received from the sun
The temperature of the ionosphere
The speed of the winds in the upper atmosphere
The type of weather just below the ionosphere
> The Maximum Usable Frequency (MUF) is the highest frequency usable for sky wave propagation between two points on the globe.  MUF varies with ionization levels (solar cycle, time of the day).  Maximum Usable Frequencies (MUF) in the range of 30 to 50 MHz become possible during solar cycle peaks.
B-007-006-003    7-6-3
What does maximum usable frequency mean?
The highest frequency at which a signal will reach a given destination
The lowest frequency at which a signal will reach a given destination
The highest frequency that is most absorbed by the ionosphere
The lowest frequency that is most absorbed by the ionosphere
> The Maximum Usable Frequency (MUF) is the highest frequency usable for sky wave propagation between two points on the globe.  MUF varies with ionization levels (solar cycle, time of the day).  Maximum Usable Frequencies (MUF) in the range of 30 to 50 MHz become possible during solar cycle peaks.
B-007-006-004    7-6-4
Why is communication possible between two continents at a frequency above the local critical frequency?
The signal enters the ionosphere at an oblique (inclined) angle
The sun's relative position differs between the two locations
Ionization is not uniform around the globe
A higher frequency cuts through absorption more easily
> he 'Critical Frequency' is a measurement of the highest frequency which will be refracted back to Earth when sent straight up at a given time.  If a wave enters the ionosphere at a lower angle, a useful refraction may have time to materialize.
B-007-006-005    7-6-5
What is one way to determine if the maximum usable frequency (MUF) is high enough to support 28 MHz propagation between your station and western Europe?
Listen for 10-metre beacon stations
Listen for 20-metre beacon stations
Listen for 31-metre broadcast stations
Listen for WWVH time signals on 15 MHz
> The 10 m band spans 28.0 MHz to 29.7 MHz.  'Beacons' are one-way automated stations maintained by amateurs which operate on known frequencies to permit evaluating propagation conditions.
B-007-006-006    7-6-6
What usually happens to radio waves with frequencies below the maximum usable frequency (MUF) when they are sent into the ionosphere?
They are bent back to the Earth
They are changed to a frequency above the MUF
They are completely absorbed by the ionosphere
They pass through the ionosphere
> As Maximum Usable Frequency (MUF) is the highest frequency usable for sky wave propagation between two points on the globe, lower frequencies are also refracted back to Earth.  In fact, the Optimum Working Frequency is somewhat lower than the MUF [85%].  Note that frequencies below the MUF are more subject to absorption and noise so a lower limit does exist.  Refraction of a given signal by the ionosphere is dependent on the frequency, the level of ionization and the angle of entry into the ionosphere.
B-007-006-007    7-6-7
At what point in the solar cycle does the 20-metre band usually support worldwide propagation during daylight hours?
At any point in the solar cycle
Only at the minimum point of the solar cycle
Only at the maximum point of the solar cycle
At the beginning of the solar cycle
> During solar peaks and solar lows, the 20-metre band (14.0 MHz to 14.35 MHz) usually supports worldwide communications during the day.
B-007-006-008    7-6-8
What happens daily when the solar UV radiation increases?
The maximum usable frequency increases
The atmospheric noise level decreases
Ground wave propagation decreases
Weather in the ionosphere changes
> The Maximum Usable Frequency (MUF) is the highest frequency usable for sky wave propagation between two points on the globe.  MUF varies with ionization levels (solar cycle, time of the day).  Maximum Usable Frequencies (MUF) in the range of 30 to 50 MHz become possible during solar cycle peaks.
B-007-006-009    7-6-9
When is propagation on the 80-metre band generally the LEAST effective?
Daytime in summer
Evening in winter
Evening in summer
Daytime in winter
> During the summer, two problems can affect 160 m and 80 m:  static from lightning (thunderstorms) and D-region absorption.  The D region, lowest of the regions, is fairly dense.  Once ionized during daylight hours, it ABSORBS lower frequencies ( i.e., 160 m and 80 m ).
B-007-006-010    7-6-10
The optimum working frequency provides the best long-range HF communication. Compared with the maximum usable frequency (MUF), it is usually:
slightly lower
double the MUF
half the MUF
slightly higher
> As Maximum Usable Frequency (MUF) is the highest frequency usable for sky wave propagation between two points on the globe, lower frequencies are also refracted back to Earth.  In fact the Optimum Working Frequency is somewhat lower than the MUF [85%].  Note that frequencies below the MUF are more subject to absorption and noise so a lower limit does exist.  Refraction of a given signal by the ionosphere is dependent on the frequency, the level of ionization and the angle of entry into the ionosphere.
B-007-006-011    7-6-11
During summer daytime, which bands are the most difficult for communications beyond ground wave?
160 metres and 80 metres
40 metres
30 metres
20 metres
> During the summer, two problems can affect 160 m and 80 m:  static from lightning (thunderstorms) and D-region absorption.  The D region, lowest of the regions, is fairly dense.  Once ionized during daylight hours, it ABSORBS lower frequencies ( i.e., 160 m and 80 m ).
B-007-007-001    7-7-1
Which ionospheric region most affects sky-wave propagation on the 6-metre band?
The E region
The F2 region
The F1 region
The D region
> At 50 MHz to 54 MHz, a 6-metre signal normally escapes into space.  However, 'Sporadic E' ( intense but temporary ionization of patches in the upper reaches of the E region ) can provide refraction paths for 6 metres.
B-007-007-002    7-7-2
What effect does tropospheric bending have on 2-metre radio waves?
It lets you contact stations farther away
It causes them to travel shorter distances
It distorts the signal
It interferes with short-range communications
> Key word:  BENDING.  Tropospheric bending : refraction occurs when a wave travels through masses of differing densities (humidity content) in the troposphere.  The wave travels further rather than escape right away into space.
B-007-007-003    7-7-3
What causes tropospheric ducting of radio waves?
A temperature inversion
Lightning between the transmitting and receiving stations
An aurora to the north
A very low-pressure area
> Key word:  DUCTING.  Wave gets caught (like in a waveguide) between sandwiched masses of different humidity contents.  A 'temperature inversion', where hot air masses find themselves riding over cooler air, leads to conditions supporting 'Ducting'.  Except for 'Tropo Ducting', common troposcatter (scattering through the troposphere) opens VHF paths out to 500 km for well-equipped stations (800 at the most).  'Tropospheric Ducting' permits distances beyond 800 km.
B-007-007-004    7-7-4
What term describes that portion of a transmitted wave kept close to the Earth's surface due to bending in the atmosphere?
Tropospheric wave
Scattered wave
Ground wave
Ionospheric wave
> Key word:  BENDING.  Tropospheric bending : refraction occurs when a wave travels through masses of differing densities (humidity content) in the troposphere.  The wave travels further rather than escape right away into space.
B-007-007-005    7-7-5
What is a sporadic-E condition?
Patches of dense ionization at E-region height
Occasional duct formation in the E region
Variations in E-region height caused by sunspot variations
A brief decrease in VHF signals caused by sunspot variations
> At 50 MHz to 54 MHz, a 6-metre signal normally escapes into space.  However, 'Sporadic E' ( intense but temporary ionization of patches in the upper reaches of the E region ) can provide refraction paths for 6 metres.
B-007-007-006    7-7-6
On which amateur radio band is the extended-distance propagation effect of sporadic-E most often observed?
6 metres
160 metres
20 metres
2 metres
> At 50 MHz to 54 MHz, a 6-metre signal normally escapes into space.  However, 'Sporadic E' ( intense but temporary ionization of patches in the upper reaches of the E region ) can provide refraction paths for 6 metres.
B-007-007-007    7-7-7
In the northern hemisphere, in which direction should a directional antenna be pointed to take maximum advantage of auroral propagation?
North
East
West
South
> Key word:  AURORA.  The arrival of high-energy particles from the Sun (e.g., after a solar flare) disturbs the Earth's magnetic field (a geomagnetic storm).  The resulting unusual ionization of gases in the E region above the poles produces the visual display known as 'aurora' ("Northern Lights").  Pointing antennas at the aurora front permit oblique paths to distant stations through back scattering.
B-007-007-008    7-7-8
Where in the ionosphere does auroral activity occur?
At E-region height
At F-region height
In the equatorial band
At D-region height
> Key word:  AURORA.  The arrival of high-energy particles from the Sun (e.g., after a solar flare) disturbs the Earth's magnetic field (a geomagnetic storm).  The resulting unusual ionization of gases in the E region above the poles produces the visual display known as 'aurora' ("Northern Lights").  Pointing antennas at the aurora front permit oblique paths to distant stations through back scattering.
B-007-007-009    7-7-9
Which analog emission mode is the most reliable in auroral propagation?
CW, because it is readable even when distorted
CW, because it resists fading
FM, because it is readable even when distorted
FM, because it resists fading
> The unstable front of the ionized regions and the ensuing scattering of the radio wave make for distorted signals, only the smaller bandwidth signals are usable.
B-007-007-010    7-7-10
Excluding enhanced propagation modes, what is the approximate range of normal VHF tropospheric propagation?
800 km
2400 km
3200 km
1600 km
> Common troposcatter (scattering through the troposphere) opens VHF paths out to 500 km for well-equipped stations (800 at the most).  'Tropospheric Ducting' (where a wave gets caught between sandwiched air masses during a 'temperature inversion') permits distances beyond 800 km.
B-007-007-011    7-7-11
What effect is responsible for propagating a VHF signal over 800 km?
Tropospheric ducting
Faraday rotation
D-region refraction
Ionospheric refraction
> Common troposcatter (scattering through the troposphere) opens VHF paths out to 500 km for well-equipped stations (800 at the most).  'Tropospheric Ducting' (where a wave gets caught between sandwiched air masses during a 'temperature inversion') permits distances beyond 800 km.
B-007-008-001    7-8-1
What kind of unusual HF propagation allows weak signals from the skip zone to be heard?
Scatter-mode
Sky-wave with low radiation angle
Ducting
Ground wave
> Key words:  UNUSUAL, WEAK.  "Beyond Ground Wave and too close for normal Sky Wave" is the 'Skip Zone', a zone of silence.  Out of the choices presented, the only explanation for propagation into the Skip Zone is HF SCATTER.  The signals will be weak and distorted.
B-007-008-002    7-8-2
If you receive a weak, distorted signal close to the maximum usable frequency, what type of propagation is probably occurring?
Scatter
Ground wave
Line-of-sight
Ducting
> Key words:  WEAK, DISTORTED.  Signals propagated via 'HF Scatter' have a characteristic weak and distorted (hollow, echo-like) sound.  The distortion is caused by multipath effects.  Unlike simple refraction, where the entire signal changes direction, scattering splits the signal in many directions (thus explaining the weakness).
B-007-008-003    7-8-3
What type of VHF/UHF propagation depends upon small variations in density and water-vapour content?
Tropospheric scatter
Tropospheric ducting
Ionospheric scatter
Sporadic-E
> The radio horizon is about 15% further than the visible horizon.  The troposphere is the lower part of the atmosphere where we live.  Temperature, pressure and water vapour content change gradually with altitude.  Hence, the refractive index changes with altitude and leads to the refraction of radio waves.  Masses about the size of a wavelength with small differences in temperature, pressure and water vapour content are also found here and there in the troposphere.  These masses provoke another effect, namely, tropospheric scatter (troposcatter).
B-007-008-004    7-8-4
What makes HF scatter signals often sound distorted?
Energy scattered into the skip zone through several radio-wave paths
Auroral activity and changes in the Earth's magnetic field
Propagation through ground waves that absorb much of the signal
The state of the E-region at the point of refraction
> Key words:  SCATTER, DISTORTED.  Signals propagated via 'HF Scatter' have a characteristic weak and distorted (hollow, echo-like) sound.  The distortion is caused by multipath effects.  Unlike simple refraction, where the entire signal changes direction, scattering splits the signal in many directions (thus explaining the weakness).
B-007-008-005    7-8-5
Why are HF scatter signals usually weak?
Only a small part of the signal energy is scattered into the skip zone
Propagation through ground waves absorbs most of the signal energy
The F region of the ionosphere absorbs most of the signal energy
Auroral activity absorbs most of the signal energy
> Key words:  SCATTER, WEAK.  Signals propagated via 'HF Scatter' have a characteristic weak and distorted (hollow, echo-like) sound.  The distortion is caused by multipath effects.  Unlike simple refraction, where the entire signal changes direction, scattering splits the signal in many directions (thus explaining the weakness).
B-007-008-006    7-8-6
What type of propagation may allow a weak high frequency (HF) signal to be heard at a distance too far for ground-wave propagation but too near for normal sky-wave propagation?
Scatter
Short-path skip
Sporadic-E skip
Tropospheric scatter
> "Beyond Ground Wave and too close for normal Sky Wave" is the 'Skip Zone', a zone of silence.  Out of the choices provided, the only explanation for propagation into the Skip Zone is HF SCATTER.
B-007-008-007    7-8-7
On the HF bands, when is scatter propagation most likely involved?
When you receive weak and distorted signals near the maximum usable frequency (MUF)
When the sunspot cycle is at a minimum and D-region absorption is high
At night when propagation is poor
When the F1 and F2 regions are combined
> Key words:  WEAK, DISTORTED.  "Special forms of F region scattering can create unusual paths within the skip zone.  Backscatter and sidescatter signals are usually observed just below the MUF for the direct path and allow communications not normally possible by other means. (...)  Backscattered signals are generally weak and have a characteristic hollow sound." (ARRL Handbook 2012)
B-007-008-008    7-8-8
Tropospheric scatter frequently explains VHF/UHF communications well beyond the radio horizon. What makes this propagation mode possible?
Small variations in the properties of the lower atmosphere
Ionized patches in the troposphere
Increased daytime ionization of the D region
Local cloud cover
> The radio horizon is about 15% further than the visible horizon.  The troposphere is the lower part of the atmosphere where we live.  Temperature, pressure and water vapour content change gradually with altitude.  Hence, the refractive index changes with altitude and leads to the refraction of radio waves.  Masses about the size of a wavelength with small differences in temperature, pressure and water vapour content are also found here and there in the troposphere.  These masses provoke another effect, namely, tropospheric scatter (troposcatter).
B-007-008-009    7-8-9
Meteor scatter is most effective on what band?
6 metres
40 metres
15 metres
160 metres
> 30 MHz to 100 MHz is the range where 'Meteor Scatter' is most effective.  This makes the 6 m amateur band (50 MHz to 54 MHz) the band of choice for Meteor Scatter.
B-007-008-010    7-8-10
What is the effect of scattering on a radio wave?
The wave gets redirected in many directions
The wave is gradually bent
A portion of the wave abruptly changes direction
The wave is absorbed by the medium
> When a wave is split and redirected in multiple directions after hitting a rough surface or propagating through a medium with masses of varying densities, this is scattering.  Refraction and reflection are distinct phenomena.
B-007-008-011    7-8-11
In which frequency range is meteor scatter most effective for extended-range communication?
30 MHz to 100 MHz
10 MHz to 30 MHz
3 MHz to 10 MHz
100 MHz to 150 MHz
> 30 MHz to 100 MHz is the range where 'Meteor Scatter' is most effective.  This makes the 6 m amateur band (50 MHz to 54 MHz) the band of choice for Meteor Scatter.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L12} Receivers.

B-003-003-001    3-3-1
In a superheterodyne receiver, which stage is called the front-end?
RF amplifier
Local oscillator
AF amplifier
Limiter
> In a receiver, an RF amplifier is generally used to amplify the tiny signal (i.e., microvolts) arriving from the antenna.  As those signals are really weak, the first amplifier stage must introduce as little supplementary noise as possible.  Once amplified, the incoming signal is fed to the mixer.
B-003-003-002    3-3-2
In a VHF superheterodyne receiver, which stage must be designed to produce very little noise?
RF amplifier
Product detector
IF amplifier
Limiter
> In a receiver, an RF amplifier is generally used to amplify the tiny signal (i.e., microvolts) arriving from the antenna.  As those signals are really weak, the first amplifier stage must introduce as little supplementary noise as possible.  Once amplified, the incoming signal is fed to the mixer.
B-003-003-003    3-3-3
In a superheterodyne receiver, which stage allows detection to function at a single frequency regardless of the received frequency?
Mixer
Limiter
IF filter
Discriminator
> The mixer in a receiver takes in the incoming signal and mixes it with a local oscillator to transpose (usually down) the incoming signal to a fixed intermediate frequency (the Superheterodyne concept).  Using a fixed and lower intermediate frequency regardless of operating frequency facilitates the achievement of high gain and selectivity.  Changing the operating frequency is a simple matter of changing the frequency of the local oscillator.
B-003-003-004    3-3-4
In a superheterodyne receiver, which stage sets the received frequency?
Local oscillator
RF amplifier
IF filter
Beat frequency oscillator
> The mixer in a receiver takes in the incoming signal and mixes it with a local oscillator to transpose (usually down) the incoming signal to a fixed intermediate frequency (the Superheterodyne concept).  Using a fixed and lower intermediate frequency regardless of operating frequency facilitates the achievement of high gain and selectivity.  Changing the operating frequency is a simple matter of changing the frequency of the local oscillator.
B-003-003-005    3-3-5
In a superheterodyne receiver, which stage rejects signals on adjacent channels?
IF filter
Mixer
Limiter
Product detector
> As opposed to the front-end that can be relatively wide, the IF chain in a superheterodyne receiver sets the final bandwidth so only one channel is received at a time.
B-003-003-006    3-3-6
In a superheterodyne receiver, which stage provides the final signal power to drive the detector?
IF amplifier
RF amplifier
Speech amplifier
Frequency multiplier
> In a superheterodyne receiver, the intermediate frequency chain supplies most of the gain and detection is performed on the amplified intermediate frequency signal.
B-003-003-007    3-3-7
In an FM receiver, what is the purpose of the limiter?
Remove amplitude variations from the received signal
Suppress local oscillator harmonics
Prevent overdriving the IF amplifier
Maintain constant input level to the mixer
> Detection (recovery of the original message) in a frequency modulation receiver is performed by the 'discriminator'.  The discriminator translates frequency deviation back to audio.  Early discriminators were sensitive to amplitude variations and needed to be preceded by a 'limiter' to remove amplitude variations from the received signal.  Limiters are an integral part of an FM system, as they cut down the influence of noise.
B-003-003-008    3-3-8
In an FM receiver, what is the purpose of the discriminator?
Recover the original modulation from the carrier
Select narrowband or wideband FM reception
Remove amplitude modulation from the received signal
Provide most of the receiver's selectivity
> Detection (recovery of the original message) in a frequency modulation receiver is performed by the 'discriminator'.  The discriminator translates frequency deviation back to audio.  Early discriminators were sensitive to amplitude variations and needed to be preceded by a 'limiter' to remove amplitude variations from the received signal.  Limiters are an integral part of an FM system, as they cut down the influence of noise.
B-003-003-009    3-3-9
In a receiver, which stage is controlled by the volume control?
AF amplifier
Limiter
Discriminator
IF amplifier
> Most receivers rely on an audio amplifier to provide sufficient volume from the loudspeaker.
B-003-003-010    3-3-10
In an FM receiver, which stage includes a squelch circuit?
AF amplifier
Limiter
IF amplifier
Product detector
> In an FM receiver, a very large gain is required ahead of the limiter so it can work effectively.  The consequence of that gain is a very loud noise in the absence of a signal at the operating frequency.  To counter that annoyance, a "squelch" circuit is included in the audio stage to silence the noise in the absence of a signal. 
B-003-005-001    3-5-1
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the antenna?
Convert electromagnetic waves into electrical currents
Protect the receiver from overload
Polarize signals received via sky-wave propagation
Separate signals from atmospheric noise
> Regardless of the emission mode, the receiving antenna produces tiny electrical signals with the same frequency as the electromagnetic waves that propagate past it.
B-003-005-002    3-5-2
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the radio frequency (RF) amplifier?
Increase the sensitivity of the receiver
Provide sufficient drive for the automatic gain control circuit (AGC)
Increase the local oscillator signal to drive the mixer
Provide sufficient gain to activate the limiter circuit
> In a receiver, an RF amplifier is generally used to amplify the tiny signal (i.e., microvolts) arriving from the antenna.  As those signals are really weak, the first amplifier stage must introduce as little supplementary noise as possible.  Once amplified, the incoming signal is fed to the mixer.
B-003-005-003    3-5-3
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the mixer?
Convert the received signal into the intermediate frequency
Convert the beat frequency oscillator signal to audio
Provide USB and LSB signals for sideband selection
Remove the carrier from the received signal
> The mixer accepts two inputs:  the incoming signal and the local oscillator.  Mixing returns two new products:  the sum of the two inputs and the difference of the two inputs.  The IF filter seeks to let only one of the products into the intermediate frequency chain for amplification through the IF Amplifier.
B-003-005-004    3-5-4
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the signal generated by the local oscillator?
It is mixed with the incoming signal to produce the intermediate frequency
It is mixed with the beat frequency oscillator signal to produce audio
It is fed to the receiver input to provide band edge markers
It is mixed with the intermediate frequency signal to produce a CW sidetone
> The mixer in a receiver takes in the incoming signal and mixes it with a local oscillator to transpose (usually down) the incoming signal to a fixed intermediate frequency (the Superheterodyne concept).  Using a fixed and lower intermediate frequency regardless of operating frequency facilitates the achievement of high gain and selectivity.  Changing the operating frequency is a simple matter of changing the frequency of the local oscillator.
B-003-005-005    3-5-5
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the intermediate frequency (IF) filter?
Provide most of the selectivity of the receiver
For SSB reception, select the desired sideband
Suppress spurious signals from the IF amplifier
Reject RF from the product detector, passing only audio
> As opposed to the front-end that can be relatively wide, the IF chain in a superheterodyne receiver sets the final bandwidth so only one channel is received at a time.
B-003-005-006    3-5-6
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the intermediate frequency (IF) amplifier?
Provide most of the receiver gain
Boost the signal as required for the mixer
Increase the level of the recovered modulation
Provide sufficient gain to activate the limiter circuit
> In a superheterodyne receiver, the intermediate frequency chain supplies most of the gain and detection is performed on the amplified intermediate frequency signal.
B-003-005-007    3-5-7
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the product detector?
Recover the transmitted modulation
For SSB reception, reject the unwanted sideband
Convert audio frequency electrical signals into sound
Detect frequency drift to control the local oscillator
> In an SSB/CW receiver, detection (recovery of the message) is performed by a 'product detector'.  The 'product detector' mixes the intermediate frequency with a signal from the beat frequency oscillator (BFO) to transpose the IF signal down to the audible range.  The demodulated signal is applied to an audio amplifier to provide sufficient drive for the loudspeaker.
B-003-005-008    3-5-8
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the signal produced by the beat frequency oscillator (BFO)?
It is mixed with the IF to recover the transmitted modulation
It is mixed with the incoming signal to produce the intermediate frequency
It drives the automatic gain control circuit to maintain a constant audio level
It is fed to the receiver input to provide band edge markers
> In an SSB/CW receiver, detection (recovery of the message) is performed by a 'product detector'.  The 'product detector' mixes the intermediate frequency with a signal from the beat frequency oscillator (BFO) to transpose the IF signal down to the audible range.  The demodulated signal is applied to an audio amplifier to provide sufficient drive for the loudspeaker.
B-003-005-009    3-5-9
In an SSB/CW receiver, what is the purpose of the audio frequency (AF) amplifier?
Increase the level of the recovered modulation
Convert audio frequency electrical signals into sound
Increase the BFO signal for driving the product detector
Provide audible warning of receiver overload
> In an SSB/CW receiver, detection (recovery of the message) is performed by a 'product detector'.  The 'product detector' mixes the intermediate frequency with a signal from the beat frequency oscillator (BFO) to transpose the IF signal down to the audible range.  The demodulated signal is applied to an audio amplifier to provide sufficient drive for the loudspeaker.
B-003-005-010    3-5-10
In an SSB/CW receiver, which stage could include an audio band-pass filter?
AF amplifier
IF amplifier
IF filter
Limiter
> If an even sharper bandwidth is desired, it is possible to add selectivity in the audio chain.
B-003-010-001    3-10-1
Which series of emission modes listed below is in order from the narrowest bandwidth to the widest bandwidth?
CW, SSB voice and FM voice
CW, FM voice and SSB voice
FM voice, SSB voice and CW
SSB voice, CW and FM voice
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-003-010-002    3-10-2
The figure in a receiver's specifications which indicates its sensitivity is the:
RF input signal needed to achieve a given signal-to-noise ratio
audio output in watts
bandwidth of the IF in kilohertz
number of RF amplifiers
> A measurement of the 'Signal to Noise' ratio shows how well an incoming signal overcomes the inherent internal noise of a receiver.  A sensitive receiver will render more signal and little remaining noise (less background noise on the reproduced signal) when compared to the base noise in the receiver.  Measuring how strong a signal is required to produce a given 'S/N' ratio permits comparing receiver sensitivities.
B-003-010-003    3-10-3
What are the two signal parameters presented to the user on the waterfall display (spectrogram) of a modern receiver?
Amplitude and frequency
Frequency and phase
Phase and bandwidth
Bandwidth and digital mode
> A "waterfall" display presents various frequencies along its horizontal axis and the strength of signals as different colours.
B-003-010-004    3-10-4
What is the function of automatic gain control (AGC) in a receiver?
Limit the change in volume due to large signal strength variations
Remove high-amplitude short-duration noise pulses
Improve the signal-to-distortion ratio of the detector
Maximize overall gain for greater sensitivity
> The primary purpose of the AGC is to constrain sound volume as weak signals and very strong signals appeared in the passband.  [The secondary function is to ensure each stage is fed signals at an appropriate level for optimum operation.]
B-003-010-005    3-10-5
For which of the following emission modes is it important for the receiver to be tuned accurately (within 100 Hz)?
SSB
AM
FM
CW
> In SSB, the FREQUENCY of the original modulating signal is conveyed by the POSITION of each side frequency within the sideband in relation to the phantom carrier (it has been suppressed).  A sideband (a group of ever-changing side frequencies) is formed by the sum (Upper Sideband) or difference (Lower Sideband) of the modulating frequencies and the carrier frequency.  The original frequency can only be reproduced correctly by "reinserting" a reference signal, the Beat Frequency Oscillator, at the right frequency and mixing it with the received signal. 'Beat' is a synonym of mixing.
B-003-010-006    3-10-6
A superheterodyne receiver has an intermediate frequency (IF) of 455 kHz. The local oscillator runs above the operating frequency. To which frequency should it be tuned to receive a signal on 3.54 MHz?
3.995 MHz
4.450 MHz
4.905 MHz
13.540 MHz
> The mixer accepts two inputs:  the incoming signal and the local oscillator.  Mixing returns two new products:  the sum of the two inputs and the difference of the two inputs.  The IF Filter seeks to let only one of the products into the intermediate frequency chain for amplification through the IF Amplifier.  In this example, 3995 kHz minus 3540 kHz yields 455 kHz.
B-003-010-007    3-10-7
When receiving a modulated signal, what is the adverse consequence of too narrow a receiver bandwidth?
Loss of information
Loss of dynamic range
Lower signal strength
Lower signal-to-noise ratio
> At the transmitter, the message to be conveyed and the emission mode determine the occupied bandwidth of the radio signal.  The bandwidth of the receiver must be similar, otherwise part of the message is not reproduced.  In fact, this bandwidth cannot be too narrow or too wide so that a compromise is struck between fidelity and superfluous noise.
B-003-010-008    3-10-8
Apart from sensitivity and selectivity, which of these is the third main indicator of communications receiver performance?
Dynamic range
Frequency range
Fidelity
Volume range
> Dynamic range defines the behaviour of a receiver when faced with very strong signals.  Stability was previously the third criterion, but microprocessor control (based on a crystal clock) naturally ensures adequate stability.
B-003-010-009    3-10-9
A communications receiver has four filters installed in it, respectively designated as 250 Hz, 500 Hz, 2.4 kHz, and 6 kHz. If you were listening to single sideband, which filter would you utilize?
2.4 kHz
250 Hz
6 kHz
500 Hz
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.  A 2.4 kHz filter is just wide enough to accept an SSB signal.  Wider a filter, lets in more noise.  Too narrow a filter causes distortion.
B-003-010-010    3-10-10
A communications receiver has four filters installed in it, respectively designated as 250 Hz, 500 Hz, 2.4 kHz and 6 kHz. You are copying a CW transmission and there is a great deal of interference. Which one of the filters would you choose?
250 Hz
500 Hz
2.4 kHz
6 kHz
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.  A 250 Hz filter is best to isolate a CW signal.  Wider a filter, lets in more noise.  Too narrow a filter causes distortion.
B-003-010-011    3-10-11
When receiving CW, which of these frequency ranges is optimum for a band-pass filter?
750 Hz to 850 Hz
2100 Hz to 2300 Hz
300 Hz to 2700 Hz
100 Hz to 1100 Hz
> After the 'product detector', an incoming CW signal is now an audible tone.  Most receivers render CW as a note somewhere in the range of 750 Hz to 850 Hz.  Additional band-pass filtering (allowing only a certain range of frequencies) can be useful for knocking down adjacent stations finding their way into the receiver passband (the range of frequencies allowed through the intermediate frequency chain) and producing higher or lower notes, say at 250 or 1000 Hz.
B-003-013-001    3-13-1
What causes the loud noise heard from an FM receiver in the absence of a signal?
The very large gain of stages ahead of the discriminator
The additional gain following the discriminator
The nature of atmospheric noise in the VHF range
The higher intermediate frequency used in FM receivers
> In an FM receiver, a very large gain is required ahead of the limiter so it can work effectively.  The consequence of that gain is a very loud noise in the absence of a signal at the operating frequency.  To counter that annoyance, a "squelch" circuit is included in the audio stage to silence the noise in the absence of a signal. 
B-003-013-011    3-13-11
When more than one signal is present, the FM receiver is likely to demodulate only the strongest signal. What is this behaviour called?
Capture effect
Overpower effect
Interference effect
Surrender effect
> The 'Capture Effect' is specific to FM receivers:  only the stronger of two signals at or near the same frequency will be demodulated.  The complete suppression of the weaker signal occurs at the receiver limiter.  When both signals are nearly equal in strength, or are fading independently, the receiver may switch from one to the other.  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capture_effect

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L13} Interference and Suppression.

B-008-001-001    8-1-1
What is the cause of receiver overload?
Very strong signal from a transmitter
Frequency instability of a transmitter
Parasitic oscillations in a transmitter
Overmodulation of a transmitter
> 'Receiver Overload', also known as 'Front-End Overload' or 'RF Overload', is a problem where the early stages of a receiver (i.e., RF amplifier or mixer) are overwhelmed by a strong nearby transmitter.  For example, TV reception is affected by an HF transmitter.  In the case of 'overload', the exact transmit frequency does not seem to matter:  the effect is the same for a broad range of transmit frequencies.  This contrasts with 'harmonics' where a multiple of a given transmit frequency is the cause of the interference.
B-008-001-002    8-1-2
What is one way to tell if your HF transmitter causes front-end overload interference to a neighbour's receiver?
Transmitting on various frequencies produces similar interference
Adding receiver shielding has no effect
Interference is heard regardless of the volume setting on the receiver
Adding a low-pass filter at the transmitter solves the problem
> 'Receiver Overload', also known as 'Front-End Overload' or 'RF Overload', is a problem where the early stages of a receiver (i.e., RF amplifier or mixer) are overwhelmed by a strong nearby transmitter.  For example, TV reception is affected by an HF transmitter.  In the case of 'overload', the exact transmit frequency does not seem to matter:  the effect is the same for a broad range of transmit frequencies.  This contrasts with 'harmonics' where a multiple of a given transmit frequency is the cause of the interference.
B-008-001-003    8-1-3
If a neighbour reports television interference whenever you transmit, no matter what band you use, what is probably the cause of the interference?
Receiver overload
Incorrect antenna length
Spurious emissions
Deficient harmonic suppression
> 'Receiver Overload', also known as 'Front-End Overload' or 'RF Overload', is a problem where the early stages of a receiver (i.e., RF amplifier or mixer) are overwhelmed by a strong nearby transmitter.  For example, TV reception is affected by an HF transmitter.  In the case of 'overload', the exact transmit frequency does not seem to matter:  the effect is the same for a broad range of transmit frequencies.  This contrasts with 'harmonics' where a multiple of a given transmit frequency is the cause of the interference.
B-008-001-004    8-1-4
What type of filter should be connected to a TV receiver as the first step in trying to prevent receiver overload from an amateur radio HF transmission?
High-pass
Low-pass
Band-pass
AC line filter
> Key words:  TV, OVERLOAD, HF.  TV Channels begin at 54 MHz; the HF range ends at 30 MHz.  To prevent overload to a TV receiver from an HF transmitter, a HIGH-PASS filter can be installed on the TV receiver to allow higher frequencies through while attenuating lower frequencies.  The object of the filtering being to keep the HF signals out of the TV receiver.
B-008-001-005    8-1-5
During a club Field Day outing, reception on the 20-metre SSB station is compromised every time the 20-metre CW station is on the air. What might cause such interference?
Receiver desensitization
Both stations are fed from the same generator
Improper station grounding
Harmonic emission
> The proximity of a transmitter a short distance from a receiver, especially on the same band, may cause receiver overload.  Symptoms can be loss of receiver sensitivity (desensitization) or weird noises.
B-008-001-006    8-1-6
The signals from two commercial transmitters combine outside your receiver to produce noise on a desired frequency. What type of interference is this?
Intermodulation
Spurious emissions
Receiver overload
Harmonic emissions
> Intermodulation is the undesired mixing of two or more signals that creates new signals (products) at frequencies other than the original signals.  The mixing may happen in the affected equipment or elsewhere around it.
B-008-001-007    8-1-7
You have connected your hand-held VHF transceiver to an outside gain antenna. You now hear a mixture of signals together with different modulation on your desired frequency. What is the nature of this interference?
Receiver intermodulation
Harmonics from other stations
Audio stage overload
Audio stage intermodulation
> "Intermod" for short, a plague in urban environments.  High-power transmitters used for commercial purposes multiply the possibilities that two or more signals mix and produce a result (product) which OVERLOADS your receiver.  The actual mixing may occur in your receiver, in which case filtering might be helpful, or elsewhere altogether.  The results: loss of sensitivity, noises and squeals covering the intended signal in your receiver.
B-008-001-008    8-1-8
Two or more strong signals mix in your receiver to produce interference on a desired frequency. What is this called?
Intermodulation interference
Harmonic interference
Capture effect
Front-end desensitization
> "Intermod" for short, a plague in urban environments.  High-power transmitters used for commercial purposes multiply the possibilities that two or more signals mix and produce a result (product) which OVERLOADS your receiver.  The actual mixing may occur in your receiver, in which case filtering might be helpful, or elsewhere altogether.  The results: loss of sensitivity, noises and squeals covering the intended signal in your receiver.
B-008-001-009    8-1-9
Two mobile stations are communicating through a repeater. As they arrive in close proximity to each other, they begin to have difficulty communicating. What is the most likely cause?
Transmitter signals are desensitizing the receivers
CTCSS tones are activating the receivers' squelch circuits
They have entered a null area of their antenna patterns
Transmitter signals are mixing with the repeater signal to cause intermodulation
> The proximity of a transmitter a short distance from a receiver, especially on the same band, may cause receiver overload.  Symptoms can be loss of receiver sensitivity (desensitization) or weird noises.
B-008-001-010    8-1-10
A television receiver suffers interference on channel 5 (76 MHz - 82 MHz) only when you transmit on 14 MHz. From your home you see the tower of a commercial FM station known to broadcast on 92.5 MHz. Which of these solutions would you try first?
Insert a high-pass filter at the television receiver
Insert a low-pass filter at the HF transmitter
Insert a high-pass filter at the HF transmitter
Insert a low-pass filter at the television receiver
> Intermodulation is a special case of overload.  In this example, the mixing of a carrier at 92 MHz mixes with your signal at 14 MHz creates a new intermodulation product at 78 MHz. Given the proximity of the FM transmitter, the mixing may happen in the TV receiver.  TV Channels begin at 54 MHz; the HF range ends at 30 MHz.  To prevent overload to a TV receiver from an HF transmitter, a HIGH-PASS filter can be installed on the TV receiver to allow higher frequencies through while attenuating lower frequencies.  The object of the filtering being to keep the HF signals out of the TV receiver.
B-008-001-011    8-1-11
You are experiencing interference in your VHF receiver. You have determined that signals from two nearby transmitters are mixing in your receiver to cause the interference. What device can you install to reduce the interference?
Suitable filter at the receiver
Common-mode choke
RF attenuator
Narrow band IF filter
> Intermodulation is a special case of overload.  In this example, the mixing occurs in your receiver.  You must reduce the overload by keeping the offending signals out of your receiver.
B-008-002-001    8-2-1
What devices would you install to reduce or eliminate interference to a home entertainment system from an HF transmitter?
Coils on ferrite cores
Bypass resistors
Metal oxide varistors
Bypass inductors
> A frequent cause of interference to home entertainment systems is that the long speaker leads act as antennas and bring radio energy into the audio amplifier stages, audio rectification ensues.  Keeping the RF out of the audio circuitry can be achieved by winding the speaker leads on ferrite cores to form a choke (high inductive reactance at RF).
B-008-002-002    8-2-2
What should be done if a properly operating amateur radio station is the cause of interference to a nearby telephone?
Install a modular plug-in telephone RFI filter close to the telephone device
Ground and shield the telephone distribution amplifier
Stop transmitting whenever the telephone is in use
Make internal adjustments to the telephone equipment
> "RFI Filter" = Radio Frequency Interference filter.  Much like home entertainment systems with their long speaker leads acting as antennas, wire-line telephones with cabling running through the house and streets can easily pick up RF energy.  Filters installed at the telephone set usually solve the problem.
B-008-002-003    8-2-3
What sound is heard from a public address system if audio rectification of a nearby single-sideband transmission occurs?
Distorted speech from the transmitter's signals
Clearly audible speech from the transmitter's signals
On-and-off humming or clicking
A steady hum
> Much like home entertainment systems, the long speaker leads in a Public-Address sound system act as antennas and bring radio energy into the audio amplifier stages.  Interfering SSB signals are heard as distorted speech in the sound system.  Interfering CW signals are heard as on-and-off clicks or hum.
B-008-002-004    8-2-4
What sound is heard from a public address system if audio rectification of a nearby CW transmission occurs?
On-and-off humming or clicking
Audible, possibly distorted speech
Muffled, severely distorted speech
A steady whistling
> Much like home entertainment systems, the long speaker leads in a Public-Address sound system act as antennas and bring radio energy into the audio amplifier stages.  Interfering SSB signals are heard as distorted speech in the sound system.  Interfering CW signals are heard as on-and-off clicks or hum.
B-008-002-005    8-2-5
If an amateur radio transmission is heard in a device that contains no RF components, what type of interference is this?
Audio rectification
Front-end overload
Splatter
Intermodulation
> Audio rectification can be compared to a form of detection.  A semiconductor circuit behaves like the detector in a receiver to retrieve the message from a radio signal.  Typically, the circuit is exposed to a strong RF signal.
B-008-002-006    8-2-6
An amateur radio transmitter is being heard across the entire dial of a broadcast receiver. The receiver is most probably suffering from:
audio rectification
harmonics interference
poor image rejection
splatter from the transmitter
> Key words:  ACROSS THE DIAL.  This has to be a case of OVERLOAD.  'Intermodulation' and 'audio rectification' are two manifestations of overload.  All other choices would not appear 'across the dial':  an 'Harmonic' falls on a precise frequency, 'Splatter' is limited to a few kilohertz.
B-008-002-007    8-2-7
Your SSB HF transmissions are heard muffled on a sound system in the living room regardless of its volume setting. What causes this?
Audio rectification of strong signals
Harmonics generated at the transmitter
Improper filtering in the transmitter
Lack of receiver selectivity
> Key words:  REGARDLESS OF ITS VOLUME SETTING.  That clue reveals that the offending signal finds its way into the audio circuitry.  Nothing needs to be wrong with the affected equipment or the transmitter.  It is simply that the equipment is exposed to more radio energy that it can handle.  'Rectification' leads to 'detection':  any semiconductor device may start acting like a diode and perform the two functions.
B-008-002-008    8-2-8
What device can be used to minimize the effect of RF pickup by audio wires connected to stereo speakers, intercom amplifiers, telephones, etc.?
Coil on ferrite core
High-pass filter
Attenuator
Surge suppressor
> Long wires act as antennas.  The wires should be kept as short as possible.  Winding speaker or telephone wires around a 'ferrite core' makes an inductor (a coil).  Inductors oppose (inductive reactance) high frequency AC signals such as radio frequency.  The 'ferrite core' makes for more inductance even with only a few turns of wire.  Ferrite is a material with electromagnetic properties.
B-008-002-009    8-2-9
Stereo speaker leads often act as antennas to pick up RF signals. What is one method you can use to minimize this effect?
Shorten the leads
Lengthen the leads
Connect the speakers through audio attenuators
Connect the speakers through series capacitors
> Long wires act as antennas.  The wires should be kept as short as possible.  Winding speaker or telephone wires around a 'ferrite core' makes an inductor (a coil).  Inductors oppose (inductive reactance) high frequency AC signals such as radio frequency.  The 'ferrite core' makes for more inductance even with only a few turns of wire.  Ferrite is a material with electromagnetic properties.
B-008-002-010    8-2-10
One method of preventing RF from entering a stereo set through the speaker leads is to wrap each of the speaker leads:
around a ferrite core
around a copper bar
around an iron bar
around a wooden dowel
> Long wires act as antennas.  The wires should be kept as short as possible.  Winding speaker or telephone wires around a 'ferrite core' makes an inductor (a coil).  Inductors oppose (inductive reactance) high frequency AC signals such as radio frequency.  The 'ferrite core' makes for more inductance even with only a few turns of wire.  Ferrite is a material with electromagnetic properties.
B-008-002-011    8-2-11
You are using an HF off-centre-fed (OCF) unbalanced antenna. When you transmit on SSB, distorted audio and noise are heard from an outboard amplified speaker. What device could you install in the transmission line to mitigate this problem?
A common-mode choke
A low-pass filter
A surge suppressor
An antenna tuner
> Key words:  OFF-CENTRE-FED.  Any lack of symetry in the antenna system can lead to stray RF propagating along the transmission line.  The common-mode choke impedes that flow.
B-008-003-001    8-3-1
What term describes the undesired creation of new frequency components when one or more signals enter a non-linear device?
Intermodulation
Phase distortion
Linear distortion
Aliasing
> Intermodulation is the undesired mixing of two or more signals that creates new signals (products) at frequencies other than the original signals.  The mixing may happen in the affected equipment or elsewhere around it.
B-008-003-002    8-3-2
If someone tells you that signals from your hand-held transceiver are interfering with other signals on a frequency near yours, what could be the cause?
Your hand-held is transmitting spurious emissions
You need to reduce your output power
Your hand-held has a chirp due to low battery voltage
Your hand-held offset is wrong
> 'Spurious emissions':  signals radiated at a frequency other than the operating frequency.  Two examples:  'harmonics', energy at integer multiples of the operating frequency.  'Parasitic oscillation', an unwanted oscillation above or below the operating frequency.  Proper adjustment and shielding prevent this whole class of transmitter problems called 'Spurious emissions'.
B-008-003-003    8-3-3
If your transmitter sends signals outside the band where it is transmitting, what is this called?
Spurious emissions
Side tones
Transmitter chirping
Off-frequency emissions
> In a  band other than the one you are using. Do not confuse with "out-of-band" emissions as defined in regulations (immediately outside the necessary bandwidth). 'Spurious emissions':  signals radiated at a frequency other than the operating frequency.  Two examples:  'harmonics', energy at integer multiples of the operating frequency.  'Parasitic oscillation', an unwanted oscillation above or below the operating frequency.  Proper adjustment and shielding prevent this whole class of transmitter problems called 'Spurious emissions'.
B-008-003-004    8-3-4
What problem may occur if your transmitter is operated without its cover or other shielding in place?
It may radiate spurious emissions
It may transmit a weak signal
It may draw excessive current
It may transmit a chirpy signal
> 'Spurious emissions':  signals radiated at a frequency other than the operating frequency.  Two examples:  'harmonics', energy at integer multiples of the operating frequency.  'Parasitic oscillation', an unwanted oscillation above or below the operating frequency.  Proper adjustment and shielding prevent this whole class of transmitter problems called 'Spurious emissions'.
B-008-003-005    8-3-5
In Morse code transmission, local RF interference (key clicks) is produced by:
the making and breaking of the circuit at the Morse key
frequency shifting caused by poor voltage regulation
high frequency parasitic oscillations
poor wave-shaping caused by a defective filter capacitor
> Key word:  LOCAL.  'Key-Clicks' in a CW Transmitter have two manifestations.  One in DISTANT receivers, caused by "too sharp rise and decay times of the carrier", results in clicks being heard several kHz away from your operating frequency.  The other in NEARBY broadcast receivers, caused by the "making and breaking of the circuit at the Morse key" (sparks), results in clicks being heard just like from other electrical devices where currents are switched.  The first line of defence is a 'key-click filter' in the keying circuitry, but troubleshooting in later stages may be required in a modern transmitter.
B-008-003-006    8-3-6
Key clicks, heard from a Morse code transmitter at a distant receiver, are the result of:
too sharp rise and decay times of the keyed carrier
power supply hum modulating the carrier
sparks emitting RF from the key contacts
changes in oscillator frequency on keying
> Key word:  DISTANT.  'Key-Clicks' in a CW Transmitter have two manifestations.  One in DISTANT receivers, caused by "too sharp rise and decay times of the carrier", results in clicks being heard several kHz away from your operating frequency.  The other in NEARBY broadcast receivers, caused by the "making and breaking of the circuit at the Morse key" (sparks), results in clicks being heard just like from other electrical devices where currents are switched.  The first line of defence is a 'key-click filter' in the keying circuitry, but troubleshooting in later stages may be required in a modern transmitter.
B-008-003-007    8-3-7
In a Morse code transmission, broad bandwidth RF interference (key clicks) heard at a distance is produced by:
poor shaping of the waveform
frequency shifting during keying
sparking at the key contacts
mechanical instability in the oscillator
> Key word:  DISTANCE.  'Key-Clicks' in a CW Transmitter have two manifestations.  One in DISTANT receivers, caused by "too sharp rise and decay times of the carrier", results in clicks being heard several kHz away from your operating frequency.  The other in NEARBY broadcast receivers, caused by the "making and breaking of the circuit at the Morse key" (sparks), results in clicks being heard just like from other electrical devices where currents are switched.  The first line of defence is a 'key-click filter' in the keying circuitry, but troubleshooting in later stages may be required in a modern transmitter.
B-008-003-008    8-3-8
What should you do if you learn your transmitter is producing key clicks?
Check the keying filter and the functioning of later stages
Adjust your key
Regulate the oscillator supply voltage
Use a choke in the RF power output
> 'Key-Clicks' in a CW Transmitter have two manifestations.  One in DISTANT receivers, caused by "too sharp rise and decay times of the carrier", results in clicks being heard several kHz away from your operating frequency.  The other in NEARBY broadcast receivers, caused by the "making and breaking of the circuit at the Morse key" (sparks), results in clicks being heard just like from other electrical devices where currents are switched.  The first line of defence is a 'key-click filter' in the keying circuitry, but troubleshooting in later stages may be required in a modern transmitter.
B-008-003-009    8-3-9
What term describes an unwanted oscillation in an amplifier or oscillator circuit?
Parasitic oscillation
Secondary emission
Frequency instability
Harmonic emission
> 'Spurious emissions':  signals radiated at a frequency other than the operating frequency.  Two examples:  'harmonics', energy at integer multiples of the operating frequency.  'Parasitic oscillation', an unwanted oscillation above or below the operating frequency.  Proper adjustment and shielding prevent this whole class of transmitter problems called 'Spurious emissions'.
B-008-003-010    8-3-10
What can cause parasitic oscillations in a stage?
Unwanted positive feedback
Unwanted negative feedback
Oscillator drift
Power supply instability
> In a circuit with gain, such as an amplifier, unexpected positive feedback from the output to the input of the circuit can launch an oscillation at some unexpected frequency.
B-008-003-011    8-3-11
Transmitter RF amplifiers can generate parasitic oscillations:
above or below the transmitter frequency
on VHF frequencies only
on the transmitter fundamental frequency
on harmonics of the transmitter frequency
> 'Spurious emissions':  signals radiated at a frequency other than the operating frequency.  Two examples:  'harmonics', energy at integer multiples of the operating frequency.  'Parasitic oscillation', an unwanted oscillation above or below the operating frequency.  Proper adjustment and shielding prevent this whole class of transmitter problems called 'Spurious emissions'.
B-008-004-001    8-4-1
If a neighbour reports television interference on one or two channels only when you transmit on 15 metres, what is probably the cause of the interference?
Harmonic emissions from your transmitter
Splatter due to overmodulation
Television receiver front-end overload
Parasitic oscillations from your transmitter
> Unlike 'Overload' where a TV receiver is likely to be affected by a broad range of transmitter frequencies, interference to a single TV channel from a specific band of transmitter frequencies suggests 'Harmonics' are at play.  'Harmonic Radiation' entails integer (whole number) multiples of the operating frequency.  Apart from proper adjustment of the transmitter, a 'low-pass' filter with a cut-off frequency of 30 MHz helps curb harmonics out of an HF transmitter.  Three times 21 MHz (15 m) affects TV channel 3 [60-66 MHz].  Four times 21 MHz affects channel 6 [82-88 MHz].
B-008-004-002    8-4-2
What are harmonic emissions?
Unwanted signals at frequencies which are multiples of the fundamental (operating) frequency
Unwanted signals that are combined with a 60 Hz hum
Unwanted signals caused by mixing with a nearby transmitter
Signals which cause skip propagation to occur
> 'Harmonic Radiation' entails integer (whole number) multiples of the operating frequency.  Harmonics result in signals outside the band where you operate:  you may be heard on another harmonically related band (e.g., 3 times 7 MHz (40 m) = 21 MHz (15 m) ) or interfere with other services.  Apart from proper adjustment of the transmitter, a 'low-pass' filter with a cut-off frequency of 30 MHz helps curb harmonics out of an HF transmitter.
B-008-004-003    8-4-3
Why are harmonic emissions from an amateur radio station not wanted?
They may cause interference to other stations
They may result in excessive power dissipation
They may overload a nearby transmitter
They may interfere with stations on adjacent frequencies
> 'Harmonic Radiation' entails integer (whole number) multiples of the operating frequency.  Harmonics result in signals outside the band where you operate:  you may be heard on another harmonically related band (e.g., 3 times 7 MHz (40 m) = 21 MHz (15 m) ) or interfere with other services.  Apart from proper adjustment of the transmitter, a 'low-pass' filter with a cut-off frequency of 30 MHz helps curb harmonics out of an HF transmitter.
B-008-004-004    8-4-4
What term describes unwanted radio energy transmitted just outside the necessary bandwidth?
"Out-of-band" emissions
Harmonic emissions
Parasitic emissions
Spurious emissions
> Key words:  JUST OUTSIDE THE NECESSARY BANDWIDTH.  "Out-of-band emissions: Emissions on a frequency or frequencies immediately outside the necessary bandwidth, which result from the modulation process, but exclude spurious emissions." [RSS-Gen, General Requirements for Compliance of Radio Apparatus]
B-008-004-005    8-4-5
If you are told your station was heard on 21.375 MHz but at the time you were operating on 7.125 MHz. What is one reason that could cause this to happen?
Your transmitter radiates harmonic signals
Your transmitter's power-supply filter choke is defective
You were sending CW too fast
Your transmitter's power-supply filter capacitor is defective
> 'Harmonic Radiation' entails integer (whole number) multiples of the operating frequency.  Harmonics result in signals outside the band where you operate:  you may be heard on another harmonically related band (e.g., 3 times 7 MHz (40 m) = 21 MHz (15 m) ) or interfere with other services.  Apart from proper adjustment of the transmitter, a 'low-pass' filter with a cut-off frequency of 30 MHz helps curb harmonics out of an HF transmitter.
B-008-004-006    8-4-6
What causes splatter interference?
Overmodulating a transmitter
Keying a transmitter too fast
Unwanted feedback in an amplifier stage
The transmitting antenna is non-resonant
> 'Splatter':  "unwanted emission immediately outside the normal necessary bandwidth", in other words, you interfere with other stations on adjacent frequencies.  Too much microphone gain or too much speech processing may lead to 'Overmodulation', a major cause of 'Splatter'.  Overmodulation can also force the Linear Power Amplifier into a non-linear zone of operation, which leads to 'Harmonic Radiation'.
B-008-004-007    8-4-7
A television tuned to channel 3 (60 MHz - 66 MHz) experiences interference when you are transmitting on the 15-metre band. Other channels are not affected. What is the most likely cause?
Harmonic emission from your transmitter
No high-pass filter on the TV
No high-pass filter at your transmitter
Front-end overload of the TV
> 'Harmonic Radiation' (integer multiples of the operating frequency). Harmonics of several amateur HF frequencies fall right on TV channels:  Three times 21 MHz (15 m) affects TV channel 3 [60-66 MHz].  Four times 21 MHz affects channel 6 [82-88 MHz].  Twice 28 MHz (10 m) affects channel 2 [54-60 MHz].
B-008-004-008    8-4-8
What is the probable cause of "flat topping" (non-linear operation) of an amplifier in an SSB transmitter?
Excessive microphone gain
Defective sideband filter
Insufficient power supply current capacity
Defective low-pass filter
> 'Splatter':  "unwanted emission immediately outside the normal necessary bandwidth", in other words, you interfere with other stations on adjacent frequencies.  Too much microphone gain or too much speech processing may lead to 'Overmodulation', a major cause of 'Splatter'.  Overmodulation can also force the Linear Power Amplifier into a non-linear zone of operation, which leads to 'Harmonic Radiation'.
B-008-004-009    8-4-9
Which of the following may cause excessive harmonics in a transmitter?
Overdriven stages
Use of a non-resonant antenna
Defective driver circuit
Internal antenna tuner malfunction
> 'Splatter':  "unwanted emission immediately outside the normal necessary bandwidth", in other words, you interfere with other stations on adjacent frequencies.  Too much microphone gain or too much speech processing may lead to 'Overmodulation', a major cause of 'Splatter'.  Overmodulation can also force the Linear Power Amplifier into a non-linear zone of operation, which leads to 'Harmonic Radiation'.
B-008-004-010    8-4-10
An interfering signal from an HF transmitter is found to have a frequency of 56 MHz. What could be the source?
Second harmonic of a 10-metre transmission
Crystal oscillator operating on its fundamental
Seventh harmonic of an 80-metre transmission
Third harmonic of a 15-metre transmission
> Key word:  56 MHz.  That frequency is not allocated to the amateur radio service.  'Harmonic Radiation' (integer multiples of the operating frequency). Harmonics of several amateur HF frequencies fall right on TV channels:  Three times 21 MHz (15 m) affects TV channel 3 [60-66 MHz].  Four times 21 MHz affects channel 6 [82-88 MHz].  Twice 28 MHz (10 m) affects channel 2 [54-60 MHz].
B-008-004-011    8-4-11
Harmonics may be produced in the RF power amplifier of a transmitter if:
excessive drive signal is applied to it
the output tank circuit is tuned to the fundamental frequency
the oscillator frequency is unstable
modulation is applied to a high-level stage
> 'Splatter':  "unwanted emission immediately outside the normal necessary bandwidth", in other words, you interfere with other stations on adjacent frequencies.  Too much microphone gain or too much speech processing may lead to 'Overmodulation', a major cause of 'Splatter'.  Overmodulation can also force the Linear Power Amplifier into a non-linear zone of operation, which leads to 'Harmonic Radiation'.
B-008-005-001    8-5-1
What is the frequency response of an ideal notch filter?
Attenuate one frequency and pass all others
Attenuate a range of frequencies and pass all others
Attenuate all frequencies except one single frequency
Attenuate all frequencies except a range of frequencies
> The particular narrowness of the notch filter distinguishes it from a band-reject filter.  An "ideal" notch filter would reject one frequency only.
B-008-005-002    8-5-2
A filter attenuates frequencies below its cut-off frequency of 60 MHz. What type of filter is it?
High-pass
Low-pass
Band-pass
Notch
> The clues:  attenuation below a single cut-off frequency.  Hence, the filter passes frequencies above that cut-off frequency.
B-008-005-003    8-5-3
What type of filter attenuates RF energy above and below a certain range of frequencies?
Band-pass
High-pass
Notch
Low-pass
> Key words:  BLOCKS ABOVE AND BELOW.  A 'band-pass' filter lets frequencies between two design limits pass unaffected.  Outside of that range, attenuation is present.  A 'high-pass' filter passes frequencies above a certain limit but attenuates lower frequencies.  A 'low-pass' filter lets frequencies below its cut-off frequency pass unimpeded but attenuates higher frequencies.
B-008-005-004    8-5-4
Why should the impedance of a filter match the transmission line where it is inserted?
To avoid unwanted reflection
To preserve the balance of the line
To minimize noise in the receiver
To prevent spurious emissions
> All filters are designed with a given impedance in mind.  The source impedance and load impedance must match the design criteria of the filter to prevent reflections, giving rise to a standing wave ratio (SWR), and to allow the filter to deliver the expected frequency response. 
B-008-005-005    8-5-5
Listening to shortwave on a low-cost software defined receiver (SDR), you hear several stations known to operate on much higher frequencies. What type of filter could help?
Low-pass
High-pass
Band-pass
Band-reject
> You wish to retain access to a large swath of frequencies below a certain limit:  the low-pass filter is the most appropriate.
B-008-005-006    8-5-6
You need to install an AC line filter to reduce radio frequency noise heard in your station equipment. What type of frequency response should it have?
Low-pass
High-pass
Band-pass
Band-reject
> The AC line filter must pass current at 60 Hz, but reject all radio signals:  this is an extreme case of a low-pass filter!
B-008-005-007    8-5-7
A strong interfering signal is very close to your receive frequency. Which type of filter can effectively suppress it?
Notch
High-pass
Low-pass
Band-reject
> Eliminating a single signal close to a desired frequency is the purpose of a notch filter.  The particular narrowness of the notch filter distinguishes it from a band-reject filter.
B-008-005-008    8-5-8
In a Field Day operation with separate transmitters assigned to specific bands, what type of filter is needed on the receivers to minimize interference?
Band-pass
Low-pass
High-pass
Band-reject
> To retain the ability to operate across an entire band while attenuating signals on adjacent bands, the band-pass filter is the ideal choice.
B-008-005-009    8-5-9
A nearby high-power HF broadcast station in the 31-metre band is interfering with your reception on the 40-metre and 30-metre bands. What type of filter is needed on the receiver to minimize interference?
Band-reject
Band-pass
Low-pass
High-pass
> The most expedient solution is to strongly attenuate the offending signal rather than build separate pass-band filters for your two target bands.  A notch filter is a special case of a band-reject filter.
B-008-005-010    8-5-10
Your 2-metre station suffers receiver overload from several land mobile service transmitters on adjacent bands. What type of filter could help?
Band-pass
Low-pass
High-pass
Notch
> You want access to an entire band while eliminating signals on adjacent bands above and below the desired band: the band-pass is the most appropriate.
B-008-005-011    8-5-11
A filter attenuates frequencies above its cut-off frequency of 40 MHz. What type of filter is it?
Low-pass
Band-pass
High-pass
Notch
> The clues:  attenuation above a single cut-off frequency.  Hence, the filter passes frequencies below that cut-off frequency.
'B-008-002-011    8-2-11
'You are using an HF off-centre-fed (OCF) unbalanced antenna. When you transmit on SSB, distorted audio and noise are heard from an outboard amplified speaker. What device could you install in the transmission line to mitigate this problem?
'A common-mode choke
'A low-pass filter
'A surge suppressor
'An antenna tuner
'> Key words:  OFF-CENTRE-FED.  Any lack of symetry in the antenna system can lead to stray RF propagating along the transmission line.  The common-mode choke impedes that flow.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L14a} Establishing and Equipping a Station.

B-003-001-001    3-1-1
To be most effective, where should a low-pass filter be connected in an HF station without an external power amplifier?
As close as possible to the transceiver output
Between the SWR meter and the antenna tuner
Between the antenna tuner and the antenna switch
As close as possible to the antenna switch output
> A 'low-pass' filter serves to reduce 'harmonics' which can be generated in overdriven, improperly adjusted or malfunctioning AMPLIFIER stages, either the actual power amplifier in a transmitter or an external linear power amplifier.  Consequently, it should be inserted as close as possible to the transceiver or amplifier if one is used.  The HF station block diagram begins with:  transceiver, linear amplifier (optional), low-pass filter, SWR meter, antenna switch...
B-003-001-002    3-1-2
In an HF station that includes an external RF power amplifier, where should a low-pass filter be located?
As close as possible to the external amplifier output
Between the SWR meter and the antenna tuner
Between the antenna tuner and the antenna switch
As close as possible to the transceiver output
> A 'low-pass' filter serves to reduce 'harmonics' which can be generated in overdriven, improperly adjusted or malfunctioning AMPLIFIER stages, either the actual power amplifier in a transmitter or an external linear power amplifier.  Consequently, it should be inserted as close as possible to the transceiver or amplifier if one is used.  The HF station block diagram begins with:  transceiver, linear amplifier (optional), low-pass filter, SWR meter, antenna switch...
B-003-001-003    3-1-3
Why do modern HF transmitters have a built-in low-pass filter in their RF output circuits?
To reduce harmonic emissions
To reduce fundamental emission
To reduce adjacent channel interference
To reduce RF energy below a cut-off point
> Manufacturers must meet spectral purity standards, notably for spurious emissions, such as harmonics.  In a multiband transmitter, a different internal low-pass filter is activated as the frequency increases.
B-003-001-004    3-1-4
Which component in an HF station is used to determine if the antenna system impedance is matched to the transmitter?
SWR meter
Frequency meter
Multimeter
S-meter
> The 'SWR meter' permits measuring the relative impedance match between the antenna system and the transceiver (SWR = Standing Wave Ratio).  The HF station block diagram begins with:  transceiver, linear amplifier (optional), low-pass filter, SWR meter, antenna switch...
B-003-001-005    3-1-5
What is the purpose of the antenna switch in an HF station?
To select the desired antenna or dummy load
To adjust the antenna operating frequency
To adjust the impedance of the antenna system
To select the orientation of the antenna
> The 'antenna switch' provides a convenient way to select a direct connection to an antenna, a connection through the 'antenna tuner' to other antennas or to the 'dummy load'.  The HF station block diagram begins with:  transceiver, linear amplifier (optional), low-pass filter, SWR meter, antenna switch...
B-003-001-006    3-1-6
In an HF station, what device might allow the use of an antenna on a band it was not designed for?
An antenna tuner
A low-pass filter
A high-pass filter
An SWR meter
> The 'antenna tuner' in an adjustable impedance matching network:  it can adapt the impedance of the antenna system (which changes with antenna dimensions and operating frequency) to the design impedance of the transceiver.  The 'antenna tuner' permits using an antenna on a frequency or band other than the one for which it was designed.
B-003-001-007    3-1-7
In an HF station, which component is designed to dissipate RF energy and prevent radiation?
Dummy load
Lightning surge protector
Low-pass filter
Heat sink
> The 'dummy load' (a resistor with a high power rating) dissipates RF energy as heat without radiating the RF on the air.  Permits tests or adjustments without causing interference to other stations.
B-003-001-008    3-1-8
In an HF station, right after which component is the SWR meter inserted?
The low-pass filter
The last stage of RF amplification
The antenna tuner
The antenna switch
> Placing the SWR meter in between the low-pass filter and the antenna tuner allows the operator to verify that an adequate impedance is presented to the filter and evaluate the impedance match of the antenna system more accurately.  The HF station block diagram begins with:  transceiver, linear amplifier (optional), low-pass filter, SWR meter, antenna switch...
B-003-001-009    3-1-9
When using an HF transmitter with a solid-state final amplifier, which station component may need to be adjusted when changing frequency?
Antenna tuner
Low-pass filter
SWR meter
Dummy load
> Contrary to vacuum tube power amplifiers of yesteryear, solid-state power amplifiers do not include an adjustable impedance matching network.  Such amplifiers are designed to work properly into a relatively small range of impedances.  An antenna tuner allows using an antenna outside its normal bandwidth, or, within reason, on another band.  Such flexibility supposes more frequent adjustments as operating frequency changes.
B-003-007-001    3-7-1
Which of the following is a function of the sound card interface in a station operating computer-based digital modes?
To convert the received analog audio signal from the transceiver into a digital signal for the computer
To convert the received digital signal from the transceiver into an analog signal for the computer
To amplify the digital signals to be sent by the transceiver
To demodulate the transmitted signal
> There are two types of sound card interfaces.  The original setup provides audio connections between the transceiver and a sound card (internal or external to the computer).  The modern setup is a specialized external sound card with audio connections to the transceiver and a USB cable to the computer.  Both types of interfaces typically include transformers in the audio connections to properly isolate the transceiver from the computer and are generally capable of switching the transmitter into transmit mode when required.  Some recent transceivers include a sound card (audio codec) and an interface; then, a single USB cable connects the transceiver to the computer.
B-003-007-002    3-7-2
Which of the following is a function of the sound card interface in a station operating computer-based digital modes?
To convert the digital signal from the computer into an audio signal that can be transmitted
To convert the analog signal from the computer into a digital signal that can be transmitted
To amplify the digital signals to be sent by the transceiver
To demodulate the transmitted signal
> There are two types of sound card interfaces.  The original setup provides audio connections between the transceiver and a sound card (internal or external to the computer).  The modern setup is a specialized external sound card with audio connections to the transceiver and a USB cable to the computer.  Both types of interfaces typically include transformers in the audio connections to properly isolate the transceiver from the computer and are generally capable of switching the transmitter into transmit mode when required.  Some recent transceivers include a sound card (audio codec) and an interface; then, a single USB cable connects the transceiver to the computer.
B-003-007-003    3-7-3
Which of the following is one function of most sound card interfaces in a station operating computer-based digital modes?
Switch the transceiver between receive and transmit modes
Display the transmit frequency
Translate the digital signal into alphanumeric characters
Modulate the received signal
> There are two types of sound card interfaces.  The original setup provides audio connections between the transceiver and a sound card (internal or external to the computer).  The modern setup is a specialized external sound card with audio connections to the transceiver and a USB cable to the computer.  Both types of interfaces typically include transformers in the audio connections to properly isolate the transceiver from the computer and are generally capable of switching the transmitter into transmit mode when required.  Some recent transceivers include a sound card (audio codec) and an interface; then, a single USB cable connects the transceiver to the computer.
B-003-007-004    3-7-4
Which of the following is a function of the sound card interface in a station operating computer-based digital modes?
To provide audio frequency coupling between a computer and a transceiver
To provide radio frequency coupling between a computer and a transceiver
To amplify the digital signals to be sent by the transceiver
To demodulate the transmitted signal
> There are two types of sound card interfaces.  The original setup provides audio connections between the transceiver and a sound card (internal or external to the computer).  The modern setup is a specialized external sound card with audio connections to the transceiver and a USB cable to the computer.  Both types of interfaces typically include transformers in the audio connections to properly isolate the transceiver from the computer and are generally capable of switching the transmitter into transmit mode when required.  Some recent transceivers include a sound card (audio codec) and an interface; then, a single USB cable connects the transceiver to the computer.
B-003-007-005    3-7-5
Why are isolation transformers often included in the sound card interface of a station operating computer-based digital modes?
To prevent the coupling of the transceiver and computer from introducing hum and interference into the transmitted signals
To increase the signal voltage generated by the computer to the level required by the transceiver
To match the impedance of the computer output signal to the impedance of the input of the computer
To provide a source of DC power for the circuitry in the interface
> There are two types of sound card interfaces.  The original setup provides audio connections between the transceiver and a sound card (internal or external to the computer).  The modern setup is a specialized external sound card with audio connections to the transceiver and a USB cable to the computer.  Both types of interfaces typically include transformers in the audio connections to properly isolate the transceiver from the computer and are generally capable of switching the transmitter into transmit mode when required.  Some recent transceivers include a sound card (audio codec) and an interface; then, a single USB cable connects the transceiver to the computer.
B-003-007-006    3-7-6
Why are some transceivers capable of operating computer-based digital modes without a separate sound card?
Because they incorporate an audio codec
Because they provide a USB connector
Because digital signal processing (DSP) is built-in
Because they support CAT (Computer Aided Transceiver)
> There are two types of sound card interfaces.  The original setup provides audio connections between the transceiver and a sound card (internal or external to the computer).  The modern setup is a specialized external sound card with audio connections to the transceiver and a USB cable to the computer.  Both types of interfaces typically include transformers in the audio connections to properly isolate the transceiver from the computer and are generally capable of switching the transmitter into transmit mode when required.  Some recent transceivers include a sound card (audio codec) and an interface; then, a single USB cable connects the transceiver to the computer.
B-003-014-001    3-14-1
What do many amateur radio operators use to help form good Morse code characters?
Electronic keyer
Straight key
Touchpad
DTMF keypad
> A 'keyer' is an electronic circuit to which connects a 'paddle'.  The 'keyer' issues dots and dashes in response to contact closures on the 'paddle' by the operator.  Dots and dashes are uniformly timed and spaced.  The 'paddle' relies on a side to side motion of the hand;  it does not lead to fatigue, as the traditional hand key does after a while.
B-003-014-002    3-14-2
How does an electronic keyer help form good Morse code characters?
By regulating the lengths of the dits and dahs
By eliminating key clicks
By improving the tone of the CW signal
By ensuring that the dots and dashes have the same amplitude
> A 'keyer' is an electronic circuit to which connects a 'paddle'.  The 'keyer' issues dots and dashes in response to contact closures on the 'paddle' by the operator.  Dots and dashes are uniformly timed and spaced.  The 'paddle' relies on a side to side motion of the hand;  it does not lead to fatigue, as the traditional hand key does after a while.
B-003-014-003    3-14-3
What do you need to adjust before using a microphone for the first time with a transceiver?
Microphone gain level
Noise blanker threshold
Deviation control
Automatic gain control level
> Remember your transmitter block diagrams:  the microphone connects to the speech amplifier, the first stage in a voice transmitter.
B-003-014-004    3-14-4
What noise management system analyzes noise and signal characteristics to partially remove noise?
DSP noise reduction
Noise canceller (phasing)
Noise limiter
Noise blanker
> Key word:  ANALYZES.  Specialized programming allows a digital signal processor (DSP) to perform that analysis.
B-003-014-005    3-14-5
What circuit causes a transmitter to automatically transmit when an operator speaks into its microphone?
VOX
VXO
VCO
VFO
> VOX = "Voice Operated Transmit".  VFO = "Variable Frequency Oscillator".         [ the other two are beyond the scope of a Basic certificate. ]
B-003-014-006    3-14-6
What is the reason for using a properly adjusted speech processor with a single-sideband voice transmitter?
It improves the intelligibility of your signal
It reduces average transmitter power requirements
It reduces unwanted noise pickup from the microphone
It improves voice frequency fidelity
> The 'speech processor' makes for more average power being packed in the transmitted sideband.  'Speech processing' is raising the average amplitude of the audio input from the microphone closer to an acceptable peak value: i.e., make every passage of the spoken words equally loud.  The AVERAGE can be increased but not the PEAK.  Too much speech processing leads to distortion and possibly overdriving the linear power amplifier, possibly resulting in excessive occupied bandwidth.
B-003-014-007    3-14-7
If a single-sideband voice transmitter is 100% modulated, how will using a speech processor affect the transmitter's output?
Increase the average power
Increase the peak envelope power
Decrease the average power
Decrease the peak envelope power
> The 'speech processor' makes for more average power being packed in the transmitted sideband.  'Speech processing' is raising the average amplitude of the audio input from the microphone closer to an acceptable peak value: i.e., make every passage of the spoken words equally loud.  The AVERAGE can be increased but not the PEAK.  Too much speech processing leads to distortion and possibly overdriving the linear power amplifier, possibly resulting in excessive occupied bandwidth.
B-003-014-008    3-14-8
In a receiver, what noise management circuit recognizes high-amplitude short-duration pulses and removes them?
Noise blanker
Noise limiter
Automatic level control
Narrowband filter
> Key words:  SHORT-DURATION.  A noise blanker deals with a very specific type of radio noise: the high-amplitude short-duration pulses.
B-003-014-009    3-14-9
What type of interference is a noise blanker circuit most effective in eliminating?
Short-duration impulse-type noise
Continuous wideband background noise
Interfering signals on the same frequency
Distortion from overdeviated signals
> Key words:  SHORT-DURATION.  A noise blanker deals with a very specific type of radio noise: the high-amplitude short-duration pulses.
B-003-014-010    3-14-10
What is the function of transmit/receive switching in a transceiver?
To enable one antenna to be used for both transmitting and receiving
To change antennas for operation on other frequencies
To prevent RF currents entering the transmitter circuits
To allow more than one transmitter to be used
> Switching from receive to transmit supposes FOUR actions:  disconnect the antenna from the receiver, connect the antenna to the transmitter, silence the receiver and activate the power amplifier in the transmitter.  Typically, a 'relay' (a multiple contact electrically driven switch) performs the antenna changeover and the enabling/disabling of the transceiver sections.
B-003-014-011    3-14-11
What type of microphone has internal components similar to a loudspeaker?
Dynamic
Crystal
Condenser
Electret
> A 'Dynamic Microphone' is built around a membrane, a voice coil and a magnet:  sound waves cause the membrane to vibrate, the voice coil, attached to the membrane, moves in and out of a magnetic field, thus producing a tiny electrical signal corresponding to the voice.  A loudspeaker employs the reverse principle:  an audio signal applied to the voice coil moves the membrane to reproduce sound waves.
B-006-006-002    6-6-2
What does an antenna tuner do?
It matches a transceiver to a mismatched antenna system
It helps a receiver automatically tune in stations that are far away
It switches an antenna system to a transmitter when sending, and to a receiver when listening
It switches multiple transceivers to a common transmission line and antenna
> The 'antenna tuner' in an adjustable impedance matching network:  it can adapt the impedance of the antenna system (which changes with antenna dimensions and operating frequency) to the design impedance of the transceiver.  The 'antenna tuner' permits using an antenna on a frequency or band other than the one for which it was designed.

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L14b} Digital Modes.

B-003-015-001    3-15-1
Why can a modern digital radio system transmit voice and images, not just data?
Any analog information can be converted to digital data
Digital protocols can fall back to analog as needed
Digital signals are continuously variable signals
Modern transceivers have the necessary high efficiency amplifiers
> Once digitized, voice and images become data (a series of numbers) that a digital system is designed to transmit.
B-003-015-002    3-15-2
What is the fundamental difference between digital and analog data?
Digital data is encoded as discrete pre-agreed values
Digital data represents information as a continuously variable quantity
Digital data easily translates into digital signals
Digital data requires complex waveforms for transmission
> Digital data represents any information as numbers and their interpretation must be clearly defined.  Analog data can take varying values within a given range.
B-003-015-003    3-15-3
What is the function of a digipeater?
To receive digital data and retransmit data marked for retransmission
To receive digital data and export to the internet
To receive analog FM, convert to digital data and retransmit
To receive digital data, convert to analog FM and retransmit
> A 'Digipeater' (contraction of 'digital repeater') only repeats packets specifically addressed for routing through that digipeater:  i.e., marked with its call sign.  Unlike duplex voice repeaters using two frequencies, the digipeater receives, temporarily stores and retransmits the data packets on a single frequency.
B-003-015-004    3-15-4
What does "network" mean in packet radio?
A way of connecting packet-radio stations so data can be sent over long distances
A way of connecting terminal-node controllers by telephone so data can be sent over long distances
The connections on terminal-node controllers
The programming in a terminal-node controller that rejects other callers if a station is already connected
> In packet radio operation, a 'network' is a succession of digipeaters (or normal packet stations, which can also 'digipeat') used to connect to a station normally not within range of the originating station.
B-003-015-005    3-15-5
Why can dozens of FT8 communications occur simultaneously in the space needed for one single-sideband transmission?
Narrow bandwidth of an FT8 signal
Time interleaving of the transmissions
Formatting of the messages into packets
Message structure with limited contact information
> A single FT8 signal occupies a bandwidth of about 50 Hz, far less than an SSB signal that occupies 2 to 3 kHz.
B-003-015-006    3-15-6
Which of these modes can work at the lowest signal-to-noise ratio as measured in a 2500 Hz bandwidth?
FT8
PSK31
RTTY
CW
> FT8 is by design a weak-signal mode. Sophisticated digital signal processing allows it to dig signals out of the noise.
B-003-015-007    3-15-7
When selecting an RTTY transmitting frequency, what minimum frequency separation from a contact in progress should you allow (centre to centre) to minimize interference?
250 Hz to 500 Hz
50 Hz to 100 Hz
3 kHz to 5 kHz
6 kHz to 10 kHz
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.  Minimum frequency separation:  CW = 150 to 500 Hz, RTTY = 250 to 500 Hz, SSB = 3 kHz to 5 kHz.  [ The 'Mark' and 'Space' states are represented by two discrete frequencies, normally 170 Hz apart from one another. ]
B-003-015-008    3-15-8
When using a digital mode based on a computer sound card, how can you verify that the transmit audio level is NOT excessive?
Ask a local station to confirm your signal is free of splatter
Ensure your transmitter's audio compression is set to maximum
Verify that the automatic level control (ALC) is actively limiting every transmission
Ask a local station to confirm your signal can be successfully decoded
> Overmodulation (SSB) results in excessive bandwidth on the air (splatter) and interfering with stations using adjacent frequencies ('out-of-channel emissions').
B-003-015-009    3-15-9
What feature of packet radio makes it especially useful for emergency communications?
Reliable messaging (guaranteed delivery or notification of failure)
Packet functionality is included in most modern radios
Capable of simultaneous voice, image and data transmission
Encrypted signals prevent eavesdropping
> The protocol used in packet radio to deliver a message to a specific station includes an acknowledgement upon error-free reception of each information block.
B-003-015-010    3-15-10
A digital protocol implements automatic repeat request (ARQ). What does it permit?
Error correction
Unattended operation
Error detection
Automatic link establishment
> When two stations are communicating by radio in a mode including "automatic repeat request", the receiving station must confirm the correct reception of each information block or request a retransmission.
B-003-015-011    3-15-11
With a digital communication mode based on a computer sound card, what is the result of feeding excessive audio into the transmitter?
Splatter or out-of-channel emissions
Higher signal-to-noise ratio
Lower error rate
Power amplifier overheating
> Overmodulation (SSB) results in excessive bandwidth on the air (splatter) and interfering with stations using adjacent frequencies ('out-of-channel emissions').

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L15} Regulations, Part III: Technical rules, RF Exposure, Antenna Structures.

B-001-014-001    1-14-1
If a friend without amateur radio certification is using your station to talk to someone in Canada, and a foreign station breaks in to talk to your friend, what should you do?
Continue monitoring the communications of your friend
Take over the conversation with the Canadian and foreign station
Instruct your friend to ignore the foreign station
Stop all discussions and quickly sign off
> "Any foreign administration may permit its amateur stations to communicate on behalf of third parties without having to enter into any special arrangements with Canada.  Canada does not prohibit international communications on behalf of third parties.  International third-party communication in case of emergencies or disaster relief is expressly permitted unless specifically prohibited by a foreign administration." (RIC-3, Third-party Agreements and Arrangements)
B-001-014-002    1-14-2
In what circumstances can foreign amateur radio operators, other than United States citizens, operate while visiting Canada?
Their country has an agreement with Canada and the amateur radio operator has obtained the appropriate permit
Amateur radio operators are automatically granted equivalent privileges in all member states of the International Telecommunication Union
Canada automatically grants privileges to visiting amateur radio operators
The foreign amateur radio operator must submit an application to Radio Amateurs of Canada (RAC)
> To this day, only American amateur radio operators can operate a station while visiting Canada without prior registration.   Per a treaty signed in 1952, Canadian amateur radio operators are extended the same full reciprocity.  Other conditions apply to countries that have agreements with Canada, notably those who issue licenses per CEPT's Recommendation T/R 61-01 (European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations).
B-001-014-003    1-14-3
Canadian amateur radio operators may use their stations to transmit international communications on behalf of a third party:
because Canada does not prohibit international communications on behalf of third parties
if the amateur radio station has received written authorization from Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
when it is permitted by the foreign country
when prior remuneration has been received
> 'Third-Party communication': a message originating from or intended for a person other than the two amateurs in a radio contact.  Originally, countries needed to sign agreements permitting exchanges of messages on behalf of third parties.  Nowadays, each country states its position:  "Any foreign administration may permit its amateur stations to communicate on behalf of third parties without having to enter into any special arrangements with Canada.  Canada does not prohibit international communications on behalf of third parties. (RBR-4)"
B-001-014-004    1-14-4
What condition would preclude a Canadian amateur radio station from communicating with amateur radio stations in another country?
The country has filed an objection to such communications with the International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
It is prohibited by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
The country is not a member of the International Amateur Radio Union (IARU)
The conversation is not conducted totally in English or French
> Certain countries do not allow amateur communications within their borders;  they must notify the ITU that they forbid such communications.
B-001-014-005    1-14-5
Foreign amateur radio operators may operate in Canada if they qualify for a CEPT (European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations) Amateur Radio Licence. What operating privileges are they granted by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada?
Advanced
Basic with Honours
Basic and Morse code
Basic
> "In order to qualify for a CEPT licence according to T/R 61-01, a Canadian needs to hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification and Advanced Qualification and have their call sign on their certificate. " ... "A foreign amateur with a CEPT T/R 61-01 licence who is visiting Canada will have operating privileges equivalent to a Canadian with an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with both Basic Qualification and Advanced Qualification. " (RIC-3)
B-001-014-006    1-14-6
Third-party communications are those conducted on behalf of a person without amateur radio certification. In the Canadian amateur radio service, what third-party communications are permissible?
Only communications of a personal and non-commercial nature
Only communications where the third party is in a country approved by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
Only communications conducted entirely within Canada
Only communications routed through a digital network
> Two rules constrain amateur radio.  Messages need be "incidental to the purposes of the amateur service or remarks of a personal character".  Plus, commercial communications are forbidden.
B-001-014-007    1-14-7
International third-party amateur radio communication in case of emergencies or disaster relief is expressly permitted unless:
specifically prohibited by the foreign administration concerned
satellite communication can be originated in the disaster area
the foreign administration is in a declared state of war
internet service is working well in the foreign country involved
> "Any foreign administration may permit its amateur stations to communicate on behalf of third parties without having to enter into any special arrangements with Canada.  Canada does not prohibit international communications on behalf of third parties.  International third-party communication in case of emergencies or disaster relief is expressly permitted unless specifically prohibited by a foreign administration." (RIC-3, Third-party Agreements and Arrangements)
B-001-014-008    1-14-8
You and a foreign amateur radio operator both have a local friend without amateur radio certification engaged in radio communication. Who is considered a third party?
Both non-certified persons
The foreign amateur radio operator and the other person at the foreign station
The foreign amateur radio operator and both non-certified persons
The non-certified person at the Canadian station
> 'Third-Party communication': a message originating from or intended for a person other than the two amateurs in a radio contact.
B-001-014-009    1-14-9
While operating in Canada, what information must the holder of a United States-issued call sign indicate at least once during a contact?
Location by city and province
Current grid square
Location and output power
City and state of residence
> While visiting Canada, the American amateur radio operator must identify with his call sign, the qualifier "mobile" or "portable" and the Canadian call sign prefix per the station's  location. Once during the contact, the city and province/territory must be mentioned.
B-001-014-010    1-14-10
While in Canada and operating in a voice mode, American amateur radio operators must identify with their call sign, the qualifier "mobile" or "portable" and what other information?
The Canadian call sign prefix for the geographic location of the station
The name of the nearest Canadian community
The name of the province or territory where the station is located
The transmitting frequency being used
> While visiting Canada, the American amateur radio operator must identify with his call sign, the qualifier "mobile" or "portable" and the Canadian call sign prefix per the station's  location. Once during the contact, the city and province/territory must be mentioned.
B-001-014-011    1-14-11
Canadian amateur radio stations may provide communications on behalf of third parties:
with any other amateur radio station
only with countries that have third-party traffic agreements with Canada
on frequencies assigned to the Canadian Forces Affiliate Radio Service (CFARS)
only in cases of emergencies or disaster relief
> "Any foreign administration may permit its amateur stations to communicate on behalf of third parties without having to enter into any special arrangements with Canada.  Canada does not prohibit international communications on behalf of third parties.  International third-party communication in case of emergencies or disaster relief is expressly permitted unless specifically prohibited by a foreign administration." (RIC-3, Third-party Agreements and Arrangements)
B-001-015-001    1-15-1
If you let another amateur radio operator with additional qualifications than yours control your station and operate under your call sign, what operating privileges are allowed?
Only the privileges allowed by your qualifications
Any privileges allowed by the additional qualifications
All the emission privileges of the additional qualifications, but only the frequency privileges of your qualifications
All the frequency privileges of the additional qualifications, but only the emission privileges of your qualifications
> Given the owner of the station and the control operator are JOINTLY responsible, they only have in common the lesser of the privileges.  Quoted from a 1980 TRC-25:  "57) a licensee may permit another certificate holder to operate his station using only such frequencies and emission modes as the licensee is qualified to use or, if the person is not as qualified as the licensee, only such frequencies and emission modes as the person is qualified to use".  Interpretation:  a licensed visiting operator may only operate the station within your or his privileges, whichever are lower.
B-001-015-002    1-15-2
If you are the control operator at the station of another amateur radio operator who has more certificate qualifications than you, what operating privileges are you allowed?
Only the privileges allowed by your qualifications
Any privileges allowed by the additional qualifications
All the emission privileges of the additional qualifications, but only the frequency privileges of your qualifications
All the frequency privileges of the additional qualifications, but only the emission privileges of your qualifications
> Given the owner of the station and the control operator are JOINTLY responsible, they only have in common the lesser of the privileges.  Quoted from a 1980 TRC-25:  "57) a licensee may permit another certificate holder to operate his station using only such frequencies and emission modes as the licensee is qualified to use or, if the person is not as qualified as the licensee, only such frequencies and emission modes as the person is qualified to use".  Interpretation:  a licensed visiting operator may only operate the station within your or his privileges, whichever are lower.
B-001-015-003    1-15-3
In addition to passing the Basic written examination, what must you do before you are allowed to use amateur radio frequencies below 30 MHz?
You must attain a mark of 80% on the Basic examination, or pass an Advanced or Morse code examination
You must notify Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada that you intend to operate on the HF bands
You must pass a provincial communications examination
You must attend a class to learn about HF communications
> Until July 2003, it was an ITU regulation that amateurs needed to demonstrate Morse proficiency before being allowed BELOW 30 MHz.  In July 2005, Canada added alternatives to the Morse qualification;  namely, an 80% mark on the Basic qualification or an Advanced qualification.
B-001-015-004    1-15-4
The holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate may operate radio-controlled models:
on all amateur radio bands above 30 MHz
if the control transmitter does not exceed 15 kHz of occupied bandwidth
on all amateur radio bands below 30 MHz
if only pulse modulation is used
> "Frequencies for Radio Control of Models:  The frequency for the radio control of a model is limited to any frequency within the amateur bands above 30 MHz" (RBR-4)
B-001-015-005    1-15-5
What is the frequency range of the 80-metre amateur radio band in Canada?
3.5 MHz to 4.0 MHz
3.0 MHz to 3.5 MHz
4.0 MHz to 4.5 MHz
4.5 MHz to 5.0 MHz
> 80 metres:  3.5 to 4.0 MHz.  Some amateurs refer to the upper part, say 3.8 MHz and up, as 75 metres.  With wavelength in metres being 300 divided by frequency in megahertz, the band covers 86 metres to 75 metres.
B-001-015-006    1-15-6
What is the frequency range of the 160-metre amateur radio band in Canada?
1.8 MHz to 2.0 MHz
1.5 MHz to 2.0 MHz
2.0 MHz to 2.25 MHz
2.25 MHz to 2.5 MHz
> 160 metres:  1.8 to 2.0 MHz.  With wavelength in metres being 300 divided by frequency in megahertz, the band covers 167 metres to 150 metres.
B-001-015-007    1-15-7
What is the frequency range of the 40-metre amateur radio band in Canada?
7.0 MHz to 7.3 MHz
6.5 MHz to 6.8 MHz
6.0 MHz to 6.3 MHz
7.7 MHz to 8.0 MHz
> 40 metres:  7.0 to 7.3 MHz.  With wavelength in metres being 300 divided by frequency in megahertz, the band covers 43 metres to 41 metres.
B-001-015-008    1-15-8
What is the frequency range of the 20-metre amateur radio band in Canada?
14.000 MHz to 14.350 MHz
13.500 MHz to 14.000 MHz
15.000 MHz to 15.750 MHz
16.350 MHz to 16.830 MHz
> 20 metres:  14.00 to 14.35 MHz.  With wavelength in metres being 300 divided by frequency in megahertz, the band covers 21.4 metres to 20.9 metres.
B-001-015-009    1-15-9
What is the frequency range of the 15-metre amateur radio band in Canada?
21.000 MHz to 21.450 MHz
18.068 MHz to 18.168 MHz
14.000 MHz to 14.350 MHz
28.000 MHz to 29.700 MHz
> 15 metres:  21.00 to 21.45 MHz.  With wavelength in metres being 300 divided by frequency in megahertz, the band covers 14.3 metres to 14.0 metres.
B-001-015-010    1-15-10
What is the frequency range of the 10-metre amateur radio band in Canada?
28.000 MHz to 29.700 MHz
24.890 MHz to 24.990 MHz
21.000 MHz to 21.450 MHz
50.000 MHz to 54.000 MHz
> 10 metres:  28.0 to 29.7 MHz.  NOTE:  FM is not allowed below 29.5 MHz.  Signal from Basic operator cannot be retransmitted below 29.5 MHz.  With wavelength in metres being 300 divided by frequency in megahertz, the band covers 10.7 metres to 10.1 metres.
B-001-015-011    1-15-11
In Canada, which bands may amateur radio operators use for radio control of models?
All amateur radio bands above 30 MHz
50 MHz to 54 MHz only
All amateur radio bands
50 MHz to 54 MHz, 144 MHz to 148 MHz, and 222 MHz to 225 MHz only
> "Frequencies for Radio Control of Models:  The frequency for the radio control of a model is limited to any frequency within the amateur bands above 30 MHz" (RBR-4)
B-001-016-001    1-16-1
What is the maximum authorized bandwidth on the 6-metre and 2-metre bands?
30 kHz
20 kHz
6 kHz
5 kHz
> Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-002    1-16-2
The maximum bandwidth of an amateur radio station's transmission allowed in the band 28 MHz to 29.7 MHz is:
20 kHz
6 kHz
30 kHz
15 kHz
> Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-003    1-16-3
Except for one band, what is the allowed bandwidth on amateur radio bands between 7 MHz and 25 MHz?
6 kHz
15 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
> Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-004    1-16-4
The maximum bandwidth of an amateur radio station's transmission allowed in the band 144 MHz to 148 MHz is:
30 kHz
6 kHz
20 kHz
15 kHz
> Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-005    1-16-5
The maximum bandwidth of an amateur radio station's transmission allowed in the band 50 MHz to 54 MHz is:
30 kHz
20 kHz
6 kHz
15 kHz
> Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-006    1-16-6
Which of the following amateur radio bands has a maximum allowed bandwidth of less than 6 kHz?
10.100 MHz to 10.150 MHz
18.068 MHz to 18.168 MHz
24.890 MHz to 24.990 MHz
1.800 MHz to 2.000 MHz
> Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-007    1-16-7
In which of the following amateur radio bands is single sideband prohibited?
10.100 MHz to 10.150 MHz
18.068 MHz to 18.168 MHz
24.890 MHz to 24.990 MHz
7.000 MHz to 7.300 MHz
> Key word:  PROHIBITED.  SSB is too wide for 30 metres.  Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-008    1-16-8
What precaution must an amateur radio operator take when transmitting near band edges?
Ensure that the entire occupied bandwidth falls within the amateur radio band
Restrict operation to radiotelegraphy (CW) or digital modes
Make sure that the emission mode is compatible with agreed band plans
Reduce transmitter power
> Transmissions occupy a certain bandwidth on the radio spectrum, i.e., a range of frequencies around the operating frequency; how wide a chunk depends on the amount of information to be transmitted concurrently.  For example, a commercial TV channel requires 6 megahertz of bandwidth.  Here are a few Amateur modes: CW (Morse) = about 100 Hz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM (5 kHz deviation) = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-009    1-16-9
Based on the frequency stated and emission mode, which of the following combinations is prohibited?
Fast-scan television (ATV) on 145 MHz
FT8 on 14.074 MHz
Morse radiotelegraphy (CW) on 10.145 MHz
Fast-scan television (ATV) on 440 MHz
> Key word:  PROHIBITED.  With a bandwidth of 6 MHz, ATV is too wide for 2 metres.  Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-010    1-16-10
Based on the frequency stated and emission mode, which of the following combinations is prohibited?
Fast-scan television (ATV) on 14.23 MHz
Slow-scan television (SSTV) on 14.23 MHz
Frequency modulation (FM) on 29.60 MHz
Single sideband (SSB) on 3.76 MHz
> Key word:  PROHIBITED.  With a bandwidth of 6 MHz, ATV is too wide for 20 metres.  Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-016-011    1-16-11
Based on the frequency stated and emission mode, which of the following combinations is prohibited?
Single sideband (SSB) on 10.12 MHz
Frequency modulation (FM) on 29.6 MHz
Morse radiotelegraphy (CW) on 10.11 MHz
FT8 on 10.136 MHz
> Key word:  PROHIBITED.  SSB is too wide for 30 metres.  Allowed bandwidths: with the exception of 30 m (10.1 to 10.15 MHz) where 1 kHz is allowed, 6 kHz is allowed on bands below 28 MHz, 20 kHz is allowed on 10 m (28.0 to 29.7 MHz), 30 kHz is allowed on 6 m (50 to 54 MHz) and 2 m (144 to 148 MHz), Fast-scan Amateur Television only becomes permissible on 430 to 450 MHz [where 12 MHz of bandwidth is allowed].  In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.
B-001-017-001    1-17-1
What transmitter power should Canadian amateur radio operators use at all times?
The minimum legal power necessary to communicate
400 watts PEP output
560 watts DC input
560 watts PEP output
> Amateurs shall use the minimum legal power necessary to communicate within these restrictions:  BASIC Qualification = 250 watts DC input or 560 watts PEP ("where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load").  ADVANCED Qualification:  1000 watts DC input or 2250 watts PEP.  The Morse Qualification has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-017-002    1-17-2
For single sideband (SSB) operation, what is the maximum transmitter peak envelope power (PEP) that an amateur radio station may use if the operator holds an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Advanced Qualification?
2250 watts
560 watts
250 watts
190 watts
> Key word:  ADVANCED.  Amateurs shall use the minimum legal power necessary to communicate within these restrictions:  BASIC Qualification = 250 watts DC input or 560 watts PEP ("where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load").  ADVANCED Qualification:  1000 watts DC input or 2250 watts PEP.  The Morse Qualification has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-017-003    1-17-3
You have determined the maximum transmitter power that meets RF exposure and radiated power limits. Where do you verify this power is NOT exceeded?
At the output of the transmitter or external amplifier
At the antenna feed point
At the power supply terminals
At the antenna tuner output
> Measuring the "direct current input power" presumes that the current consumed strictly by the power amplifier and its working voltage are known.  The "radio frequency output power" can be measured at the RF output connector of the power amplifier with a wattmeter.  Of the two, this last one is more readily accessible.
B-001-017-004    1-17-4
For SSB operation on 3750 kHz, what is the maximum transmitter peak envelope power (PEP) that an amateur radio station may use if the operator holds an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic and Morse code qualifications?
560 watts
1000 watts
1500 watts
2250 watts
> Key word:  BASIC.  Amateurs shall use the minimum legal power necessary to communicate within these restrictions:  BASIC Qualification = 250 watts DC input or 560 watts PEP ("where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load").  ADVANCED Qualification:  1000 watts DC input or 2250 watts PEP.  The Morse Qualification has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-017-005    1-17-5
For SSB operation on 7055 kHz, what is the maximum transmitter peak envelope power (PEP) that an amateur radio station may use if the operator holds an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification with Honours?
560 watts
1000 watts
2250 watts
200 watts
> Key word:  BASIC.  Amateurs shall use the minimum legal power necessary to communicate within these restrictions:  BASIC Qualification = 250 watts DC input or 560 watts PEP ("where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load").  ADVANCED Qualification:  1000 watts DC input or 2250 watts PEP.  Achieving the Honours level has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-017-006    1-17-6
What is the maximum effective radiated power (ERP), expressed as peak envelope power (PEP), the holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Advanced Qualification may use on 60 metres?
100 watts
250 watts
560 watts
2250 watts
> Key word:  60 METRES.  "Amateur service operators may transmit in the frequency band 5 351.5-5 366.5 kHz and on the following four centre frequencies: 5 332 kHz, 5 348 kHz, 5 373 kHz and 5 405 kHz. Amateur stations are allowed to operate with a maximum effective radiated power of 100 W PEP in each channel..." (RBR-4)
B-001-017-007    1-17-7
What is the maximum allowed DC input power to the final RF stage of an amateur radio transmitter when the operator holds an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Advanced Qualification?
1000 watts
250 watts
1500 watts
560 watts
> Key word:  ADVANCED.  Amateurs shall use the minimum legal power necessary to communicate within these restrictions:  BASIC Qualification = 250 watts DC input or 560 watts PEP ("where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load").  ADVANCED Qualification:  1000 watts DC input or 2250 watts PEP.  The Morse Qualification has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-017-008    1-17-8
On 630 metres and 2200 metres, what key antenna characteristic must be taken into account to comply with power limitations expressed as equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP)?
Gain
Bandwidth
Impedance
Resonance
> Key word:  630 METRES.  "The maximum equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) of stations in the amateur service using frequencies in the band 472-479 kHz shall not exceed 1 W." (RBR-4)  The equivalent isotropically radiated power is the power delivered to the antenna times the maximum gain of the antenna referenced to an isotropic radiator.
B-001-017-009    1-17-9
What maximum DC input power to the transmitter final amplifier stage, may be used by the holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification?
250 watts
1000 watts
750 watts
560 watts
> Key word:  BASIC.  Amateurs shall use the minimum legal power necessary to communicate within these restrictions:  BASIC Qualification = 250 watts DC input or 560 watts PEP ("where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load").  ADVANCED Qualification:  1000 watts DC input or 2250 watts PEP.  The Morse Qualification has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-017-010    1-17-10
Unless an operator holds an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Advanced Qualification, what is the maximum carrier power that an amateur radio station may use on emissions other than SSB?
190 watts
250 watts
560 watts
750 watts
> "The holder of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification is limited to a maximum transmitting power of: (a) where expressed as direct-current input power, 250 W to the anode or collector circuit of the transmitter stage that supplies radio frequency energy to the antenna; or (b) where expressed as radio frequency output power measured across an impedance-matched load, (i) 560 W peak envelope power for transmitters that produce any type of single-sideband emission, or (ii) 190 W carrier power for transmitters that produce any other type of emission". (RBR-4, Restrictions on Capacity and Power Output)".  Achieving the Honours level has no bearing on the allowed power.
B-001-018-001    1-18-1
What kind of amateur radio station automatically retransmits the signals of other stations?
Repeater station
Satellite control station
Remote-control station
Beacon station
> A 'repeater' is generally located on a hill or tall building.  It is meant to extend the range of portables and mobiles.  'Beacons' are one-way automated stations maintained by amateurs which operate on known frequencies to permit evaluating propagation conditions.
B-001-018-002    1-18-2
An unmodulated carrier may be transmitted only:
for brief tests on frequencies below 30 MHz
if the final RF amplifier output is kept under 5 watts
for CW communication
for holding a frequency until a net begins
> "An unmodulated carrier in a frequency band below 30 MHz may be transmitted for brief tests."  (RBR-4)
B-001-018-003    1-18-3
What is the lowest output frequency of the repeaters that holders of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with only a Basic Qualification are allowed to use?
29.500 MHz
29.700 MHz
50 MHz
144 MHz
> "Radiotelephone signals in a frequency band below 29.50 MHz cannot be automatically retransmitted unless these signals are received from a station operated by a person qualified to transmit on frequencies below 29.50 MHz." (RBR-4)
B-001-018-004    1-18-4
What is the lowest output frequency band segment of the repeaters that holders of an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with only a Basic Qualification are allowed to use?
29.500 MHz to 29.700 MHz
28.000 MHz to 29.700 MHz
53 MHz to 54 MHz
145 MHz to 148 MHz
> Key word:  NOT.  "Radiotelephone signals in a frequency band below 29.50 MHz cannot be automatically retransmitted unless these signals are received from a station operated by a person qualified to transmit on frequencies below 29.50 MHz." (RBR-4)
B-001-019-001    1-19-1
What do Canadian regulations stipulate regarding frequency stability in the amateur radio service?
It must be equivalent to crystal control below 148 MHz
It shall remain within 2 parts per million, one hour after power up
It must not drift more than 10 Hz from a governmental time signal broadcast service
It shall remain within 0.05% from -30 to +40 degrees Celsius ambient temperature
> "The frequency stability of an amateur station in a frequency band below 148.000 MHz shall be equal to or greater than that which is obtainable using crystal control." (RBR-4)
B-001-019-002    1-19-2
Which of the following emission modes requires that an amateur radio station have means to prevent or indicate overmodulation?
SSB
CW
RTTY
FM
> Key word:  OVERMODULATION.  Supposes voice operation.  "An amateur station shall be equipped with a means of: (a) determining the transmit frequency to the same degree of accuracy as would a crystal calibrator; and (b) indicating or preventing overmodulation of the transmitter in the case of a radiotelephone transmitter." (RBR-4)
B-001-019-003    1-19-3
Amateur radio stations are required to have means of indicating or preventing a signal quality problem unique to voice transmissions. What is it?
Overmodulation
Excessive compression
Inadequate pre-emphasis
Inadequate audio filtering
> Key words:  VOICE TRANSMISSIONS.  Voice operation runs the risk of overmodulation.  "An amateur station shall be equipped with a means of: (a) determining the transmit frequency to the same degree of accuracy as would a crystal calibrator; and (b) indicating or preventing overmodulation of the transmitter in the case of a radiotelephone transmitter." (RBR-4)
B-001-019-004    1-19-4
What is the maximum percentage of modulation permitted for amateur radio voice communications?
100%
75%
50%
90%
> "An amateur station transmitting amplitude modulation is limited to no more than 100% modulation." (RBR-4)
B-001-019-005    1-19-5
What must all amateur radio stations be capable of reliably measuring, regardless of emission mode?
Frequency
RF power
SWR
Modulation
> Key words:  REGARDLESS OF THE MODE.  "Determining the frequency" applies to all modes.  "Indication or prevention of overmodulation" applies to voice operation.  "An amateur station shall be equipped with a means of: (a) determining the transmit frequency to the same degree of accuracy as would a crystal calibrator; and (b) indicating or preventing overmodulation of the transmitter in the case of a radiotelephone transmitter." (RBR-4)
B-001-019-006    1-19-6
What is the maximum percentage of modulation permitted for amateur radio voice communications?
100%
90%
75%
50%
> "An amateur station transmitting amplitude modulation is limited to no more than 100% modulation." (RBR-4)
B-001-020-001    1-20-1
What types of messages may be transmitted to an amateur radio station in a foreign country?
Messages related to the purposes of amateur radio or remarks of a personal nature
Messages of any type, if the foreign country allows third-party communications with Canada
Messages that are not religious, political, or patriotic in nature
Messages of any type
> Regulations do not permit just "any type" of message.  Messages need be "incidental to the purposes of the amateur service or remarks of a personal character".
B-001-020-002    1-20-2
The amateur radio station operator shall ensure that:
international communications are limited to the purposes of amateur radio or remarks of a personal nature
commercial communications are brief
international communications are carried out within the power limitations of the foreign administration
third parties are charged a nominal sum for their messages
> Regulations do not permit just "any type" of message.  Messages need be "incidental to the purposes of the amateur service or remarks of a personal character".
B-001-020-003    1-20-3
Which of the following is a provision of the International Telecommunication Union's Radio Regulations that applies to Canadian amateur radio operators?
International communications are permitted unless an administration has registered an objection
Certification requirements in the amateur radio service are prescribed in the Radio Regulations
Radiocommunications between certified amateur radio operators are always permitted even if a country objects
Amateur radio operators may recover reasonable costs from transmitting third-party messages
> Certain countries do not allow amateur communications within their borders;  they must notify the ITU that they forbid such communications.
B-001-020-004    1-20-4
What do the International Telecommunication Union's Radio Regulations prescribe regarding proficiency in Morse code?
Administrations determine if proficiency in Morse code is a requirement for authorization
Administrations shall not make proficiency in Morse code a requirement
Amateur radio operators must demonstrate proficiency in Morse code before using it on international communications
Current regulations make no reference to proficiency in Morse code
> ITU Regs Art. 25.5 says: "Administrations shall determine whether or not a person seeking a licence to operate an amateur station shall demonstrate the ability to send and receive texts in Morse code signals."
B-001-020-005    1-20-5
Canadian amateur radio operators must comply with the Radiocommunication Act and Radiocommunication Regulations. What other organization issues radio regulations that Canadian amateur radio operators must comply with?
International Telecommunication Union
Provincial or territorial government communications department
Radio Amateurs of Canada (RAC)
International Amateur Radio Union
> The ITU ( an agency of the United Nations ) edicts global rules to which Canada adheres.
B-001-021-001    1-21-1
In which region of the International Telecommunication Union is Canada located?
Region 2
Region 4
Region 3
Region 1
> Region 1 = Europe and Africa.  Region 2 = the Americas.  Region 3 = Australia and Southeast Asia.
B-001-021-002    1-21-2
A Canadian amateur radio operator, operating their station in the state of Florida, is subject to which frequency band limits?
Those applicable to United States amateur radio operators
Those applicable in International Telecommunication Union region 2
Those applicable in International Telecommunication Union region 3
Those applicable in International Telecommunication Union region 1
> When operating within a country or within territorial waters (generally, 12 nautical miles or 22 kilometres from the shore), the regulations of the specific country apply.
B-001-021-003    1-21-3
A Canadian amateur radio operator, operating their station 7 kilometres offshore from the coast of Florida, is subject to which frequency band limits?
Those applicable to United States amateur radio operators
Those applicable to Canadian amateur radio operators
Those applicable in International Telecommunication Union region 1
Those applicable in International Telecommunication Union region 2
> Key words:  SEVEN KILOMETRES FROM THE COAST.  This close to the shore is not yet considered "international waters".  When operating within a country or within territorial waters (generally, 12 nautical miles or 22 kilometres from the shore), the regulations of the specific country apply.
B-001-021-004    1-21-4
In which region of the International Telecommunication Union are Australia, Japan, and Southeast Asia located?
Region 3
Region 1
Region 2
Region 4
> Region 1 = Europe and Africa.  Region 2 = the Americas.  Region 3 = Australia and Southeast Asia.
B-001-021-005    1-21-5
In which region of the International Telecommunication Union are Europe and Africa located?
Region 1
Region 2
Region 3
Region 4
> Region 1 = Europe and Africa.  Region 2 = the Americas.  Region 3 = Australia and Southeast Asia.
B-001-021-006    1-21-6
A CEPT (European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations) Amateur Radio Licence allows a qualified Canadian amateur radio operator to operate while visiting any participating country. What minimum level of qualification does a Canadian amateur radio operator need?
Advanced
Basic with Honours
Basic with Morse code
Basic
> "In order to qualify for a CEPT licence according to T/R 61-01, a Canadian needs to hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification and Advanced Qualification and have their call sign on their certificate. " ... "A foreign amateur with a CEPT T/R 61-01 licence who is visiting Canada will have operating privileges equivalent to a Canadian with an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with both Basic Qualification and Advanced Qualification. " (RIC-3)
B-001-021-007    1-21-7
A Canadian amateur radio operator with a CEPT (European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations) Amateur Radio Licence operates in a participating country using a voice mode. What form of identification is required?
Transmit the visited country's prefix, followed by "stroke," followed by their Canadian call sign
Transmit their Canadian call sign, followed by "stroke," followed by the visited country's prefix
Transmit their Canadian call sign
Transmit their Canadian call sign, followed by "stroke," followed by the name of the country being visited
> When transmitting in the visited country, the licence holder must use his national call sign preceded by the call sign prefix of the visited country, as indicated in Annex 2 and Annex 4. The call sign prefix and the national call sign must be separated by the character "/" (telegraphy) or the word "stroke"(telephony). (CEPT Recommendation T/R 61-01 Annex 1, Sect. 2.3)
B-001-021-008    1-21-8
What minimum level of qualification does a Canadian amateur radio operator need to operate in the United States?
Basic
Basic with Honours
Basic with Morse code
Advanced
> "In order to qualify for a CEPT licence according to T/R 61-01, a Canadian needs to hold an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with Basic Qualification and Advanced Qualification and have their call sign on their certificate. " ... "A foreign amateur with a CEPT T/R 61-01 licence who is visiting Canada will have operating privileges equivalent to a Canadian with an Amateur Radio Operator Certificate with both Basic Qualification and Advanced Qualification. " (RIC-3)
B-001-021-009    1-21-9
A Canadian amateur radio operator is operating in the United States using voice. What form of identification is required?
Transmit their Canadian call sign, followed by "portable" or "mobile" as appropriate, followed by the prefix for the US call area being visited
Transmit the prefix for the US call area being visited, followed by "portable" or "mobile" as appropriate, followed by their Canadian call sign
Transmit their Canadian call sign
Transmit their Canadian call sign, followed by the city and state where they are visiting
> Treaty Series 1952 No. 7 - The visiting amateur will identify his station by:  (1) Radiotelegraph operation  The amateur call sign issued to him by the licensing country followed by a slant (/) sign and the amateur call sign prefix and call area number of the country he is visiting. (2) Radio telephone operation - The amateur call sign in English issued to him by the licensing country followed by the words "fixed", "portable" or "mobile", as appropriate, and the amateur call sign prefix and call area number of the country he is visiting.
B-001-023-001    1-23-1
Which of these statements about the installation or modification of an antenna structure is NOT correct?
An amateur radio operator may erect any size antenna structure without consulting neighbours or the local land-use authority
An amateur radio operator must follow Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's antenna siting procedures
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada expects amateur radio operators to address community concerns in a responsible manner
Prior to an installation, for which community concerns could be raised, amateur radio operators may be required to consult with their land-use authority
> Key words:  NOT CORRECT.  (CPC-2-0-03) 1.2 Application - The requirements of this document apply to anyone who is planning to install or modify an antenna system, regardless of the type (referred to in this document as the "proponent") ... (including for amateur radio operation and over-the-air TV reception) ... 4.1 Land-use authority consultation - Unless the proposal meets the exclusion criteria outlined in section 6, proponents must consult with the local land-use authority(ies)...
B-001-023-002    1-23-2
Who has authority over antenna installations, including antenna masts and towers?
The Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry
The provincial or territorial Minister of Infrastructure
The local municipal government
The majority of neighbours within a distance of three times the proposed antenna height
> "5. (1) the Minister may, taking into account all matters that the Minister considers relevant for ensuring the orderly establishment or modification of radio stations and the orderly development and efficient operation of radiocommunication in Canada, ... (f) approve each site on which radio apparatus, including antenna systems, may be located, and approve the erection of all masts, towers and other antenna-supporting structures" (Radiocommunication Act)
B-001-023-003    1-23-3
When may you NOT be required to contact land-use authorities to determine public consultation requirements for an antenna system?
When an exclusion criterion defined by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada applies
In a rural area
When the structure is part of an amateur radio antenna
When transmitting will only be done at low power
> Key words: may NOT BE required.  (CPC-2-0-03) 1.2 Application - The requirements of this document apply to anyone who is planning to install or modify an antenna system, regardless of the type (referred to in this document as the "proponent") ... (including for amateur radio operation and over-the-air TV reception) ... 4.1 Land-use authority consultation - Unless the proposal meets the exclusion criteria outlined in section 6, proponents must consult with the local land-use authority(ies)...
B-001-023-004    1-23-4
If an amateur radio operator wants to install or modify an antenna system and the local land-use authority has no approval process, what must the amateur radio operator do?
Follow the default public consultation process outlined by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
Proceed without public consultation
Develop their own public consultation process
Wait for the land-use authority to develop its own public consultation process
> (CPC-2-0-03) 4.2 ISED's default public consultation process - Proponents must follow ISED's default public consultation process where the local land-use authority does not have an established and documented public consultation process applicable to antenna siting.
B-001-023-005    1-23-5
Which is NOT an element of the Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada public consultation process for antenna systems?
Participating in public meetings on the project
Providing written notice
Addressing relevant questions, comments and concerns
Providing an opportunity for the public to respond regarding measures to address reasonable and relevant concerns
> (CPC-2-0-03) 4.2 ISED's default public consultation process - ISED's default process has three steps whereby the proponent: 1. provides written notification to the public, the land-use authority and ISED ... 2. engages the public and the land-use authority in order to address relevant questions, comments and concerns ... 3. provides an opportunity to the public and the land-use authority to formally respond in writing to the proponent ...
B-001-023-006    1-23-6
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's default public consultation process for antenna systems requires proponents to address:
reasonable and relevant concerns provided in writing within the 30-day public comment period
all questions, comments and concerns raised
comments reported in the media
opposition to the project
> (CPC-2-0-03) 4.2 ISED's default public consultation process - 3. provides an opportunity to the public and the land-use authority to formally respond in writing to the proponent regarding measures taken to address reasonable and relevant concerns (i.e. public reply comment) ... Public notification - 2. It is the proponent's responsibility to ensure that the notification provides at least 30 days for written public comment.
B-001-023-007    1-23-7
In a municipality with a public consultation process for antenna systems, when might public consultation NOT be required?
The system is excluded by the municipal process OR the provisions of Client Procedures Circular CPC-2-0-03
The system is excluded by the provisions of Client Procedures Circular CPC-2-0-03
The system is excluded by the municipal process
The system is excluded by the municipal process AND the provisions of Client Procedures Circular CPC-2-0-03
> (CPC-2-0-03) 4.1 Land-use authority consultation - Unless the proposal meets the exclusion criteria outlined in section 6, proponents must consult with the local land-use authority(ies)... Under their processes, land-use authorities may exclude from consultation any antenna system installation in addition to those identified by ISED's own consultation exclusion criteria (section 6). 
B-001-023-008    1-23-8
The proponent of an antenna system and a stakeholder, other than the general public, have failed to reach an agreement. How is a final decision reached?
The decision is made by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
The decision is postponed until an agreement is reached
The decision is made by the local municipality
The decision is made by a majority vote of residents within a radius of three times the antenna height
> (CPC-2-0-03) 5. Dispute resolution process - ISED will, based on the information provided, either: [*] make a final decision on the issue(s) in question, and advise the parties of its decision or [*] suggest the parties enter into an alternate dispute resolution process in order to come to a final decision; should the parties be unable to reach a mutually agreeable solution, either party may request that ISED make a final decision.
B-001-023-009    1-23-9
Ignoring other requirements regarding the installation or modification of an antenna system, what is the tallest antenna structure you could erect without public consultation?
The tallest exempted by the land-use authority or Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
10 metres
15 metres
21 metres
> (CPC-2-0-03) 4.1 Land-use authority consultation - Unless the proposal meets the exclusion criteria outlined in section 6, proponents must consult with the local land-use authority(ies)... Under their processes, land-use authorities may exclude from consultation any antenna system installation in addition to those identified by ISED's own consultation exclusion criteria (section 6).  6. Exclusions - The following proposals are excluded from land-use authority and public consultation requirements: [*] New antenna systems: where the height is less than 15 metres above ground level.
B-001-023-010    1-23-10
Where a land-use authority or municipality has established a public consultation process for antenna systems, who determines how public consultation should take place?
The municipality or local land-use authority
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
The person planning to erect an antenna structure
The provincial government
> (CPC-2-0-03) 4.1 Land-use authority consultation - Land-use authorities are encouraged to establish reasonable, relevant, and predictable consultation processes specific to antenna systems that consider such things as: [*] the designation of suitable contacts or responsible officials [*] proposal submission requirements [*] public consultation ...
B-001-024-001    1-24-1
What organization has published safety guidelines for the maximum limits of RF energy near the human body?
Health Canada
Canadian Standards Association
Environment Canada
National Research Council
> Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-002    1-24-2
What is the purpose of Safety Code 6?
It gives RF exposure limits for the human body
It lists all RF frequency allocations for interference protection
It sets transmitter power limits for interference protection
It sets antenna height limits for aircraft protection
> Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-003    1-24-3
According to Safety Code 6, what frequencies cause us the greatest risk from RF energy?
48 MHz to 300 MHz
300 MHz to 3000 MHz
Above 1500 MHz
3 MHz to 30 MHz
> Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-004    1-24-4
Why is the limit of exposure to RF the lowest in the frequency range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz, according to Safety Code 6?
The human body absorbs RF energy the most in this range
There are more transmitters operating in this range
There are fewer transmitters operating in this range
Most transmissions in this range are for a longer time
> Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-005    1-24-5
According to Safety Code 6, what is the maximum safe power output to the antenna of a hand-held VHF or UHF radio?
Not specified
5 watts
7 watts
8 watts
> Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-006    1-24-6
When specifying maximum levels of exposure to RF fields, which two basic situations does Safety Code 6 cover?
Controlled and uncontrolled environments
Fixed and portable transmitters
Transmitters below 30 MHz and above 30 MHz
Commercial and private transmitters
> Key word:  NOT.  Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-007    1-24-7
Apart from energy absorption and especially below 10 MHz, what is the second established adverse health effect described in Safety Code 6?
Nerve stimulation
Nausea
Numbness
Skin redness
> Safety code 6:  Despite the advent of numerous additional research studies on RF fields and health, the only established adverse health effects associated with RF field exposures in the frequency range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz relate to the occurrence of tissue heating and nerve stimulation (NS) from short-term (acute) exposures.
B-001-024-008    1-24-8
Which statement is NOT correct?
Hand-held transmitters are excluded from Safety Code 6 requirements
Antenna gain, distance, transmitter power and frequency all influence exposure to radio energy
Safety Code 6 uses different units for magnetic field strength and electric field strength
Safety Code 6 specifies lower exposure limits for the general public in uncontrolled areas than for controlled areas
> Key words: NOT CORRECT.  All installations must comply with Safety Code 6.  At one time, portable transmitters below 1 GHz and less than 7 watts were automatically excluded from evaluation; this is now false.
B-001-024-009    1-24-9
Safety Code 6 sets limits for RF exposure from radio transmitters. Which types of transmitters are exempt from regulation?
No transmitters are exempt
Broadcast transmitters
Portable transmitters
Low power transmitters (less than 10 watts)
> Health-Canada publishes 'Safety Code 6' (Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields) to protect workers (controlled environment) and the general public (uncontrolled environment) from adverse health effects. The lowest exposure limit is set to '22.1 volts per metre' for the range of 48 MHz to 300 MHz.  This range is presumed to be the one over which the human body most readily absorbs RF energy.   Limits on either side of that range are higher.  Since 1999, a previous exemption for portable transmitters has been removed (i.e., handhelds are no longer exempt from code requirements).
B-001-024-010    1-24-10
Which of these statements about Safety Code 6 is NOT correct?
Safety Code 6 sets limits in terms of power levels fed into antennas
Safety Code 6 sets limits for contact currents that could be drawn from ungrounded or poorly grounded objects
Safety Code 6 sets limits for induced currents, electrical field strength and magnetic field strength from electromagnetic radiation
Safety Code 6 sets limits for allowable rates at which RF energy is absorbed in the body (specific absorption rate)
> Key word: FALSE.  The Code does not refer directly to power levels.  Antenna gain, distance, transmitter power and frequency are all factors which influence exposure.  Exposure limits relate to electric (volt/metre) and magnetic (ampere/metre) field strengths; Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits are expressed in watts/kilogram; induced and contact currents are stated in milliamperes.
B-001-025-001    1-25-1
Your neighbour's stereo system malfunctions when you are transmitting. What provision in Electromagnetic Compatibility Advisory Bulletin EMCAB-2 deems the stereo system's lack of immunity is the cause?
The field strength of your emissions, on your neighbour's premises, is below Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's specified immunity criteria
You are transmitting at or below your maximum permitted power
The malfunction stops when you stop transmitting
The field strength of your emissions, on your neighbour's premises, is above Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's specified immunity criteria
> "If the level of the transmitted signal exceeds the applicable field strength value on the premises of the affected equipment, it will be deemed that the transmission is the cause of the problem.  If the field strength is less than the applicable value, the affected equipment's lack of immunity will be judged the cause.  These criteria are not applicable to incidents involving the transmissions of AM, FM or TV broadcasting transmitters". (EMCAB-2)
B-001-025-002    1-25-2
Your neighbour's television receiver malfunctions when you are transmitting. What provision in Electromagnetic Compatibility Advisory Bulletin EMCAB-2 deems your transmission is the cause?
The field strength of your emissions, on your neighbour's premises, is above Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's specified immunity criteria
You are transmitting at or below your maximum permitted power
The malfunction continues when you stop transmitting
The field strength of your emissions, on your neighbour's premises, is below Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's specified immunity criteria
> "If the level of the transmitted signal exceeds the applicable field strength value on the premises of the affected equipment, it will be deemed that the transmission is the cause of the problem.  If the field strength is less than the applicable value, the affected equipment's lack of immunity will be judged the cause.  These criteria are not applicable to incidents involving the transmissions of AM, FM or TV broadcasting transmitters". (EMCAB-2)
B-001-025-003    1-25-3
When determining the field strength criterion per Electromagnetic Compatibility Advisory Bulletin EMCAB-2, what type of equipment describes devices often used in home entertainment systems, but not strictly speaking radio apparatus?
Associated equipment
Broadcast receivers
Radio-sensitive equipment
Low-immunity equipment
> "Radio-sensitive equipment" means any device, machinery or equipment, other than radio apparatus, the use or functioning of which is or can be adversely affected by radiocommunication emissions" (Radiocommunication Act). Associated Equipment means radio sensitive equipment which is often, or sometimes exclusively, used in association with radio apparatus, typically forming part of a multipurpose home entertainment system. (EMCAB-2).
B-001-025-004    1-25-4
Your neighbour complains that your transmissions interfere with their garage door opener. When determining the applicable field strength criterion in Electromagnetic Compatibility Advisory Bulletin EMCAB-2, what type of equipment is the garage door opener?
Radio-sensitive equipment
Associated equipment
Broadcast equipment
Low-immunity equipment
> "Radio-sensitive equipment" means any device, machinery or equipment, other than radio apparatus, the use or functioning of which is or can be adversely affected by radiocommunication emissions" (Radiocommunication Act). Associated Equipment means radio sensitive equipment which is often, or sometimes exclusively, used in association with radio apparatus, typically forming part of a multipurpose home entertainment system. (EMCAB-2).

' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
{L16} Routine operation.

B-002-001-001    2-1-1
What is an appropriate way to make contact on a repeater?
Say the call sign of the station you want to contact, then your call sign
Say the other operator's name, then your call sign three times
Say, "breaker, breaker"
Say the call sign of the station you want to contact three times
> Say the call sign of the other station FIRST (to get his attention), the expression "THIS IS" and your call sign.
B-002-001-002    2-1-2
What is the main purpose of a repeater?
To increase the range of portable and mobile stations
To link amateur radio stations with the telephone system
To retransmit weather information during severe storm warnings
To make local information available 24 hours a day
> A 'Repeater' is generally located on a hill or tall building.  It is meant to extend the range of portables and mobiles.
B-002-001-003    2-1-3
What is frequency coordination on VHF and UHF bands?
A process which seeks to carefully recommend frequencies to minimize interference with neighbouring repeaters
A band plan detailing modes and frequency segments within a band
The selection of simplex frequencies used by individual operators
A part of the planning prior to a contest
> Frequency coordination committees or councils are regional volunteer organizations which promote discussion between repeater trustees so that frequency selection reduces interference in areas where repeater coverage overlaps.
B-002-001-004    2-1-4
What is the purpose of a repeater time-out timer?
It interrupts lengthy transmissions
It hands over control to each user in turns
It logs repeater transmit time to predict when a repeater will fail
It tells how long someone has been using a repeater
> The 'Time-out Timer' takes a repeater off the air after a determined time of continuous transmission, either unintended or malicious.  The timer enforces pauses between transmissions.
B-002-001-005    2-1-5
What is a CTCSS tone?
A sub-audible tone that activates a receiver audio output when present
A tone used by repeaters to mark the end of a transmission
A signal used for telemetry by amateur radio satellites
A signal used for radio control of model craft
> CTCSS -- "Continuous Tone-Controlled Squelch System".  A receiver equipped with a CTCSS decoder will not reproduce a signal unless it carries a given sub-audible tone in the background, for example a continuous 100 Hz tone.  To work with such receivers, a transmitter must be equipped with a CTCSS encoder  [ Standard tones are in the range of 67 to 254 Hz, below the normal speech frequencies of 300 to 3000 Hz ]. [ PL (Private Line) is a trademark of Motorola ]
B-002-001-006    2-1-6
How do you call another station on a repeater if you know the station's call sign?
Say the station's call sign, then identify your own station
Say "break, break," then say the station's call sign
Say "CQ" three times, then say the station's call sign
Wait for the station to call "CQ," then answer it
> Say the call sign of the other station FIRST (to get his attention), the expression "THIS IS" and your call sign.  "CQ" is a general call to ANY station (primarily meant for HF).
B-002-001-007    2-1-7
Why should you pause before and between transmissions when using a repeater?
To listen for anyone else wanting to use the repeater
To check the SWR of the repeater
To reach for pencil and paper for third-party communications
To give the repeater time to respond
> Repeaters are meant primarily to extend the range of portables and mobiles.  You never know when someone else might need the repeater.  Be sure to leave pauses in between transmissions.  Anyone wanting the repeater may signal his presence by stating his call sign during one such pause.  A station may have emergency traffic.
B-002-001-008    2-1-8
Why should you keep transmissions short when using a repeater?
A long transmission may prevent someone with an emergency from using the repeater
To keep long-distance charges down
To reduce the bandwidth used by the repeater
To avoid exceeding the repeater's memory storage
> Repeaters are meant primarily to extend the range of portables and mobiles.  You never know when someone else might need the repeater.  Be sure to leave pauses in between transmissions.  Anyone wanting the repeater may signal his presence by stating his call sign during one such pause.  A station may have emergency traffic.
B-002-001-009    2-1-9
What is the proper way to join a conversation on a repeater?
Say your call sign during a break between transmissions
Wait for the end of a transmission and start calling the desired party
Shout "break, break!" to show that you're eager to join the conversation
Increase power to override whoever is talking
> Repeaters are meant primarily to extend the range of portables and mobiles.  You never know when someone else might need the repeater.  Be sure to leave pauses in between transmissions.  Anyone wanting the repeater may signal his presence by stating his call sign during one such pause.  A station may have emergency traffic.
B-002-001-010    2-1-10
What is the accepted way to ask someone about their location when using a repeater?
Where are you?
What is your 10-20?
Locations are not normally broadcast over the radio
What is your 10-85?
> Plain language is normally used on repeaters.
B-002-001-011    2-1-11
FM repeater operation on the 2-metre band uses one frequency for transmission and one for reception. What is the standard difference between the transmit and receive frequencies (known as "offset")?
600 kHz
800 kHz
1000 kHz
400 kHz
> The difference between the OUTPUT and INPUT frequencies of a repeater is termed the 'Offset'.  On 2 m, the standard is "plus 600 kHz" or "minus 600 kHz".
B-002-002-001    2-2-1
To make your call sign better understood when using voice transmissions, what should you do?
Use International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet code words to spell letters in your call sign
Use any words which start with the same letters as your call sign for each letter of your call
Talk louder and faster
Turn up your microphone gain
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-002    2-2-2
What can you use as an aid for correct station identification when using voice?
The International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet
Q codes
Unique words of your choice
A speech compressor
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-003    2-2-3
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter A?
Alfa
Able
Adam
America
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-004    2-2-4
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter B?
Bravo
Brazil
Borneo
Baker
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-005    2-2-5
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter D?
Delta
Dog
Denmark
David
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-006    2-2-6
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter E?
Echo
Easy
Edward
England
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-007    2-2-7
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter G?
Golf
George
Germany
Gibraltar
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-008    2-2-8
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter I?
India
Iran
Italy
Item
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-009    2-2-9
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter L?
Lima
Love
London
Luxembourg
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-010    2-2-10
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter P?
Papa
Portugal
Paris
Peter
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-002-011    2-2-11
In the International Telecommunication Union phonetic alphabet, what is the code word for the letter R?
Romeo
Roger
Radio
Romania
> To make a call sign clearer or spell an unusual word, use the ITU phonetic alphabet:  Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Fox-Trot, Golf, Hotel, India, Juliet, Kilo, Lima, Mike, November, Oscar, Papa, Quebec, Romeo, Sierra, Tango, Uniform, Victor, Whisky, X-ray, Yankee, Zulu.
B-002-003-001    2-3-1
What is the correct way to call "CQ" when using voice?
Say "CQ" three times, followed by "this is," followed by your call sign spoken three times
Say "CQ" once, followed by "this is," followed by your call sign spoken three times
Say "CQ" at least five times, followed by "this is," followed by your call sign spoken once
Say "CQ" at least ten times, followed by "this is," followed by your call sign spoken once
> A call to any station:  "CQ" three times, "THIS IS", your call sign three times.  Any word only spoken once might easily not get noticed.
B-002-003-002    2-3-2
How should you answer a voice CQ call?
Say the other station's call sign once, followed by "this is," then your call sign
Say the other station's call sign at least five times, followed by "this is," then your call sign twice
Say the other station's call sign at least three times, followed by "this is," and your call sign at least five times
Say your call sign twice, followed by "calling," then the other station's call sign
> Anything spoken five or ten times is just overkill.
B-002-003-003    2-3-3
What is simplex operation?
Transmitting and receiving on the same frequency
Transmitting and receiving over a wide area
Transmitting on one frequency and receiving on another
Transmitting one-way communications
> 'Simplex' ( also known as direct ) operation where two stations use one frequency in turns contrasts with repeater operation (duplex) where two frequencies are used simultaneously ( the repeater output frequency and the repeater input frequency ).  Stations should avoid tying-up a repeater for long periods of time when within range of one another on a simplex frequency.  Most receivers can be switched to the repeater input frequency at the press of a button (this is useful to verify if simplex operation is possible with a given station).
B-002-003-004    2-3-4
When should you consider using simplex operation instead of a repeater?
When signals are reliable between communicating parties without using a repeater
When the most reliable communications are needed
When an emergency telephone call is needed
When you are travelling and need some local information
> 'Simplex' ( also known as direct ) operation where two stations use one frequency in turns contrasts with repeater operation (duplex) where two frequencies are used simultaneously ( the repeater output frequency and the repeater input frequency ).  Stations should avoid tying-up a repeater for long periods of time when within range of one another on a simplex frequency.  Most receivers can be switched to the repeater input frequency at the press of a button (this is useful to verify if simplex operation is possible with a given station).
B-002-003-005    2-3-5
Why should local communications use VHF and UHF frequencies instead of HF frequencies?
To minimize clutter on HF bands more appropriate for long-distance communication
Because greater output power is permitted on VHF and UHF
Because HF transmissions are not propagated locally
Because signals are stronger on VHF and UHF frequencies
> Always choose a frequency with the least reach so the spectrum remains usable elsewhere.
B-002-003-006    2-3-6
Why should you be careful in choosing a simplex frequency when operating VHF or UHF?
To avoid inadvertently choosing a frequency that is the input to a local repeater
Some frequencies cannot accommodate simplex operation
Implanted medical devices share the same spectrum
Some frequencies are designated for narrow band FM and others for wideband FM
> Because repeaters use two frequencies, an input and an output, you could unknowingly choose a frequency which appears free, but happens to be the input of a repeater.  Your transmissions would be rebroadcast and repeater users would be blocked from using the repeater.  Amateur organizations publish 'band plans' which suggest what type of operation is advisable in which segments of the bands.
B-002-003-007    2-3-7
If you are talking to a station using a repeater, how would you find out if you could communicate using simplex instead?
By checking if you can clearly receive the station on the repeater's input frequency
By asking a third station to confirm it receives you both
By checking if you can clearly receive a more distant repeater
By asking the other station to move 10 kHz away to test the path
> 'Simplex' ( also known as direct ) operation where two stations use one frequency in turns contrasts with repeater operation (duplex) where two frequencies are used simultaneously ( the repeater output frequency and the repeater input frequency ).  Stations should avoid tying-up a repeater for long periods of time when within range of one another on a simplex frequency.  Most receivers can be switched to the repeater input frequency at the press of a button (this is useful to verify if simplex operation is possible with a given station).
B-002-003-008    2-3-8
If you are operating simplex on a repeater frequency, why would it be good practice to change to another frequency?
Because you may interfere with users of the repeater
Because the repeater's output power may overload your receiver
Because there are more repeater operators than simplex operators
Because changing the repeater's frequency requires the authorization of Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
> If you operate simplex on a repeater frequency, you are preventing others from using the repeater.  Amateur organizations publish 'Band Plans' where segments reserved for simplex operation are recommended.
B-002-003-009    2-3-9
Which sideband is commonly used for 20-metre voice operation?
Upper
Lower
Independent
Double
> Choice of sideband:  BELOW 10 MHZ ( 160 m, 80 m, 40 m ), use Lower Sideband (LSB).  Above 10 MHz ( 20 m and up ), use Upper Sideband (USB).  The new (2014) 60 metres band is an exception.
B-002-003-010    2-3-10
Which sideband is commonly used on 3755 kHz for voice operation?
Lower
Independent
Double
Upper
> Choice of sideband:  BELOW 10 MHZ ( 160 m, 80 m, 40 m ), use Lower Sideband (LSB).  Above 10 MHz ( 20 m and up ), use Upper Sideband (USB).  The new (2014) 60 metres band is an exception.
B-002-003-011    2-3-11
When calling a specific station on voice, what is the preferred format for your transmission?
The call sign of the desired station, followed by "this is" and your call sign
"CQ, CQ, CQ" followed by the call sign of the desired station
Your call sign, followed by "calling" and the call sign of the desired station
Your call sign repeated twice, the word "for" and the call sign of the desired station
> 'Beacons' are one-way automated stations maintained by amateurs which operate on known frequencies to permit evaluating propagation conditions.
B-002-004-001    2-4-1
What should you do before you transmit on any frequency?
Listen to make sure others are not using the frequency
Check your antenna for resonance at the selected frequency
Make sure the SWR on your transmission line is high enough
Increase power to ensure someone will hear you
> First, listen for a little while then ask, "Is this frequency in use?" ( QRL? in Morse ).
B-002-004-002    2-4-2
If you contact another station and your signal is extremely strong and perfectly readable, what adjustment should you make to your transmitter?
Turn down your power output to the minimum necessary
Turn on your speech processor
Bypass your antenna tuner
None, continue with your contact
> Amateurs should always use the minimum power required.
B-002-004-003    2-4-3
You need to transmit to adjust your antenna tuner prior to joining an HF single-sideband net that is in progress. On what frequency should you make the adjustment?
3 kHz to 5 kHz away from the net frequency
1 kHz away from the net frequency
On the net frequency
On the band's centre frequency
> You need to be careful not to interfere with the net or other stations already on the air, find a free frequency not too far from the net frequency.
B-002-004-004    2-4-4
How can on-the-air interference be minimized during lengthy transmitter testing?
Use a dummy load
Choose an unoccupied frequency
Use a non-resonant antenna
Use a resonant antenna
> The 'dummy load' (a resistor with a high power rating) dissipates RF energy as heat without radiating the RF on the air.  Permits tests or adjustments without causing interference to other stations.
B-002-004-005    2-4-5
Why would you use a dummy load?
To test or adjust your transceiver without causing interference
To give comparative signal reports
It is faster to tune
To reduce output power
> The 'dummy load' (a resistor with a high power rating) dissipates RF energy as heat without radiating the RF on the air.  Permits tests or adjustments without causing interference to other stations.
B-002-004-006    2-4-6
If you are the net control station of a daily HF net, what should you do if the frequency on which you normally meet is in use just before the net begins?
Ask occupants if they would change frequency, otherwise move to a clear frequency
Reduce your output power and start the net as usual
Increase your power output so that net participants will be able to hear you over the existing activity
Cancel the net for that day
> A 'net' (short for network) is an activity carried on a given day and time at a known frequency where stations exchange information.  Although no given station is entitled to any specific frequency (regardless of qualification, power or affiliation), stations would normally yield to an established daily net but if not, you need to move the net away.
B-002-004-007    2-4-7
If a net is about to begin on a frequency that you and another station are using, what should you do?
As a courtesy, move to a different frequency
Increase your power output to ensure that all net participants can hear you
Transmit as long as possible on the frequency so that no other stations may use it
Turn off your radio
> A 'net' (short for network) is an activity carried on a given day and time at a known frequency where stations exchange information.  Although no given station is entitled to any specific frequency (regardless of qualification, power or affiliation), stations would normally yield to an established daily net but if not, you need to move the net away.
B-002-004-008    2-4-8
If propagation changes during your contact and you notice increasing interference from other stations on the same frequency, what should you do?
Move to another frequency
Tell the interfering stations to change frequency, since you were there first
Report the interference to your Section Manager at Radio Amateurs of Canada (RAC)
Increase your output power
> No given station is entitled to any specific frequency (regardless of qualification, power or affiliation).
B-002-004-009    2-4-9
When selecting a single-sideband voice transmitting frequency, what minimum frequency separation from a contact in progress should you allow to minimize interference?
Approximately 3 kHz
150 Hz to 500 Hz
Approximately 6 kHz
Approximately 10 kHz
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.  Minimum frequency separation:  CW = 150 to 500 Hz, RTTY = 250 to 500 Hz, SSB = 3 kHz to 5 kHz.
B-002-004-010    2-4-10
What is a band plan?
A voluntary division of an amateur radio band to avoid interference between incompatible modes
A schedule of operating restrictions within a band prescribed by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
A plan devised by a club for the effective use of a frequency band during a contest
A schedule of additional band allocations for recommendation to the International Telecommunication Union
> "Band plans" are published by Amateur organizations to suggest specific modes in specific segments of the band.  The idea is to minimize interference and allow interest groups to find one another.
B-002-004-011    2-4-11
Before transmitting, the first thing you should do is:
listen carefully so as not to interrupt communications already in progress
ask if the frequency is occupied
make an announcement on the frequency indicating that you intend to make a call
decrease your receiver's volume
> First, listen for a little while then ask, "Is this frequency in use?" ( QRL? in Morse ).
B-002-005-001    2-5-1
What is the correct way to call "CQ" when using Morse code?
Send the letters "CQ" three times, followed by the word "DE," followed by your call sign three times
Send the letters "CQ" three times, followed by the word "DE," followed by your call sign once
Send the letters "CQ" ten times, followed by the word "DE," followed by your call sign once
Send the letters "CQ" until someone answers
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-002    2-5-2
How should you answer a routine Morse code "CQ" call?
Send the other station's call sign twice, followed by the word "DE," followed by your call sign twice
Send your call sign four times
Send the other station's call sign once, followed by the word "DE," followed by your call sign four times
Send your call sign followed by your name, station location and a signal report
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-003    2-5-3
At what speed should a Morse code "CQ" call be transmitted?
At any speed which you can reliably receive
At the customary speed for the band
At the highest speed your keyer will operate
At the highest speed at which you can control the keyer
> Any station which answers your call is likely to transmit at a speed similar to yours.  Operators frequently find it easier to transmit at higher speed than they can reliably copy.
B-002-005-004    2-5-4
What is the meaning of "CQ"?
Calling any station
Call on the quarter-hour
An antenna is being tested
The frequency is in use
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-005    2-5-5
What is the meaning of the word "DE" in Morse code?
From
Received all correctly
Calling any station
Directional Emissions
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-006    2-5-6
What is the meaning of the Morse code signal "K"?
Any station please reply
End of message
Called station only reply
All received correctly
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-007    2-5-7
What is meant by the term "DX"?
Distant station
Calling any station
Go ahead
Best regards
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-008    2-5-8
What is the meaning of the term "73"?
Best regards
Long distance
Love and kisses
Go ahead
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-005-009    2-5-9
Which of the following describes full break-in CW (QSK)?
Incoming signals are received between transmitted dots and dashes
Automatic keyers are used instead of hand keys
An operator must activate a manual send/receive switch before and after every transmission
Stations wishing to break in must send the Morse code signal "BK"
> When a station operates "full break-in", the receiver becomes active IN BETWEEN the transmitted dots and dashes.  It permits the other station to interrupt (break-in), for example, when it failed to copy a word.
B-002-005-010    2-5-10
When selecting a CW transmitting frequency, what minimum frequency separation from a contact in progress should you allow to minimize interference?
150 Hz to 500 Hz
5 Hz to 50 Hz
1 kHz to 3 kHz
3 kHz to 6 kHz
> In order of bandwidth requirements:  CW = about 100 Hz, RTTY = about 600 Hz, AM = 6 kHz, SSB = 2 to 3 kHz, FM = 10 to 20 kHz.  Minimum frequency separation:  CW = 150 to 500 Hz, RTTY = 250 to 500 Hz, SSB = 3 kHz to 5 kHz.
B-002-005-011    2-5-11
What is the meaning of the Morse code signal "R"?
All received
End of message
Called station only reply
Repeat all
> "CQ" is a general call to any station.  "DE" ( French for 'from' ) is the Morse abbreviation for "this is".  Other abbreviations include "K" (go ahead or over), "R" (all received), "DX" (distant station) and "73" (best regards). [ "KN" is 'go station' ]
B-002-006-001    2-6-1
What do "RST" signal reports describe?
Signal reception
Transmitter power
Sunspot activity
Ionospheric conditions
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-006-002    2-6-2
What does "RST" stand for in a signal report?
Readability, signal strength, tone
Recovery, signal strength, tempo
Recovery, signal speed, tone
Readability, signal speed, tempo
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-006-003    2-6-3
What is the meaning of: "Your signal report is 5 7"?
Your signal is perfectly readable and moderately strong
Your signal is readable with considerable difficulty
Your signal is perfectly readable with near pure tone
Your signal is perfectly readable, but weak
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-006-004    2-6-4
What is the meaning of: "Your signal report is 3 3"?
Your signal is readable with considerable difficulty and weak in strength
Your signal is unreadable, very weak in strength
The station is located at latitude 33 degrees
The contact is serial number 33
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-006-005    2-6-5
What is the meaning of: "You are 5 9 plus 20 dB"?
You are perfectly readable with a signal strength 20 decibels greater than S9
The bandwidth of your signal is 20 decibels above linearity
Repeat your transmission on a frequency 20 kHz higher
Your signal strength has increased by a factor of 100
> The 'S-meter' on a receiver provides a relative indication of received signal strength.  The markings on the low end of S-meters are S units, from S1 to S9.  One S unit represents about 6 decibels ( four times the power ).  Above a signal strength of S9, readings are in decibels: 10 dB over S9, 20 dB over S9, 30 dB over S9, etc.
B-002-006-006    2-6-6
A distant station asks for a signal report on a local repeater you monitor. What do you report?
The quality of the station's signal and audio as heard through the repeater
Your S-meter reading on the repeater output frequency
Your S-meter reading on the repeater input frequency
The readability and strength of the repeater signal
> When you listen to the output of a local repeater, signal strength is likely to be full-scale.  A distant station may appear noisy or cutting-out at the repeater input.  If you report those symptoms, the operator may use more power, reorient his antenna or change location.
B-002-006-007    2-6-7
Your receiver's S-meter is calibrated to a standard of 6 dB per S-unit per a recommendation by the International Amateur Radio Union (IARU). The S-meter shows S9 when receiving a station transmitting with 100 watts. Neglecting propagation changes, what transmitter power would cause your receiver's S-meter to read S8?
25 watts
75 watts
50 watts
33 watts
> The 'S-meter' on a receiver provides a relative indication of received signal strength.  The markings on the low end of S-meters are S units, from S1 to S9.  One S unit represents about 6 decibels ( four times the power ).  Above a signal strength of S9, readings are in decibels: 10 dB over S9, 20 dB over S9, 30 dB over S9, etc.
B-002-006-008    2-6-8
Assume your receiver's S-meter is calibrated to a standard of 6 dB per S-unit per a recommendation by the International Amateur Radio Union (IARU). The S-meter on your receiver shows S8 when listening to a nearby transmitter. Approximately how much must the transmitter power be raised to increase the reading to S9?
4 times
5 times
3 times
2 times
> The 'S-meter' on a receiver provides a relative indication of received signal strength.  The markings on the low end of S-meters are S units, from S1 to S9.  One S unit represents about 6 decibels ( four times the power ).  Above a signal strength of S9, readings are in decibels: 10 dB over S9, 20 dB over S9, 30 dB over S9, etc.
B-002-006-009    2-6-9
What does "RST 579" mean in a Morse code contact?
Your signal is perfectly readable, moderately strong, and with perfect tone
Your signal is perfectly readable, weak strength, and with perfect tone
Your signal is fairly readable, fair strength, and with perfect tone
Your signal is barely readable, moderately strong, and with a faint ripple
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-006-010    2-6-10
What does "RST 459" mean in a Morse code contact?
Your signal is quite readable, fair strength, and with perfect tone
Your signal is very readable, very strong, and with perfect tone
Your signal is barely readable, very weak, and with perfect tone
Your signal is moderately readable, very weak, and with hum on the tone
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-006-011    2-6-11
In voice contacts, what is the meaning of "Your signal report is 1 1"?
Your signal is unreadable, and barely perceptible
Your signal is 11 dB over S9
Your signal is moderately readable with moderate strength
Your signal is very readable and very strong
> "RST", A short way to describe signal reception ( Readability: 1 to 5, Signal Strength: 1 to 9, Tone Quality (for Morse): 1 to 9 ).  For example, "11" unreadable, barely perceptible. "33" difficult to read, weak signal. "45" readable, fairly good. "57" perfectly readable, moderately strong.
B-002-007-001    2-7-1
What does the code "QRS" mean in amateur radio?
Send more slowly
Interference from static
Send "RST" report
Radio station location is ...
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-002    2-7-2
What does the code "QTH" mean in amateur radio?
My location is ...
Stop sending
My name is ...
Time here is ...
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-003    2-7-3
What is the proper Q code to use to see if a frequency is in use before transmitting on CW?
QRL?
QRV?
QRU?
QRZ?
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-004    2-7-4
What does the code "QSY" mean in amateur radio?
Change frequency
Use more power
Send faster
Send more slowly
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-005    2-7-5
What does the code "QSB" mean in amateur radio?
Your signal is fading
I am busy
I have no message
I am confirming contact
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-006    2-7-6
What is the correct Q code to ask who is calling you?
QRZ?
QSL?
QRL?
QRT?
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-007    2-7-7
What does the code "QRM" mean in amateur radio?
I am being interfered with
I am troubled by static
Your signals are fading
I am busy
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-008    2-7-8
What does the code "QRN" mean in amateur radio?
I am troubled by static
I am busy
I will call you
I am being interfered with
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-009    2-7-9
What is the Q code indicating that you want the other station to send slower?
QRS
QRM
QRL
QRN
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-010    2-7-10
What is the Q code that means "Who is calling me?" in amateur radio?
QRZ?
QRK?
QRP?
QRM?
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-007-011    2-7-11
What is the Q code that means "I will call you again" in amateur radio?
QRX
QRZ
QRS
QRT
> Nine Q codes:  QRL? frequency in use?, QRM interference, QRN static, QRS send more slowly, QRX will call you, QRZ? who is calling, QSB signal fading, QSY change frequency, QTH location.  The three-letter codes by themselves are statements, suffixed with a question mark they are questions.
B-002-008-001    2-8-1
When may you use your amateur radio station to transmit an "SOS" or "MAYDAY"?
In a life-threatening distress situation
Never
Only at specific times (at 15 and 30 minutes after the hour)
Only in case of a severe weather watch
> SOS (Morse) and MAYDAY (voice) are internationally recognized distress signals.  Used to request help in a life-threatening situation.  False or deceptive distress signals are punishable by law.
B-002-008-002    2-8-2
You need to summon help while stranded in a remote location, but without immediate risk to life. What priority is your message?
Urgent
Distress
Safety
Welfare
> RIC-22 General Radio Operating Procedures. Issue 4, January 2008.  Emergency conditions are classified in accordance with the degree of danger or hazard as follows:  Distress: A condition of being threatened by grave and/or imminent danger and requiring immediate assistance.  Urgency: A condition concerning the safety of an aircraft or other vehicle, or of someone on board or within sight, but which does not require immediate assistance.
B-002-008-003    2-8-3
What voice signal, transmitted three times, signifies distress?
MAYDAY
SOS
EMERGENCY
HELP
> SOS (Morse) and MAYDAY (voice) are internationally recognized distress signals.  Used to request help in a life-threatening situation.  False or deceptive distress signals are punishable by law.
B-002-008-004    2-8-4
What is the correct distress signal in Morse code?
SOS
CQD
QRRR
MAYDAY
> SOS (Morse) and MAYDAY (voice) are internationally recognized distress signals.  Used to request help in a life-threatening situation.  False or deceptive distress signals are punishable by law.
B-002-008-005    2-8-5
What is the correct way to interrupt a repeater conversation to seek assistance in a distress situation?
Break-in between transmissions to state your call sign and situation
Say "EMERGENCY" three times
Say "SOS," then your call sign
Say "HELP" as many times as it takes to get someone to answer
> Say your call sign with the words "emergency traffic" during a pause.  Repeaters are meant primarily to extend the range of portables and mobiles.  You never know when someone else might need the repeater.  Be sure to leave pauses in between transmissions.  Anyone wanting the repeater may signal his presence by stating his call sign during one such pause.
B-002-008-006    2-8-6
What is the advantage of preparing to operate your station without commercial AC power?
So you may provide communications during a power outage
So you will comply with the rules
So you may operate in contests where AC power is not allowed
So you may use your station while mobile
> Amateurs have a long history of providing emergency communications during disasters.  Charged batteries and rapidly deployable antennas are useful station accessories.
B-002-008-007    2-8-7
In an emergency, what additional equipment is crucial to maintaining communications with a hand-held radio?
An adequate supply of charged batteries
An extra antenna
A portable amplifier
A microphone headset for hands-free operation
> Amateurs have a long history of providing emergency communications during disasters.  Charged batteries and rapidly deployable antennas are useful station accessories.
B-002-008-008    2-8-8
Which type of antenna would be a good choice as part of a portable HF station that could be set up in case of an emergency?
A dipole or a vertical
A parabolic dish
A three-element Yagi
A three-element quad
> Amateurs have a long history of providing emergency communications during disasters.  Charged batteries and rapidly deployable antennas are useful station accessories.
B-002-008-009    2-8-9
If you are communicating with another station and hear a station in distress break in, what should you do?
Acknowledge the station in distress and determine its location and what assistance may be needed
Continue your communication because you were on frequency first
Change to a different frequency so the station in distress may have a clear channel to call for assistance
Immediately cease all transmissions because stations in distress have emergency rights to the frequency
> Stations in distress are priority number one, someone's life is at risk.  The order of priority is 1) Distress, 2) Emergency and 3) Safety.  Acknowledge the station immediately and see how it can be helped.  If you cannot provide help, monitor the frequency to ensure help is forthcoming.
B-002-008-010    2-8-10
In order of priority, a distress message comes before:
an emergency message
no other messages
a government priority message
a safety message
> Stations in distress are priority number one, someone's life is at risk.  The order of priority is 1) Distress, 2) Emergency and 3) Safety.  Acknowledge the station immediately and see how it can be helped.  If you cannot provide help, monitor the frequency to ensure help is forthcoming.
B-002-008-011    2-8-11
If you hear distress traffic and are unable to render direct assistance you should:
contact authorities and maintain watch in case your assistance is needed
enter the details in the logbook and take no further action
take no action
tell all other stations to cease transmitting
> Stations in distress are priority number one, someone's life is at risk.  The order of priority is 1) Distress, 2) Emergency and 3) Safety.  Acknowledge the station immediately and see how it can be helped.  If you cannot provide help, monitor the frequency to ensure help is forthcoming.
B-002-009-001    2-9-1
What is a "QSL card"?
A written proof of communication between two amateur radio operators
A notice of an apparent infraction from Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
A postcard reminding you when your certificate will expire
A letter or postcard from an amateur radio operator
> A 'QSL card' is a postcard-sized confirmation of a radio contact. Online systems allow amateur radio operators to upload their radio logs.  By comparing the submitted logs, these systems can confirm a percentage of your contacts.
B-002-009-002    2-9-2
What is an azimuthal map?
A map projection centred on a given location
A map projection displaying Maidenhead grid squares
A map projection centred on the magnetic North Pole
A map projection centred on the geographic North Pole
> An 'Azimuthal Map' centred on your location is convenient to determine beam headings (i.e., where to orient a directional antenna) for the shortest distance to a given point on Earth ( the 'Short Path' ).  The 'Long Path' is precisely 180 degrees in the opposite direction ( sometimes propagation conditions provide a path around the globe to a particular location ).
B-002-009-003    2-9-3
While making a contact in a VHF contest, the other operator asks for your grid square. What information is requested?
Your location expressed as a 4 or 6-character code
Your antenna azimuth stated in compass degrees
The number of contacts you have made
The elevation of your station in thirty-metre increments
> The grid square (Maidenhead Locator System) can represent an area with a given longitude and latitude with 4, 6 or 8 characters (more characters = more precision).  For example, Cabot Tower of the Signal Hill National Historic Site of Canada, St. John's, Newfoundland and Labrador, is located in grid GN37PN86.
B-002-009-004    2-9-4
A directional antenna pointed in the long-path direction to another station is generally oriented how many degrees from its short-path heading?
180 degrees
45 degrees
90 degrees
270 degrees
> An 'Azimuthal Map' centred on your location is convenient to determine beam headings (i.e., where to orient a directional antenna) for the shortest distance to a given point on Earth ( the 'Short Path' ).  The 'Long Path' is precisely 180 degrees in the opposite direction ( sometimes propagation conditions provide a path around the globe to a particular location ).
B-002-009-005    2-9-5
What method is used by amateur radio operators to provide proof of communication with another station?
A QSL card or entries in web-based logging systems
A letter detailing contact date, time, frequency, mode and power
A radiogram sent over amateur radio traffic nets
A brief email or text message
> A 'QSL card' is a postcard-sized confirmation of a radio contact. Online systems allow amateur radio operators to upload their radio logs.  By comparing the submitted logs, these systems can confirm a percentage of your contacts.
B-002-009-006    2-9-6
Local stations are in contact with New Zealand, yet you cannot hear the New Zealand amateur radio operators with your antenna pointed in that direction. What other antenna direction could you try to hear them?
Point your antenna 180 degrees from the current bearing
Point your antenna 90 degrees west of the current bearing
Point your antenna 90 degrees east of the current bearing
Point your antenna further south
> An 'Azimuthal Map' centred on your location is convenient to determine beam headings (i.e., where to orient a directional antenna) for the shortest distance to a given point on Earth ( the 'Short Path' ).  The 'Long Path' is precisely 180 degrees in the opposite direction ( sometimes propagation conditions provide a path around the globe to a particular location ).
B-002-009-007    2-9-7
Which statement about recording all contacts and unanswered CQ calls in a paper or computer-based station logbook is NOT correct?
A logbook is a regulatory requirement
A logbook is important for recording contacts for operating awards
A well-kept logbook preserves your fondest amateur radio memories for years
A logbook is important for handling neighbour interference complaints
> Key words:  NOT CORRECT.  A logbook is no longer a legal requirement.
B-002-009-008    2-9-8
What is the most useful function of an azimuthal world map centred on your location?
To show the bearing to any location
To allow computing the radiation angle to any location
To associate distances with optimal ionospheric region
To show the azimuth to meteor showers throughout the year
> An 'Azimuthal Map' centred on your location is convenient to determine beam headings (i.e., where to orient a directional antenna) for the shortest distance to a given point on Earth ( the 'Short Path' ).  The 'Long Path' is precisely 180 degrees in the opposite direction ( sometimes propagation conditions provide a path around the globe to a particular location ).
B-002-009-009    2-9-9
Activity schedules, time entries in logbooks and contact confirmations usually refer to UTC (Coordinated Universal Time). What is the location of the meridian from which this time is measured?
Greenwich, United Kingdom
Geneva, Switzerland
Ottawa, Canada
Boulder, United States of America
> "Coordinated Universal Time", the international time standard.  "UTC" is not a true acronym; it is a variant of Universal Time, UT, and has a modifier C (for "coordinated") appended to it.  Has replaced Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).  Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is mean solar time at the Royal Greenwich Observatory in Greenwich, England, which by convention is at 0 degrees geographic longitude.
B-002-009-010    2-9-10
Your time zone is UTC minus 6 hours. You want to join a net scheduled for 19:00 UTC. What is the local scheduled time?
1 PM
1 AM (tomorrow)
7 PM
7 AM (tomorrow)
> All time zones in Canada are behind the time in the United Kingdom (UTC+0): it is still day time in Canada when the Sun sets in Greenwich, UK. To get the local time in Canada, subtract the offset of your zone from the time stated in UTC.
B-002-009-011    2-9-11
What is the usefulness of stations CHU, WWV and WWVH to amateur radio operators?
Provide accurate and precise frequency and time signals
Provide received signal reports of your transmissions
Provide forecasts of band conditions
Provide amateur radio bulletins
> CHU [Ottawa, Ontario], WWV [Fort Collins, CO] and WWVH [Kauai, HI] are stations continually broadcasting highly accurate time information.